OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGY OF THE SIXTH FIVE YEAR PLAN
Item
- Title
- OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGY OF THE SIXTH FIVE YEAR PLAN
- extracted text
-
■
r
As ii
I
CHAPTER 3
Bi
I
r!
OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGY OF THE SIXTH FIVE YEAR PLAN
(
The Sixth Five Year Plan has been formula
ted taking into account the achievements and failures
of tne past three decades ol planning, recent econo
mic developments which have a bearing on the
growth prospects of the economy in tlie medium term
as well as the vision of the futme as reflected in the
long term perspective. The removal of poverty is
the foremost objective of the Sixth Plan even though
it is recognised that given the magnitude of the task,
it cannot be accomplished in a short period of five
years. Inevitably, the pace of movement towards the
long-term objectives of removal of poverty and the
achievement of self-reliance and the nature of prio
rities in tlie immediate period ahead, are influenced
by the current economic situation and the constraints
operating in the economic system. It should be
recognised that the Sixth Plan is being launched under
difficult conditions. These include the acute inflationary pressures which have prevailed since March 1979,
a set-back in the functioning of such critical sectors
as power, coal, railways and steel and the steep rise
in the price of petroleum products resulting in an
increasing deterioration in the nation’s terms of trade
and the balanc: of payments. A realistic blue-print
of the Sixth Plan must take note of these unfavour
able developments. Effective solution for the existing
difficulties are a precondition of successful imple
mentation of the Sixth Plan. It goes without saying
that any effective solu:ions for these problems must
be consistent with long term social and economic
objectives so that tlie economy emerges out of these
difficulties with improved growth prospects. Thus
the economy is faced with many challenges and these
wifi have to be met with courage, determination and
a firm faith in India's destiny and future.'
3.4
as wc
the n
infras
currc
short
but ft
Sixth
3.2 The vffiolesale price index has risen by nearly
17 per cent between 1979 and 1980 and by nearly
16 per cent between April and November, 1980-81.
With rising prices, the real resource content of the
Flan is likely to erode over time with consequent
adverse effects on the prospects for growth. Rational
and balanced economic policies for checking inflation
and measures to protect the real size of the Plan will
need to be formulated.
3.3 Trends in capacity utilisation upto 1979-80
in major industries have been a source of consider
able concern because in most cases there has been
a decline aficr 1976-77. For accelerating the tempo
of industrial growth, improving the rates of return on
capital. and generating additional resources for the
Plan, improvement in capacity utihsation must be
regarded as a pre-condition for the success of the
Sixth Plan (Table 3.1).
uulis
is all
tion
utilis
the c
knov
capa<
to th
tunio
in tf
contr
acceb
comii
3.5
trend
crores
Rs. 6
been
availal
first si
nlread
trade
lower
i
SI.
Table 3.1
No.
Measurement of Capacity Utilisation in Major Sectors, 1976-77 to 1979-80
(0)
■
I
I
1
si.
No.
Sector
1976-77
1977-78
1978-79
1979-80
(0)
U)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
91.9
83.5
83.6
90.3
61.3
82.3
66.0
86.6
76.9
79.0
56.0
78.0
88.8
74.7
76.0
50.8
81.5
66.4
83.3
73.4
85.6
72.4
48.4
69.1
58.2
76.6
61.5
72.6
63.2
68.2
45.0
356
369
351
350
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Saleable Steel (Integrated Plants)
......
Aluminium
Fertilizers (N) vStabil’sed Plants)
Fertilizers (P206)
Cement
...........
Newsprint
Paper and Paper Board
........
Power Generation Thermal
......
(All India Average Percent Capacity Factor)
Railways (Index of Net Tonne-Kilometres Freight Traffic, 1950-51 = 100)
64.0
1 Exf
2
P.C
(i)
GO
3
Nc
4
Fo.
(P
per • ■
F-
i■
5 ■De
6
]Inv
It- 7 't'
32
I
I
■
33
K
|
|
I
K
I
f
■
nr must
omic
these
Thus
ri'J these
and
iti
2C
C
3.4 The poor utilisation of capacity in agriculture
as well as in industry stems from many factors but
the major problem areas can be located in the basic
infrastructure of power and transport. The efforts
currently under way are expected to improve the
short run situation with respect to power and transport;
but further intensive efforts will be required over the
Sixth Five Year Plan..
y sarly
early
1980-81.
t
the
ns uent
R ^onal
inflation
Pl- will
I
IV
IP^Q-SO
c ider. a. been
e tempo
•t—i on
f
the
n__t be
5 of the
3.5 India’s balance of trade has shown an adverse
trend since 1977-78. As against,a surplus of Rs. 72
| crores in 1976-77, the deficit in trade balance was
[ Rs. 621 crores in 1977-78 and is reported to have
been more than Rs. 2370 crores in 1979-80. The
I available data regarding the balance of trade for the
first six months of 1980-81 show that the deficit has
already exceeded Rs. 3000 crores. The increase in
trade deficit during 1977-80 was due not only to the
lower export growth of 6.1 per cent compared to
■
I
>-80
SI.
No.
Item
' r‘
J- (0)
G)
350
1977-78
1978-79
1979-80
<2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
101.4
89.7
84.1
73.0
1413
1551
1677
3200
27.5
28.7
29.5
49.8
16.6
7.7
5.7
7.8
2863
(1371)
4500
(1637)
5220
(720)
5164
(-56)
5 Debt service as
per cent of exports (i.e. Repayment and interest)
14.7
15.2
15.4
11.1
6 Invisibles as per cent of exports
16.0
26.2
33.3
35.2
72
(—)621
2 P.O.L. bill
v
External Sector
1976-77
r 1 Exports as per cent of Imports .
(5)
59.1
58.2
76.6
51.5
72.6
63.2
58.2
15.0
3.7 If despite this picture on the trade account, the
foreign exchange reserves continued to rise upto
1978- 79 it was due to the buoyancy of invisible
receipts, in particular remittances from Indians
working abroad. It is quite possible that these re
mittances have reached their peak. Also the inter
national economy in general faces a sharp recession
of demand which, together with the protectionist
tendencies in the industrialised countries, poses a
serious challenge to our efforts to expand export
earnings. The general situation in the oil exporting
countries is also such as not to hold out hopes of any
substantial increase in the demand for our exports
or for migrant labour. Already in 1979-80, there
was a slight decline of Rs. 56 crores in foreign
exchange reserves and in 1980-81 by December 26,
they had fallen further by Rs. 381 crores despite
recourse to the I.M.F. to the tune of Rs. 815 crores.
Table 3.2 shows the main indicators of external con
straints.
Selected Indicators of Developments in the
J
1
the growth rate of . 26.8 per cent between 1974777
at current prices, but also due to the rise in the value
of imports at an average rate of 19 per cent annually.
3.6 This unfavourable picture is largely due to
sharply deteriorating terms of trade since 1973-7,4
with some improvement temporarily in 1976-77 and
1977- 78. The index of terms of trade with 1968=
100 shows a decline to 90 in 1978-79 when export
prices declined somewhat and import prices rose -in
general by 4-4 per cent and further deteriorated very
sharply in 1979-80 when import prices, particularly
those of petroleum products, rose considerably
resulting in a large trade deficit.
Table 3.2
* <
’er ~ent)
As is evident from the table, recent trends in capacity
utilisation in several industries are discouraging. This
is also true for agriculture. For example, the irrigation po’ential which has been created is not fully
utilised. Levels of yield per acre for many parts of
the country are far below what can be attained with
known technology. While the poor utilisation of
capacity represents a waste of resources and thus adds
to*the resource constraint, it also provides an oppor
tunity for a quick increase in output and productivity
in the short run, thus improving the prospects for
controlling inflation and creating conditions for
accelerated growth in output as well as investment in
coming years.
j
(i) Rs. crores
(ii) As per cent of exports
(H)
I#' 3 Net External Assistance
as per cent of imports
4 Foreign
/p -=>■- Excham
Reserves (year end)
&
v arenthesis show variation) (Rs. crores) .
h 7 Trada deficit (Rs. crores)
•J t
i
(- )1088 '(-J2370
I
I
§4
3.8 Growth, prospects of the economy have been
adversely , affected,.by all these three factors: ‘inflatiopafy situation, constraints imposed by a poor per
formance in the basic infrastructure and the detenbrating balance of payments position. Since, • howtver, the'long1 term prospects of: the economy depend,
signi’ficantlv on the development of domestic resources
of oil, coal, power, arid renewable'source of -energy,
• on the investment in the modernisation and expansion
of transport and on a rapid growth in agriculture and
rural development, it will be necessary to make the
requisite effort to mobilise resources in the face of all
these difficulties so as to put the economy back on
the path of sustained and self-generating growth.
a
OBJECTIVES
3 9 It is in the lisht of these considerations that
the objectives of the Sixth Plan have 1?eeil,fo™^tc^e
These are given below. Along with the °b’ect1^. d
also listed major areas of effort which will be requ.red
_to fulfil these objectives:
(i) a significant step up in the rate of growth
of the economy, the promotion of efficiency
in the use of resources and improved pro’ ductivity;
(ii) strengthening the impulses of modernisation
for "the achievement of economic ana
technological self-reliance;
(iii) a progressive reduction in the incidence of
poverty and unemployment;
(iv) a speedv development of indigenous sources
of energy, with proper emphasis on con
servation and efficiency in energy use,
(v) improving the quality of life of the people
in general with special reference to the
economically and socially handicapped
population, through a minimum needs nroopamme whose coverage is so designed as
to ensure that all parts of the country attain
within a prescribed period nationally ac"
cepted standards;
*
(vi) strengthening the redistributiye bias of
public policies and services in favour of the
poor contributing to a reduction in in
equalities of income and wealth;
I
eS’
I
fvii'l a proeressive reduction in regional inequalities in the pace of development and m the
diffusion of technological benefits;
(VI1£) JroMh’lof n^'dation ^thro-ah
voluntary
acceptance, of the small family norm,
i
rixl brinaing about harmony between the short
C1X) and^the ion. term goals of dovelopmen^ bv
promoting the protection and ’mPr°vemen.
of ecological and environmental assets, and
(x> promotoI
i
41
commttbidation and institutional strategies-
3.10 The strategy adopted for the Sixth Plan con- |
sists essentially in moving simultaneously to streng- t
then the infrastructure for both agriculture and indus- ?
try so as to create conditions for (an accelerated
growth in investments, output and exports, and to
provide, through special programmes designed for the
purpose, increased opportunities for employment
especially in the rural areas and the unorganised .
sector and meet the minimum basic needs of the.
people. Stress is laid on dealing with inter-related |
problems, through a systems approach rather than .
in separate compartments; on greater managerial [
efficiency and intensive monitoring in all sectors and
,active involvement of the people in formulating
specific, schemes of development at the local level and
in securing their speedv and effective implementation.
The attack .on the problem of poverty is most effective
only in the conditions of an expanding economy.
Since growth by itself may not, however, suffice, other
programmes and policies will need to be adopted with
the "specific aim of improving the living conditions of
the masses and to bring about a reduction in. inequa
lities of income and wealth. The scheme of the
Sixth Plan outlays thus provides for specific allcca.tions. for such programmes.
MACRO-DIMENSIONS
Aggregate Saving and Investmeitt
3.11 The Sixth Plan envisages a total investment
(gross capital formation) of Rs. 158710 crores over
the plan period 1980-85 at 1979-80 prices. This is
to be financed by domestic saving of Rs. 149.647
crores estimated at 1979-80 prices during the Sixth
-.Plan and net inflow of funds from abroad to the
extent of Rs. 9063 crores. Thus, nearly 94.3 pet
cent of the total .investment is to be financed from
domestic resources.
Esin
SI.
No.
(0)
i
Pit
(ii)
(iii)
Pm
Coc
(>)
(ii)
(iii)
3 Ho;
G)
(ii)
(iii)
4 Tou
(i)
3-12
The total investment has been projected to
(ii) <
grow from Rs. 23,618 crores in 1979-80 tc
Rs. 36,797 crores in 1984-85. At the same time
(iii) S
the GDP at market prices has been projected K
increase from Rs. 108,546 crores to Rs. 146,541
crores during the same period. Thus, investment ( , 3.15 St
per cent of GDP at market prices) is expected
able incc
rise from 21.8 per cent in 1979-80 to 25.1 per cerf
per cent
in 1984-85.
to 22.2
3 13 Domestic saving has been projected to grot
plai
from Rs. 23.055 crores in 1979-80 to Rs. 35,SA terms of
crores in 1984-85. As per cent of GDP at mar sj10w an
prices, the saving rate is envisaged to increase fro
21.2 per cent in 1979-80 to 24.5 per cent in 1984-Sj
1 I
imnlying a marginal rate of saving of the^ order
of }
33.7 per cent over the plan period 1980-85.
13.1^ "p
3.14 The Sixth Plan aims at stepping up the
of saving bv bringing about an imorovement in j 24
ratio of saving to disposable income in the differ^.
per
sectors.
Detailed estimates of sectoral
Ir
income, consumption and saving in 1979-80 311 "'TaWe-:
-feXSULh,
1984-85 are given in Annexures 2.1 and 2.2, and
summarised in Table 3*3*
I
LU-'-i'''
I
35
1 Plan coilr
'streng, ; 1 indusaccelerated
ts, and to
for the
loyment
unorganised
leds of the I
in -related
r ler than
managerial
sectors and |
f mulating |
ca evel and ?
jlementation. ■
no^t effective ’
nt conomy. |
st ce, other j
adopted with |
seditions of I
m 1 inequa-!
m
of the
ecific allcca-
table 3.3
Estimates of Disposable Income, Consumption • and
Saving: 1979-80 and 1984-85
SI.
No.
Item
(1)
(0)
1
'•
SI.
No.
Sector
Per cent of
GNP
197980
198485
197980
198485
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
75-2
66-9
23055
35870
100‘0
1000
(iii) Saving
4015
8910
3-7
6-0
92379
118374
84-1
80-5
(ii) Consumption
75053
94386
68-3
64-1
(iii) Saving
17326
23988
15-8
16*4
109865
147135 100-0
100-0
4 Total
(i) Disposable
Income
PI sctcd to
(ii) Consumption
86810
111265 79-0
75-6
1,79-80 to
e same time.
(iii) Saving
23055
35870 21-0
24-4
jjected tr
I
146,540 ----n\^tment
3.15 Saving as per cent of corresponding dispos
5 expected
2.
per cer able income is expected to rise from 25-5 to 34.5
Per cent in the case of public sector and from 20.2
to 22.2 per cent in the case of private sector over
ec^d to gro*
plan period 1980-85.
Thus, saving effort in
o at markc ^rrTls
sectoral disposable income is expected to
I>
increase froii Sh°w an improvement of 9 percentage points in the
nt
1984-Sff CuSe of public sector and 2 percentage points in the
1.11
nc
x-% r
•
order
case of private sector
?0 5.
the
j 16 The share
of public sector in
aggregate
ig np the
•(1 t |i ^omestic saving would rise from 17.4 per cent to
er nt in
Per cent, while that of the households
n
e (diffcrl
would
iral d’snosab ilecli]
7-ine from 75.2 per cent to 66-9 per cent, as shown
1Q79-80 at
d 2, and 3! ,n Table 3.4,
24-8
8-3
xAt 1979-80 prices.
(i) Disposable Income
17-4
23988
11-5
3 Household Sector
8910
17326
10-7
2-0
4015
Household sector
.
8
■■ mi
7-4
16879
1-5
(4)
2972
11757
2972
(3)
1714
(ii) Consumption
1714
(2).
198480
Private corporate and
Cooperative sector .
4 Total
(ii) Consumption
1979-
2
17-5
2-0
198485
Public Sector
14-4
1-5
197980
1
25789
2972
Share (per cent) i
(1)
15772
1714
.3'70
Rs. crores’
(0)
3
Private Corporate and
Cooperative Sector.
,n
Sectoral Shares in Total Domestic Saving
(:) Disposable Income
(iii) Saving
al investment
) crores over
This is
ri<
149,647
J
ng the Sixth
.b^ad to the
irl 94.3 per
1a ed from
Rs. crores at
1979-80 prices
Public Sector
(i) Disposable Income
s
Table: 14/m . . j
Rate and Pattern of Growth
3.17 The choice of the rate of growth of gross
domestic product of 5.2 per cent per annum has'
already been explained m Chapter 2. 'lhe sectoral
growtn rates are determined by the demand for and
supply or different commodities and services either
through the market mechanism or as a result of
specinc public policies adopted to clear specific
markets. Sectoral growth rates are thus subject to
technical, behavioural and institutional constraints!-1'
as well as policies of the Government- A. large part
of the supply is determined by the investment deci
sions' already made in the past; a large part of de
mand originates from the need for building up capa
city lor the future. There is also the foreign demand
tor our exports and the supply of imports from
abroad. The pattern of growth is derived from a
consistent system which is solved inter-temporally'
with an open economy model.
3.18 The model consists of an 89 sector input
output model integrating the Sixth Plan period with
the perspective period (1985—95) through a 14
sector investment planning model. In working out
the. input-output model for the Sixth Plan, technolo
gical characteristics of the economy have been taken
into account.1'■ The treatment of private consumption, public; consumption- investment
-t and ' foreign'
trade used in ithe
’ model 1for projecting the sectoral
outputs is discussed below.
3-19 • P
Public consumption-expenditure tand exports J‘
for the terminal
---......^1 year have been; estimated exo gen- I
ously. , . VVhik
While the aggregate, public consumption.;.,
expenditure has been assumed, to grow at an annual
annualrrate 01 7.5 per cent," certain social' servicesj like
n nr **
health and medical services, education and other
3
social semces, have, been postulated to grow at slight-^
ly higher rates in line with the. objective of increasing^
social consumption. Exports have, been projected..^
to grow at an average- rate' of 9 ‘ per dent' per annum
at the overall'level, while individual commodity' ex-^.
ports have been projected to grow at different ratcs/T
3
■<
?!
36
3.20 The total investment outlay envisaged for
the Sixth Plan period has been appropriately phased
over the Plan period taking into account the gestation
lags of the individual sectors and the growth profile
both in the Sixth Plan and post Sixth Plan period.
Sectoral investment outlay thus generated (i.e. invest
ment by destinations) has been disaggregated into
various capital goods and changes in stocks and used
in the model (i.e. investment by sources).
3.21 Import projections for inter-industry use and
final use for the terminal year have been endogen
ously derived through the use of import co-efficient
matrices.
3.22 Private consumption expenditure on goods
and services in the terminal year has been projected
through the use of a consumption sub-model which
considers demand functions for people below and
above the poverty line as well as rural and urban
areas separately. The projected demand pattern
takes into account the consumption requirements
consistent with the objective of a significant reduc
tion in the proportion of people below the poverty
line. Redistribution of consumption in favour of
the poorer sections of the population has been pro
vided for to assess the output implications of the
postulate of a reduction in the percentage of popula
tion below the poverty line to 30, both in rural .and
urban areas by 1984-85-
Table 3.5
Output and Gross Value Added at Factor Cost
1984-85/1979-80
I SI.
I No.
SI.
No.
Value of
Gross
Output
Sector
(0)
(2)
(1)
Gross
Value
Added
(0)
1
Agric
2
Minir
(3)
(A)
(B) >
(Per cent Per Annum Compound)
(
1
Agriculture .....
5’20
2
Mining and Manufacturing
3-83
(i
7-76
6-90
(ii
11-50
11-25
(iv
7’62
6-50
('
(i) Food Products .
6-20
4-35
(vi
(ii) Textiles
4’40
3-61
(vii
(iii) Wood and Paper Products .
6-80
5-30
(iv) Leather and Rubber Products
6-50
6-33
(v) Chemical Products .
11-00
9-33
(vi) Coal and Petroleum Products
7-50
7-35
(vii) Non-Metallic Mineral
Products
6-50
5-15
(viii) Basic Metals
10-40
8-75
(xii
(ix) Metal Products .
8’20
8- 09 f
(xii
(x) Non-Electrical Engineering
Products
11-20
9- 11
(a) Mining
....
(b) Manufacturing
3.23 The internally consistent and feasible sectoral
pattern of growth satisfying the selected growth stra
tegy, corresponding to the aggregate annual growth
rate of 5.2 per cent in GDP and the envisaged re
duction in poverty is given in Table 3.5.
3.24 While significant growth is projected for all
the sectors, the changing pattern of demand, as is to
be expected in a developing economy, indicates diffe
rent growth rates at sectoral level, leading to a
diversification of the production structure of the
economy. The consequent structural change in the
composition of gross domestic product over the Plan
period is shown in Table 3.6. The share of mining
and manufacturing in gross value added goes up from
19.59 per cent in 1979-80 to 21.22 per cent in 198485, of electricity from 1.71 per cent to 1.88 per cent,
of transport from 4.89 per cent to 4.95 per cent and
of services from 33.61 per cent to 34.00 per cent,
Indicating that agriculture would contribute 32.90
per cent of gross value added in 1984-85 as against
35.13 per cent in 1979-80, :j'J-•
Sectc
Projected Sectoral Growth Rates of Value of Gross
(viii
(ix
(x
(xi
3
Electr
4
Const.
8- 70 :
5
Transj
6
Service
(xi) Electrical Engineering
Products
10’02
(xii) Transport Equipment
10-15
9- 00
(xiii) Miscellaneous Industries
4’20
4-06
3 Electricity, Gas and Water Supply
11-25
7-15
Pattern
7’10
5*10
Investn
5’20 r
3-26 Ti
B5 is es
Ks. 840CM
in the pu
---
Cr°rCS
....
I
4
Construction
5
Transport
6-70
5-46
6
Services
6-00
5’44
Total
3.25 The projected rates of growth in output in the j 3^
different sectors have been translated in terms of i* ky 14 sc
physical targets for important commodities in order to f iovestmen
facilitate the formulation of necessary investment pro* ..| increment
| ia the res
jects and production programmes. In addition, the B ;_____
physical targets for key commodities have also been
‘in addi
a mound
cross-checked through the system of material balances■
PS
37
te of Gross
to»- Cost
Table 3.6
Table 3.7
Sectoral Composition of Gross Value Added:
1979-80 and 1984-85
Gross Investment by Destination Sectors and Increment
in Gross Domestic Product (GDP) at Factor Cost
(1980—85)
(Per cent)
1979-80
Sector
si.
No.
)f
Sross
Value
Added
(3)
C
35-13
32-90
19-59
21-22
(A) Mining
1-52
2-01
(B) Manufacturing
18-07
19-21
1 Agriculture .
(i) Food Products .
1-77
Invest
ment
(at
market
prices)
Sector
(3)
1 Agriculture .
Mining and Manufacturing
apound)
SI.
No.
(2)
(1)
(0)
5
(Rs. crores at 1979-80 'prices) }
1984-85
(1)
Increme
mental
GDP
(at
factor
cost)
(2)
(3)
32242
6404
1-70
2 Forestry and Logging
478
327
748
318
6575
1040
(0)
20
3-83
(ii) Textiles
3-11
2-88
3 Fishing
76
6-90
(iii) Wood and Paper Products .
1-02
1-03
4 Mining and Quarrying .
50
11-25
(iv) Leather and Rubber Products
0-50
0-52
5
Manufacturing
45515
6500
52
6-50
(v) Chemical Products
2-55
3-09
6
Construction
1760
1389
20
4-35
(vi) Coal and Petroleum Products
0-45
0-49
7 Electricity, Gas and Water Supply .
23554
686
40
3-61
(vii) Non-Metallic Mineral
Products
8 Railways
4724
420
1-05
1-05
Other Transport
11330
1025
(viii) Basic Metals
1-26
1-49
10 Communications
2902
262
(ix) Metal Products .
0-96
1-10
11 Trade, Storage and Ware Housing .
7299
5026
260
968
16437
923
4886
2711
80
50
00
5-30
6-33
9-33
.
9
7-35
(x) Non-electrical Engineering
Products
1-38
1-66
12 Banking and Insurance .
50
5-15
(xi) Electrical Engineering
Products
0-60
0-71
13 Real Estate
Dwellings
40
8-75
(xii) Transport Equipment
1-02
1-23
20
8-09
(xiii) Miscellaneous Industries
2-40
2-26
3 Electricity, Gas and Water Supply
1-71
1-88
4 Construction
5-07
5-05
4-89
4-95
33-61
34-00
100-00
100-00
5(
2(
9-11
02
8-70
5 Transport
11
9-00
6 Services
20
4-06
21
7-15
.
Total
10
I Pattern of Public and Private
5’10
Investment
70
5-46
00
5-44
5-20
Ut
t in the
■
terms of
Drder to
mt proddition, the
e so been3
ia alances.
1
•st
3.26 The total Plan investment for the period 198085 is estimated at Rs. 158710 crores. Of this,
Rs. 84000 crores* (53 per cent) is estimated to be
111 the public sector and the balance of Rs. 74710
crores (47 per cent) in the private sector.
3.27
~ ■
Estimates
of investment during the Plan period
hy 14 sectors of
as
'£ destination
j------ 35 derived from the
th^vestment
planning
model
—axaw^uI .are given in Table 3.7.
'^Qcremental gross value added over the Plan period
111 the respective sectors is also provided in the table.
_
wa 111 LA
V-ZJL
JLAJk » VULXA-LVA
*ln addition the public sector plan includes current outlays
amounting to Rs. 13,500 crores.
and
Ownership of
14 Other Services (including Public
Administration and Research)
15 Total at factor cost
16 Total at irarket prices
27999
.
158710
37994
in
3.28
The distribution of private investment
the major sectors is shown in Table 3.8.
Table 3.8
Distribution of Private Sector Investment 1980-85
(Rs. crores at 1979-80 prices)
SI. No.
Sector
Amount
Share(%)
(0)
(1)
(2)
(3)
1
Agriculture & Allied
16101
21.55
2
Industry & Minerals
30323
40.59
3
Power .
189
0.25
4
Transport & Communications
3390
4.54
5i
Others
24707
33.07
74710
100.00
Total
-
The estimates of investment requirement for the
different activities in the private sector have been
derived on the basis of the targeted growth rates, the
contribution of the public sector and the investment
requirements for the generation of new capacity
estimated from incremental capital-output ratio
derived from past time-series data.
3.31 The inter-sectoral capital flows for the period
1980—85 are presented in Table 3.10.
3.29 Investment in mining and manufacturing
(including small and village industries) in the past
has been nearly one-third of the total private invest
ment. In the present Plan this ratio is likely to go
up to nearly 41 per cent of the total. The organis
ed private corporate and cooperative sectors in
mining, manufacturing and non-financial services
have shown an investment requirement of Rs. 19582
crores. Of this, cooperative sector is estimated to
require an investment of Rs. 2000 crores.
Si.
No.
Item
(0)
(1)
(2)
1 Own Saving
34200
3.30
The broad pattern of allocation of corporate
mining and manufacturing investment by major
industry groups is given in Table 3.9.
Table 3.9
Distribution of Private Corporate Investment in Mining
and Manufacturing
(Rs. crores at 1979-80 prices)
si.
No.
Industry Group
(0
(0)
Total
(2)
1 Mining
25
k
2 Metallurgical
1244
3 Engineering
2463
4 Chemicals
3920
5 Consumer Industries
5375
6 Miscellaneous
2155
Total
15182
©Excluding captive mining which is included under respective industries.
Note • Figures include about Rs. 2000 crores in cooperative
manufacturings sector.
U-________
•inis-:!::
IU
-iSLv
No.
Inter-sectoral Capital Flows: 1980—85
(Rs. crores at 1979-80 prices)
2 Transfer from
other domestic
sectors
‘
c°m
Table 3.10
Public
Sector
...
Corporate
Ho Use
'S: Coopera- hold
tive Sector Sector
Total
(3)
(4)
(5)
105S8
104859*
149647
^To)
(1
1 Foodgra
2 Sugarcai
3 Jute and
4 Cotton
38871
8994
i 5 Oilseeds
(—)47865
(five m:
3 Inflow from
rest of the
world .
10929
4 Investment
84000
19582
(—)1866
9063
6 Tea
55128
158710;
7 Coflee
♦Details arc given in Annexure 5.1.
8 Milk
3.32 Table 3.10 shows household savings of
Rs. 104859 crores. These are used partly to finance
the sector’s investment in physical assets of
Rs. 55128 crores; die rest are transferred to the
public sector and the corporate and cooperative
sectors. The latter sectors will have a total’ invest
ment of Rs. 19582 crores financed by own savings
and transfers from other domestic sectors, including (
the household sector.
9 Eggs
10 Coal
11 Lignite
12 Crude P»
13 Iron Ore
Concer
14 Sugar
SECTORAL GROWTH PROFILE
3-33 The experience of the recent past shows
that a lack of coordination among critical sectors
acts as a general drag on economic growth. Produc
tion capacities created after a massive investment
effort remain under-utilised due to shortfalls in per
formance of a few sectors. It is, therefore, essential
that the projected production profile should be
internally consistent not only at the sectoral level,
but also at the level of specific commodities/services’.
Commodity-wise demand-supply (material) balances
presented below project the consistency of produc
tion targets of principal commodities/services with ’
the targets of user-sectors. These balances are for
the country as a whole. __
In taking
operational \
decisions regarding production
( " the
'
_l of
respective
commodities and also for creation of additional
capacities, inter-sector,al balances will need to be
supplemented by inter-regional balances.
15 Vanaspa
^-^4- Physical targets of production for the
principal. commodities and services are presented in
Table 3.11.
Sectoral priorities have been built into
the projected targets of demand and output of the
principal commodities, These are discussed under
the respective sectors.
23 P.V.C.
16 Cloth (n
dcccntr
sectors
17 Jute Ma
ls Paper ar
Board
19 Newspr
20 L.D. Pc
21
II.D. P<
22 Polypr
24 NaturJ
t
il
KB
I •
I
I
POVERTY
POVERTY AND
AND EMPLOYMENT
EMPLOYMENT
reauirements
poverty
s have b<
n programmJj.bl. The economic development during the last
’ has been ey three decades has enabled a perceptible increase in
’Pl_ ____
Tequimmp3^r3ae per capita income from Rs. 466 in 1950-51 to
on 7d0
t! in
. ? 1978-79,
'n
1Q^-'
70 at
- 1970-71
io'7n'7’ prices. In —
k
out on
Ri.
both
spite
ion dernau
counn.-.ion
deman 0/
this increase, the incidence of poverty in the co”
Or*
Tr%
fie
onrurnH
^84-85.
Provj? Wtiy •is /•till
stl^ very Pl I f1 n rh
Thus
determined tv,measures
aJ&ttessary to combat poverty. A substantial increase
al n target p in the overall rate of growth of the economy will no
’ doubt create favourable conditions, for a reduction
jfl poverty and unemployment. However, in the light
[of past experience, it will not be realistic to rely solely
Ion the growth process to find a solution to this prob[jeni. Specific policy measures will be needed not only
0 and 19 84-85 ho influence the composition of output in favour of
c tin t nfr fl11355 consumption goods but also to ensure a more
1
1 g ra_c-leyen regional and class distribution of output, paying
| special attention to stimulating growth in more back0
l9S4-MWvird regions. In addition, the on-going poverty
------------- -—Jeradication programmes aimed at the specified target
: groups of population will also have to be improved
■ and enlarged with regard to both content and cover■jage. lhe objectives of these programmes will be to
I improve the productivity and therefore income of the
poor and also to ensure that employment opportunities
jirc enlarged at a fast enough pace. Labour-intensive
Village and small industries will need adequate encou
11.00 ragement to grow.
Institutional reform designed to
impart a greater redistribufive bias to public policies
’0.70
: in favour of the poorest sections will have to be pur
sued with greater vigour and effectiveness.
Effective
?7 >
72.70
, implementation of these programmes will demand the
highest standard of devotion, efficiency and integrity
75.90
116.70 from public services at all levels as well as active in
volvement and participation of the people in this vital
9.
16.00
national undertaking.
).
21.60
3.62 The Sixth Plan places a very high priority on
J.40
19.00 the alleviation of poverty. For an assessment of the
problem and for setting targets a quantitative index
3.
16.00 lor poverty was formulated in the report of the “Task
■1.20
20.00 "
Force1 on Projections of Minimum Needs and Effec1_____ r
t five
Consumption
Demand” set up by the Planning
l.l
46.00 Commission
................... i.in 1977, where poverty line is defined as
).
11.00 the mid-point of the monthly per capita expenditure
class having a daily calorie intake of 2400 per person
.80
309.00 in rural areas and 2100 in urban areas. In 1979-80
prices, the mid-points are Rs. 76 in rural areas and
| Rs. 88 in urban areas.
’ways wouii 3.63 Subsequently on the basis of an assessment of
ed m 1979-8$ uvvui
several rounds of National Sample Survey of houscI ejection it hold
’ 1 consumer expenditure it has been observed that
Tp tT°f
nearly 50 Per cent °f our population has been living
fertilisers a® below th/puveny •w the poverty line continuously over a long
31-701
5U TtherS PCri°d (Table 3'33)-
Table 3.33
oi ’OL pro
Percentage of people below poverty-line
nes and fhi ;
)d tion hav<i
10.
1972-73 1977-78
Area
a :oods tra
I
plan pf (o)
(3)
(2)
(1)
5 Railways --—
tc I require ' 1
50.82
54.09
Rural
2
38.19
41.22
s 1 jected t:-‘
Urban .
3
48.13
51.49
All India
51
3-64 'The Sixth Plan approaches ±e problem of poverty alleviation by threV major stages^
(a.) Indentification and measurement;
(b) Developing realistic targets; and
(c) Formulation of specific programmes to match
the target.
3.65 Tlie majority of the poor live in the rural areas
and belong to the categories of landless labourers,
small and marginal farmers, rural artisans including
fishermen, and backward classes and backward tribes.
These people have either no assets or assets with
very low productivity, few relevant skills and no regu
lar fulltime jobs or very low paid jobs.
3.66 The number of poor people as defined above
and the distribution of the consumption expenditure
as estimated from 32nd Round of National Sample
Survey are indicated in Table 3.34.
Table 3.34
Distribution of total private consumption expenditure
by deciles : 1977-78
(Per cent)
Decile
Rural
Urban
(0)
(1)
(2)
0—10
3.65
3.36
10—20
5.12
4.67
20—30
6.24
5.59
30—10
6.56
6.50
40—50
8.03
7.39
50—60
8.66
8.69
60—70
9.84
9.77
70—80
11.77
12.31
80—90
14.55
14.24
90—100
25.58
27.48
0—100
100.00
100.00
Average monthly per capita consumption
for people below poverty line*
44.96
53.87
Average aggregate monthly per capita
consumption* .....
75. 61
108.73
People below poverty line (million)
251.66
51. 10
Total population (million) .
495.2
133.8
♦Rupees at 1977-78 prices as per total private consumption
given in the National Accounts Statistics, Central
Statistical Organisation, February, 1980.
’'4
in caw
I
I
■
1
4
52
.^^^^sumingthat the consumption distribution
in 1977-78 remains constant in future years, and
taking account of the actual growth of the economy
- ween 1977-78 and 1979-80 and the planned growth
Population Group
(0)
1
Bottom decile
2
Below poverty line @
3
Average monthly per capita
consumption (Rupees at
1979-80 Prices)
Rural
Urban
Total
(2)
(3)
(4)
32. 11
41.38
34. 12
51.27
59. 75
52.80
87.97
123.16
95.62
(1)
Total Population
Table 3.36
Consumption Expenditure ', 1984-85
Sl.No.
Population Group
(0)
1
Average monthly per capita
consumption (Rupees at
1979-80 Prices)
Tables 3,35
Total
Rural
Urban
Total
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
37. 07
46.06
39. 12
55.34
16.38
71.7:
53.44
61.37
55.01
223.97
(40.47)
55.21
(33.71)
279.11
(38.9J
101.55
137.10
109. 67
553.40
163.80
717.2
Bottom decile
3.69
ed by
families
in the c
tends tc
13 per
ment o
crores c
Rs. 300
group f<
rural pc
generati
income
rated oi
capital ♦
dent stu<
sectors c
of incor
the rura
No. of people
(in million)
Urban
(1)
Total Population
in
Rural
2 Below poverty line© .
3
the di
SiVen
ing ui
from
38.93
outlay
allevia
Consumption Expend
of tra
emplo.
tegrau
No. of people
longs
(in million)
Umplo
sides,
Rural
Urban
Toti
scheme
unemp
(5)
text, n:
(6)
(7)
Plan f.
substar
51.20
14. 21
65. 41,
by wa^
259. 56
gramm
57.28
316.84:
(50. 70)
(40.31)
hill are
(48.44/
live t
512.00
142.10
654.10
gramm
of conf
to be t
culatior
people
{without redistribution') made t
b°th thC yCarS 25
anTTsb
Table 3.35
SI.No.
168
between 1979-80 and 1984-85, the poverty profile
Table 3.37
Consumption Expenditure in 1984-85
{with redistribution)
SI.
No.
Population Group
Average monthly per capita
consumption t (Rupees at
1979-80 Prices)
Rural
(0)
1
(1)
People below;poverty line©
2 Total Population
Urban
in the ri
target,
million c
No. of people
(in million)
Total
Rural
Urban
Total
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(2)
(3)
60.31
64.09
61.17
166.02
(30.0)
49.14
(30.0)
215. j
(30.-
101.55
137.10
109.67.
553.40
163.80
717J
* With same consumption distribution as in 1977-78.
© figures in bracket are percentage of people below the poverty line.
People r.
iike heal
grammes,
the peop
tncome a
operate b
Sir
Oot make
*°uld be
77 ■
fe.
I
53
3 The above calculation shows that assuming
poverty profiL
distribution of consumption of 1977-78 remainf Tables 3’ the unchanged, the poverty percentage will be reduced
' I iog
-W
f oni 48-44 per cent in the base year 19719-80, to
7' I
93 per cent in 1984-85. But the public sector
I outlay m. the Sixth Plan provides for many poverty
• alleviation programmes which operate mainly by way
* ot iranstorming assets and skills and by providing
..1Uployment in the slack seasons of the year. The InS tegrated Rural Development Programme (IRDP)
people
la.mrv o
n / I the .National
M'ltinnnl
M
Rural
longs to the
t.1 former category
„ _ and
n
Ilion)
j-iuployment Programme (I\REP) to the latter. Be
sides there are a large number of other public sector
Urban
Toj
sunemes which will contribute to the reduction ot
unemployment and underemployment. In this con
text mention may be made oi the Special Component
KO)
Plan for the uplift of scheduled castes for which a
substantial provision has been maoe in the Sixth Plan
b :1
65.^
by way of special Central assistance. The special pro
grammes
for drought prone areas, tribal areas and
5/.28
316.| . bill areas will also~help to strengthen the redistribu
W.31) (48.44
tive bias in public policies, it an these pro
o
654. i
grammes are implemented effectively, the distribution
ot consumer expenditure in 1984-85 is not expected
to be the same as in the year 1977-78. A rough cal
culation of the new distribution and the number of
people below the poverty line in 1984-85 can be
made by going into programme details.
I
r
a
f >ple
iil _n)
Total
■b
(6)
(7)
6,
71.“
5.21
279. ii
(38.9;
3.
717.
^1 People
million)
>ai
Total
5)
(7)
9.14
215.1'
(30.0
30.0)
717.20
3.69 The total number of households to be cover
ed by IRDP during the Plan period is nearly 3,000
families per block. There are altogether 5,000 blocks
in the country. This means that the programme in
tends to cover nearly 75 million people i.e. more than
13 per cent of the rural population. The total invest
ment outlay set aside for this purpose is Rs. 1500
crores over the Sixth Plan period supplemented by
Rs. 3000 crores from institutional finance. The target
group for this purpose is located in the poorest of the
rural population. The detailed estimates of income
generation from this transfer of assets show that an
income of Rs. 3000 crores per annum will be gene
rated out of this transfer. This implicitly means a
capital output ratio of 1.5. By making an indepen
dent study of the consumption distribution in the rural
sectors of the economy it is found that this amount
of income transfer will bring nearly 11 per cent of
the rural population (61 million in 1984-85) above
the poverty line covering about 12 million households
in the rural sector, which will almost satisfy the Plan
target. Besides, a provision for moving nearly 6.1
million of the poor in the urban sector above the
poverty line has been made in the Plan in terms of
providing additional consumption benefits to these
people mainly through public redistributive services
like health, education and sanitation, housing and
drinking water, and urban slum improvement pro
grammes. Consumption expenditure in 1984-85 for
[he people below poverty line with redistribution of
income as stipulated above would be as in Table 3.37.
3.70 Nearly 75 per cent of the farming population
operate between them only a quarter of the cultivated
area. Since wage employment from all sources may
not make up, the deficiency in their consumption, it
would be essential a* a poverty alleviation
pro-
gramme to implement a limited measure of land re
distribution. A redistribution of 5 per cent of the
cultivated area from holdings above 5 acres to small
farmers and agricultural labour households will have
the effect of increasing income accruing to this class
by about 20 per cent. In addition, a sizeable amount
is expected to be transferred by NREP, which by
providing jobs during the slack, season, will iurther
nelp in bringing these families above the poverty line.
Employment
3.71 In the field of employment the picture has
been far from satisfactory. The number of people
unemployed and underemployed have risen signifi
cantly over the last decade. In the above context
therciore our employment policy should cover two
major goals:
Reducing underemployment by increasing
the rate of growth of the gainfully employed
and reducing unemployment on the basis
of usual status, commonly known as open
unemployment.
For assessing the nature and extent of the problem
and in order to develop corresponding programmes
to tackle them, attempts have been made in the Plan
to measure the number of full-time employed by
constructing a statistical index of standard person years
employed. Any individual working 8 hours a bay
lor 273 days or the year is regarded as employed on
1 a standard person year basis. Similarly, for defining
open unemployment, definition of unemployment on
the usual status basis is adopted. In analysing the
employment potential ot different sectors we observe
that almost all industries and most of the major in
frastructure activities which have high capital inten
sity, are very deficient in terms of employment gene
ration. The major employment generation activities
are to be found in agriculture, rural development,
village and small scale industries, construction,
public administration and other services.
The
employment generation capacity of a
sector
is derived by studying its past employment perfor
mance against its growth. Statistically, the employ
ment in an activity is related as a non-linear
function (double log) of either gross output or
value added and in the case of agriculture
as a fixed coefficient of land, the major input.
3.72 To go into more details, employment in agricuture has been based on employment norms peihectare of gross cropped area separately for HYV mid
local varieties, irrigated and unirrigated area under
each crop using the same cropping pattern as used
for the estimadon of production of agricultural com
modities. Employment in the mining sector has been
related to the growth in physical output while m the
manufacturing and electricity sectors this has been
related to the growth in gross value of output using
the respective employment elasticities. In the case ot
services, growth in employment has been considered
as a function of growth in gross value added in these
sectors. Employment potential of specific employment
programmes has been estimated separately.
54
ind
baSiS’ the increase in employment (in
standard person years) has been estimated The esti
mates are given in Table 3.38. These estimates take
to account the specific employment generation pro
grammes m the Plan like NREP, IRDP, etc. in
the e
hS Ch°1Ce °f investment “d output mix of
the economy. The growth of employment in the
construction sector will be higher than the one pre!
Table 3.38
Estimated Sectoral Employment: 1979-80 and ISSl-g.
(Million Standard Person Year)
SI. No.
(0)
Sn shrw^ table’ 3S Par‘ °f th£ ^P^^ent genera
3.74 The present estimates show that employment
on the basis of standard
person years will grow at
4.17 per cent per annum in the Sixth Plan period ie
the Sixth Plan period i.e.
at a rate much higher than the growth of labour iot'ce
terms ofP VT
°Ver the same Periodterms of absolute numbers, it means an increase in
employment in standard
person years by 34 million
which will almost match the i—
—- increase in the labour
force defined as persons of fifteen years age and above,
over the same period. This result
-t can be interpreted
thus: if all new employment is on
full-time basis, then ’
the total jobs created will
accommodate the entire
increase in the labour force,
However, assuming that
m reality ali the newly employed
cannot be on a fulltime basis, there will be a
greater absorption and the
existing backlog of unemployment will be
reduced.
Agriculture .
2
Forestry & Logging
3
Fishing
4
Mining & Quarrying
5
Manufacturing
6
Construction
7
Electricity, Gas & Water Supply
8
Railways
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
(1)
1
te place gamSt SPeC,al P^S-aimes is expected to
take place m construction activities.
•A
Sector
Other Transport .
Communication .
Trade, Storage & Warehouses
~
Banking
& Insurance
an’d
Prograninies for Eniployaent Generatjon, including National
Rural Employment Programme
16 Total
1979-80
1984-85
(2)
(3)
72.184
85.237
6.207
7.794
1.940
2.220
0.724
0.894
22.012
27.759 I
9.286
11.321
0.723
0.927
1.662
1.704
7.109
8.677 }
0.800
0.917
13.278
1.038
16.042
1.225
0.028
0.032
14.119
16.042
151.110
4.000
185.389
The
Jay in
80 p
Rs. i:
ance c
which
investn
crores.
4.2 I
(1974an incr
after al
intcrvcn
80 per
4.3 Oi
Rs. 47,
balance
Union "
total wc
and 4.2
the varic
4.4 Th,
outlays I
56
Annexure
4.1
Plan Outlays of
States
.■
I -I _-
(Rs. crores)
States
Outlay
1980—85
Andhra Pradesh .
Assam
Bihar
Gujarat
Haryana .
Himachal Pradesh
Jammu and Kashmir
Karnataka .
Kerala
Madhya Pradesh
Maharashtra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Nagaland .
Orissa
Punjab
Rajasthan .
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
Uttar Pradesh
West Bengal
3100.00
1115.00
3225.00
3680.00
1800.00
560.00
900.00
2265.00
1550.00
3800.00
6175.00
240.00
235.00
210.00
1500.00
1957.00
2025 00
122.00
3150.00
245.00
5850.00
3500.00
Hcac
I. AGi-
Agr
I
Cro
r-
Soil
Anir
Fish
Fore
Lan<
Man
!
Agri
Foot
Inves
11. RUR
Intcg
Natii
Com
Special Area Programmes
Hill Areas .
Tribal Areas
North Eastern Council
Other Unclassified
560.00
470.00
340.00
26.00
Total
48600.00
Coof
Speci
t1 in. spec
Hill x
r:
I
If
1
Trib:
Non
Deve
Lt
Annexure 4.2
Plan Outlays of Union Territories
(Rs. crores)
Union Territories
Andaman and Nicobar Islands .
Arunachal Pradesh .
Chandigarh
Dadra and Nagar Haveli
Delhi
....
Goa, Daman & Diu .
Lakshdweep
Mizoram ....
Pondicherry
.
Other Unclassified
Total
Outlay
1980—85
96.60
212.00
100.75
23.09
800.00
192.00
20.35
130.00
71.55
XV. IRRI*
Majo
I *.!
1:
Mino
Comr
Flood
V. £ V£;
Powe
| •14^1 New
Peiru
Coal
3.66
Villa
1650.00
Large
ft
IB
57
i.'
Annexure 4.3
•J
Sixth Five Year Plan—Public
Sector Outlays
(Rs. crores)
(Rs. crores)
Outlay
)80—85
Centre
States
Union
Territor cs
24)0.13
3119.02
125.92
Agricultural Research and Education
340.00
197.67
Crop Husbandry
293.03
906.50
34.4S
1233.9?
Soil and Water Conservation . .
90.00
323.16
20.41
433.57
Animal Husbandry and Dairying
398.00
430.56
22.82
851.38
Fisheries
174.00
185.13
12.29
371.42
Forestry
105.00
559.54
28.10
692.64
Land Reforms
30.10
272.62
1.91
304.63
Management of Natural Disasters
15.00
Agricultural Marketing
46.65
48.55
0.91
96.11
Food, Storage and Warehousing
294.00
38.61
5.00
337.61
Investment in Agricultural Financial Institutions ;
664.38
156.68
2314.87
3020. 03
28.81
53^3.73
1508.09
1.00
3486.64
7. 17
335.29
9.74
352.20
330.15
566.00
18.09
914.24
Head of Development
3100.00
1115.00
3225.00
3680.00
1800.00
560.00
900.00
2265.00
1550.00
3800.00
6175.00
240.00
235.00
210.00
1500.00
1957.00
2025 00
I. agriculture
122.00
150.00
245.00
5850.00
3500.00
31. RURAL DEVELOPMENT
Integrated Rural Development and related Programmes
National Rural Employment Programme
.
Community Development & Panchayat Institutions
560.00
470.00
340.00
26.00
Cooperation
48600.00
utlay
jO—-85
997.551
980.00 J
'JU. SPECIAL AREA PROGRAMMES
1480.00
1480.00
Hill Areas
560.00
560.00
Tribal Areas
470.00
470.00
North Eastern Council
340.00
340.00
Development of Backward Areas
110.00
110.00
635.00 11395.48
729.55
12160. 03
Major and Medium
90.00
8301.46
56.90
8448.36
Minor
70.00
1710.70
29.60
1810.30
300.00
555.92
0.35
856.27
175.00
827.40
42.70
1045.10
’V. ENERGT
71995.00
14293.56
2/6.88 26535.44
Power
4725.00
14293.56
246.88
New and Renewable sources of Energy
100.00
103.00
Petroleum
4300.03
4300.00
Coal
2870.00
2870’. 00
.
’VI. INDUSTRY & MINERALS
Village and Small scale
Large and Medium
♦Included under Crop Husbandry.
J
821.06
610.65
Flood Control including Anti-Sea Erosion
jO.OO
15.00
610.65
Command Area Development
96.60
12.00
100.75
23.09
30.00
.92.00
20.35
JO.OO
71.55
3.66
537.67
Special Employment Programmes
IV. IRRIGATION AND FLOOD CONTROL
Rc ^rores)
Total
19265.44
72777.47
2185.86
60.24
75017.57
923.40
815.11
41.94
1780.45
11848.07
1370.75
18.30
13237.12
58
Annexure 4.3—Continued
(Rs. crores)
Head of Development
VII. TRANSPORT '.
Railways
Roads
Road Transport
Ports
Light Houses .
Shipping
Inland Water Transport
Civil Aviation .
Meteorology .
Tourism .
Farakka Barrage
INSAT—Space Segment
VIII. COMMUNICATIONS AND INFORMATION AND BROADCASTING
Communication
........
INSAT— Space Segment
.......
Broadcasting & Television
......
Information & Publicity
.......
Union.
Territories
Total |
Centre
States
8418.64
5100.00
830.00
70.00
575.00
27^7. 34
2SS. 99
9; I
2398.87
1111.40
210.09
14.15
5100.OOf
3438.96
1195.55
12.00 J- 63.85
720.00 j
43.75
1414.60
24.36
6.30
2.30
2.80
102.55
12.90
71.66
859.10
43.00
187.46
50.00
51.64
45.00
850.00
43.00
72.00
50.00
51.64
3101.98
2810.00
28.61
3-67
0.15
0.12
28.46
3.55
51.65
210.33
30.00
3 134-26 :
2810.27 j
51.65
210.33i
62.01!
IX. SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
Atomic Energy;
Space
....
Scientific Research .
Ecology and Environment
National Test Houses
848.15
248.98
245.80
304.87
40-00
8.50
17. OJ
X. SOCIAL SERVICES
Education
(a) General Education
.
.
.
.
(b) Art and Culture
........
(c) Technical Education
........
Health Including Medical
.......
Family Planning
.........
Housing
...........
Urban Development
........
Water Supply & Sanitation
.......
Welfare of Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tr.bes and other Backward Classes
Special Central Additive for Scheduled Caste Component Plans
Social Welfare
.........
Nutrition
..........
Labour & Labour Welfare
.......
XI. OTHERS
Statistics
...........
Rehabilitation of displaced persons
......
Planning Machinery
........
Stationery and Printing
........
Public Works
..........
Training for Development
.......
Other unclassified Sendees
.......
4453.42
8830.88
750. 96
14^35^
515.75
51.00
168.00
601.00
1010.00
300.00
110.00
614.22
240.00
600.00
150.00
14.95
78 50
261.34
68.87
154.12
20.07
12.00
1493.09
31.85
153.39
1.05
10.48
128.86
2162.23
83.90 •
277.61 |
1821.05 t
1010.00 S
1490.8' ;
997.53 i
3922.02
960. y
600.0- .
271.9: |
Total (I to XI)
865.20
248.98
245.80
321.92
40.00
8.50:
17.05
99.13
1091.19
1065.95
780.77
3123.65
709.00
124.92
106.76
184.15
11.30
109.78
214.55
111.92
522.17
24.56
12.19
8.64
9.22
17.96
2.01
26.05
190.30
1.49
4.87
2.28
4.00
281.25
9.59
47250.00
48600.00
1650.00
J life
IL
............... t..
L„...
,,w_
238. h
199.
SoM’l’
95-<
154.
20 v
39.5-;
i95-1’!
2.:#’
tj * •
Is
Plannin
sation of
cal assets
tions. Sc
which are
creation o
lysis has
to be gen
in difierer
are derive
uses of fi
sources b
sectors an
diaries,
ween the
ment and
available
measures
appropria
5.2 The
and the 1
in this Cl
the resou
availabilit
cial resov
at 1979-S
• taken of
81 in ast
and the g
justments
source m
to the ex
in face 0
5.3 The
Plan 19£
consisting
crores ar
sector of
is $0 be fi
294-crores ai
extent of
97500.
’We-'
II
y-'-
1414.6c
JO
2.80
71.6f
859.10
43.0C
187.46
'0
50.00
51.64
'7
u.12
>5
3^4-26f
2810.2?
51.65
210.3]
62.01
865.20
248.98 \
245.80 :
321.92 .
40.00 i
8.50
o. 96
14035-21
52 9
l.v5
10.48
2162.231
83.90
277.61
1821.05:
1010.00
1490.8?!
’8
'■>
4.92
16 76
4
997.531
3 9 22.02:
1
960.30 j
600.00*
271.9? I
8.
9. J2
7. 96
238.14
199.64,
801.4: i
95.441
1
154.12^
.59
.(
CHAPTER 5
3438.^
1195.52
43.75
I
* •:
RESOURCES FOR THE PLAN
5100.oj I
09
15
•a r
To^
2 .. 99
21
’A
.
.Tr': '
,Rs. cror^^
Union
Tf*rr.’torics
f
20 O ' *
39 . 55 '
195.17
2.28
294. 84
Table 5.1
planning involves generation, distribution and utili
sation of productive assets. The generation of physi
cal assets takes place through private or public institu
tions. So does the generation of financial resources
which are a counterpart, so to say, of the process of
creation of physical assets. In this Chapter, an ana
lysis has been made of the financial resources likely
to be generated and the funds needed for inve^ment
in different sectors of the economy. These resources
are derived from domestic and foreign sources. The
uses, of
of financial
financial resources
resources may deviate from their
’
1
transfers
between the public and private
sources by
sectors and also by the activities of financial intermediaries, In the planning exercise, a matching bet
ween the needs of the different agencies for investment and the financial resources which can be made
available through financial intermediaries and fiscal
measures is carefully examined with the help of an
Estimates of Gross Domestic Saving, Investment and
Aggregate Resources 1980—85
(Rs.
at
1979-80
prices)
SI. No.
Item
Amount
(0)
(1)
(2)
1
Public saving
3420 C
2
Private saving
115447
3
Aggregate Domestic Saving
149647
4
Net inflow from abroad
5
Total saving available for gross investment
6
Current Development outlay in
sector
7
Aggregate Resources
appropriate accounting model.
The
5.2
T
aaw estimates
__________ of resources of the public sector
and the underlying policy assumptions3 are described
indication
is also given of
in this Chapter. A broad ---the resources required by die private sector and th
availability of such resources, ihe estimates of finan
cial resources as well as of outlays have been made
at 1979-80 prices. However, due account has been
• taken of the rise in prices that has occurred m 198081 in assessing the purchasing power of resour^s
and the growth potential of the economy. Some ad- ■
justments in outlays and the target of additions 1 source mobilisation have been made so as . to protect,
-o the extent possible, the real volume of investment,
in face of rise in project costs m 19SU-8L.
crores
DOMESTIC
9063
158710
the public
13500
172210
SAVING
5.4 Of the total domestic saving of Rs. 149,647
crores, public saving, comprising savings of Govern
ment,’public sector non-financial enterprises (includ
ing departmental enterprises) and public sector finan
cial enterprises has been estimated at Rs. 34200
crores. The balance of Rs. 115447 crores is ac
counted for by private saving comprising corporate,
cooperative and household saving. The composition
of the total domestic saving is shown in Table 5.2.
5.5 Public saving accounts for 22.9 per cent of .the
total domestic saving estimated for the Plan period,
while the balance of 77.1 per cent represents saving
generated in the private sector. Within the private
sector household saving dominates with a share of
as much as 70.1 per cent of the total domestic saving.
The details of estimates of private saving are given
‘ j j : . ’■rit
in Table 5.3.
5.3 The
The aggregate
aggregate resources
resources for Uie Sixth Five Y
Plan 1980—85, are placed at Rs. 1f7““10
consisting of an investment outlay of. Rs. 158 MU
crores and current development outlay in the public
sector of Rs. 13500 crores. The investment outlay
is to be financed through domestic saving of Rs 149f) /
crores and net inflow of funds from, abroad to the
extent of Rs. 9063 crores, as shown m Table 5.1.
97500.00
59
’ am/Ss
i
I
which india is
terms
tradt
both in agricu
taining a reas
tqn increase in
framework of
CHAPTER 7
f
MOBIL
policy framework
muduaiiv. In
in tne
me background cf such difficult externui and •nternai conditions., the rate oi mhation can be
reduced oniy gradually. A great <deal of ingenuity •
ami imagination whl oe needed to aevise effective” I
economic policies to cope wita. inflationary pressures. I
7.4 Sensible demand management policies will com |
I
linue io be an important eicment of an elective pack
age o fanti-inflationary polices. Fiscal and monetary
policies will have to be so designed as to prevent an
excessive growth oi money supply. Due attention
will have to be paid to the proper phasing of invest
ments so that inflationary’ pressures are not accenmated. it demand management policies are not tc
curt the country s longer term growth prospects, major
emphasis must be laid on curbing the growth of ccn^P‘"
cuous consumption, preventing diversion of investible
resources into low priority activities and on promoting i
ratings so that investment requirements of accele- i
rated' growth can be financed in a non-inflati-nnarv ■
manner. Thus fiscal and monetary policies will need
to provide positive encouragement to savings,_ parti
cularly to savings in the torm of assets which are
under social control.
7.5 In Indian conditions, agricultural prices arc
the kingpin of the price structure. Thus fluctuations
in "agricultural output can give rise to a price spiral
which is not easily controlled by demand management
poficies once it gets started. In the long run, an in
crease in agricultural production and a reduction m
the amplitude of fluctuations will no doubt contribute
to greater stability of the price level. In the slier,
run, the effects of fluctuations in weather conditions
on the price level can be moderated if adequate buffer
stocks of important agricultural products like food
grains, cotton, and sugar are built up and these are
accompanied by an effective system of public distri
bution of essential commodities.
The Plan is primarily a set of consistent and
feasible investment programmes desigued to achieve
he targets of output and generation of surpluses for
jevelopment in different sectors of the economy; but
m order to ensure that the programmes move as
scheduled and to bring about the requisite direction
md effort in the wideranging economic activities of
the people, corporate and non-corporate entities and
government machinery itself, it is necessary to indicate
the iramework of policies affecting these activities as
an integral part of the Plan. The success of the Plan
depends on many factors among which the choice of
the correct policy framework must be rated as crucial
7.2 Such a policy framework has to embrace mobili
sation of savings, supply and demand management,
measures for improving the performance of the public
sector and adoption of specific steps required for the
attainment of the objectives of the Plan in_ different
sectors of the economy: accelerated growth m agri
culture, pursuit of a well coordinated energy policy
aiming at reduced dependence on imported oil, pro
motion of employment including self-employment, re
duction of regional disparities, protection of environ
ment and ecological balance, family planning and
welfare and so on. An attempt is made in this
Chapter to indicate the underlying assumptions of
the Plan in respect of some of these matters and the
kind of policy measures which will need to be adopted
from time to time. A more elaborate treatment of
the issues involved is given in the relevant Chapters
of the Plan.
*
GROWTH WITH STABILITY
7^
J
Fiscal Poli
7.8 The sc
described in <
as to be esse
calls for add:'
crores by th
their enterpr
.o be restricts
7.9 As a r<
taxation exp:
national inco
is thus only
resources th
luxes, the pc
through inco
are somewlu
evasion throi
machinery f(
in hte tax k
adjustment c
well as sc
7.10 Direc
sfitute less t
income. La
ktx on agric
consequently
7.6 Recent experience
ic
______ show
__ ’s that bottlenecks
minimum
su
certain critical sectors like power and transport can agricultural (
on price
expectations.
fertilisers
have a significant
—- bullish
— ——— effect
—
•
■
These factors, together with the inevitable adjustments t or concessic
in prices demanded by an era of rising energy costs, t m-comes, pt
brine out the growing importance of structural factors | fore, necessc
in generating inflationary’ pressures. To this extent, I p°nal resou
inflation has acquired a structural character. Thus, I fotrodurino
in any viable anti-inflationary’ strategy, adequate em luxation. C
phasis on supply management—involving both fu.le* | diat this doc
utilisation of existing capacities and growth of ^,e.s? | ^^crease pre
capacities over time—must go hand in hand wi
|?
U been
Thec
demand management. Indeed, in a situation
|
7.3 A major task of economic policy in the Sixth
Plan is to create the necessary conditions for the
mobilisation of resources for development in a noninflationary manner. The control of inflation and
and
generation of stable price expectations are crucial for
a successful implementation of the Plan. However,
anti-inflationary policies must be so devised as to
facilitate basic structural changes which are essential
for a progressive increase in the country’s productive
potential. This is by no means an easy task even
under normal conditions. It is rendered all the more
difficult when the international environment is hig y
inflationary, the outlook for the country’s terms of
trade and external payments is. unfavourable and
there are bottle-necks in certain critical demesne sec
tors (like power, coal, rail transport) which fan
inflationary expectations and can be overcome only
i 1
I
7.7 The siz
the pattern of
cf output and
including inirt
ing m view u
nL; ntaining c
and
important rav
implementatio
the realisatioi
therefore, of
view of ensu;
measures th a
arc indicated
...
i
77
W ’hich India is iaced with a sharp deterioration in her
B^nns
a significant increase in productivity,
1 both in agriculture and industry, is essential for mainBniDiag a reasonable degree of price stability. Such
increase in productivity can materialise only in tnc
Wtonework of an expanding economy.
!
mobilisation of resources
|'7 7 The size of the Plan, its scheme of financing,
Lie pattern of allocation of resources, the composition
c- output end the physical targets for various sectors
jadudiug
infrastmemre etc. have been arrived at keep
d cult exter.
ing ia view the objective of accelerated growth while
ni ion can
1 of■ ingenuity i-iamiaming a reasonable balance between aggregate
vi'" ctfective demand and supply of ukential goods and services,
la pressures, important raw materials and other key inputs. The
impienientation of the Plan according to schedule and
icies will con. the realisation of the targets 'a different sectors is,
sf’^tive pack- therefore, of crucial importance from the point of
a
monetaiy ricw of ensuring relative price stability. The policy
u: ’revent an measures that need to be adopted in different areas
ue attention are indicated below.
ir" of invest■
t accen- Fiscal Policy
s e not to 7.S The scheme of financing the Plan, which is
aspects, major
described in detail in Chapter 5, has been so designed
vtK ?f coaspi- as to be essentially non-inflationary in character. It
i ' investible
oi_ promoting calls for additional resource mobilisation of Rs. 21,302
crores by the Central and State Governments and
s of accele- ti'.eir enterprises while deficit financing is proposed
n- 'lationarv '.o be restricted to Rs. 5,000 crores‘ie will need
iv...gs, parti- | 7.9 As _________
a result ofr progressive increases in tax rates,
s which are | taxation expresed as> a percentage of the country’s
I national income now stands at 20 per cent. There
1 ces are |
t^’JS on^Y a limited scope for raising additional
fluctuations ; resources through taxation. In the field of direct
p^ce spiral' laxcs, the possibilities of raising additional resources
m asemenr through income tax, corporation tax and wealth tax
I : i, an in are somewhat limited. There is need to check tax
____ _
reduction
in evasion through a strengthening of the administrative
X contribute i wachinery for tax collection, plugging the loopholes
In re short I in ^te tax iaws and also through an imaginative
t
mditions ■ adjustment of tax policy so as to reduce the incentive
quate buffer e* well as scope for such evasion.
> 7:’‘e iood- 7-10 Direct taxes on agriculture at present con
id lese are st tute less than 1 per cent of the total agricultural
ul_j distri- Income. Land revenue, which is the principal direct
on agriculture, is generally a flat rate levy and,
consequently, regressive in character. Fixation of
le; :ks in minimum support and procurement prices for major
in.^art can agricultural crops and provision of various inputs such
xpectaticns.
as fertilisers, irrigation and electricity at subsidised
ad’ stmeuts cr concessional rates have helped raise agricultural
ie: 7 costs. m-comes, particularly of large farmers. It is, thereur_ factors j r?re, necessary to consider measures for raising addi
this extent, tional resources from the agricultural sector and
tei
Thus, f introducing a measures of progressivity in agricultural
eq te em- I
Care should, however, be taken to ensure
bou.i fu.let
at this does not in any way affect the incentives to
h of ffiese
ia ' with 1 mcrcase production and productivity.
The resource base of the Indian fiscal system
ua m io |
as been considerably eroded, among other things,
I
r
.'Jmii-I di.**
due to the inability of the public sector enterprises to
generate adequate resources for the expansion of
public sector investment In the case of Central
government’s industrial and commercial- enterprises,
which accounted for an investment of over Rs. Io,600
crores at the end of March, 1979 the projections
made for the Plan period on the basis of 1979-80
pricing policies imply a rate of return on capital
emloyed of about 8 per cent. This should be raised
to at least 10 per cent by the end of the Plan period.
2 or this purpose, it would be necessary to improve
management increase capacity utilisation, reduce in
ventories and adopt appropriate pricing policies. The
Railways and Posts and Telegraphs are also expected
to raise substantial additional resources.
7.12 Ln the States, the Electricity Boards are in
curring huge losses. In the case or irrigation, the
gross receipts are not sufficient to cover even the
working expenses. Most of the State Road Transport
Corporations are also making losses. It would be
necessary for mese undertakings to improve their
miaacial penormance through a revision of tariffs,
water charges and taxes and otner suitable measures.
7.13 Another area which offers scope for contri
bution to the Plan resources is reduction of subsidies
by both the Centre and the States. The Central Gov
ernment has already reduced the net burden of
fertiliser subsidy by increasing its prices. Further,
while increasing the procurement prices of rice aim
other kharff cereals, tile Central Government has also
simultaneously decided to increase their issue prices
to avoid additional subsidy. It is recognised that
may not be possible to eliminate altogether the
subsidies that exist at present. Nevertheless ,a signi
ficant reduction in subsidies from the level budgeted
ror 1980-81 is necessary to raise the required order
of resources for the Plan.
7.14 It will also be necessary for the Central and
State Governments to take measures to improve tax
collections, curb tax evasion and observe strict fiscal
discipline. Severe restraints will have to be imposed
on the growth of non-Plan and unproductive expen
diture. In particular, there is no basis for the assump
tion that every item of non-Plan expenditure should
automatically register growth at a certain minimum
rate every year.
7.15 The possibilities of mobilising local resources
for local use need to be fully explored. Block level
committees and village panchayats could be given
powers to raise specified resources, including land
revenue, for deployment on local development
schemes. The experience of some States demons
trates the usefulness of market cesses, for instance,
in mobilising additional resources. In small towns
and metropolitan areas also, local authorities have
not fully tapped the resources through appropriate
means available to them. Rent control and the con
sequent low valuation of properties, have the effect of'
eroding the tax base of local authorities; they in turn
depend for resources for local programmes of
development and improvement on the State Govern- "
ments. The question of municipal finance needs to
be reviewed in all its aspects.
il
K
7«
7.16 Finally, it would be necessary to adopt further
measures—fiscal, mometary and others—to increase
savings. In so far as this contributes to the increase
in financial savings in the form of bank deposits, life
insurance premia and contribution to provident funds,
there would be an increased flow of resources for the
public sector Plan through market borrowings; an
increase in small savings and provident fund
. accumulations of Government employees would flow
directly to the public sector.
7.17 Studies in the Planning Commission indicate
that the Indian fiscal system does not have adequate
built-in elasticity to generate additional resources
automatically for financing higher project costs in the
w.ake of inflation. If, therefore, prices continue to
rise, leading thereby to a arise in project costs, the
additional resource mobifisation in nominal terms
may have to be higher than indicated above if the
re,al size of the Plan is to be protected. Any resort
in such a situation to an increase in deficit financing
to cover the gap between the desired level of Plan
outlay and available resources will have to be
scrupulously avoided as this would accentuate in
flationary trends and create distortions in the structure
of the Plan,
I
1
4
Monetary and Credit Policies
7.18 Money supply increased by over 13 per cent
in 1979-80 (after adjustment for the change in the
classification of demand and time deposits). This
order of increase in money supply in the context of
a decLine in both agricultural and industrial produc
tion was an important factor contributing to the price
rise in that year. Its impact was all the more severe
as it-came over and above the substantial increase in
money supply jjiat had taken place in the preceding
years.- The rate of growth of money supply has,
however, decelerated in 1980-81 and this has helped
materially in restraining the price rise in the last few
months.
7.19 Monetary and credit policies, while aiding the
process of economic and social development in line
with the priorities of the Plan, have to be sb designed
as to help maintain a balance between the aggregate
demand and supply of goods and services.K For this
purpose, it would be necessary to ensure that the
growth of money supply over the Plan period bears a
reasonable relationship with the increase in national
income.
iI
7.20 This would require coordination of fiscal,
monetary and credit policies so that deficit financing
by the Government, credit to public agencies or
agencies designated by the Government for purchase
of foodgrains and other commodities as well' as credit
to the commercial sector taken together do not lead
to an excessive increase in money supply. The
anticipated deficit in the balance of payments would
provide some cushion for monetary growth. On the
o‘her hand, food credit, which has declined since
1979-80 as a result of the reduction in food stocks,
may be expected to go up with the rebuilding of food
stocks. Procurement of other commodities under
price support operations or 1for the purpose of public f
7.24
distribution would add to the requirements of credit.
rationa
Proper planning in regard to the deployment of
to al111
monetary and credilt resources is, therefore, of utmost
bring 2
importance.
income
lising t
7.21 Credit policy is being reoriented to meet
policy i
increasingly the needs of the poorer and weaker
stablity.
sections of the community in order to increase their
productive capacity. It has been decided to increase
7.25
the proportion of advances to the priority sectors,
there h;
comprising agriculture, small-scale industry, retail
trade and small business, professional and self of incoi
employed persons etc., from 33 1/3 per cent of total partly t
hank advances in 1979-80 to 40 per cent by 1985. shortcoi
Further, out of the total advances to the priority ment pi
sectors, at least 40 per cent will be extended to the the fave
agricultural sector. To ensure a larger flow of funds recurren
to the weaker sections, separate targets are to be i accentut
fixed for them within the priority sector lending for \ The pro
agriculture and small-scale industries, which account1 skewed
for a predominant share of the total priority sector | the deep
tha othe
lending.
l for incr
7.22 The monetary and credit trends would need task incto be monitored closely and may be reviewed periodi 7.26 h
cally with a view to determining whether any correc-; tion live
live measures are needed. The level and pattern of task of
interest rates will also need to be kept under constant income 1
review in the light of the evolving economic trends.; of the n
There is evidence to suggest that savings in the form;Is progressi
of deposits with financial institutions and certain:' unemplo
other types of financial assets are responsive to people,
changes in the rates of interest. Interest rate policy strategy
can thus be effectively employed for augmenting gramme,
savings, in addition to its use in the regulation of activities,
credit- expansion by increasing the cost of inventories dustries ;
and speculative hoarding. The interest rates must also the Nat
reflect the relative scarcity of capital and the need among t
to promote labour intensive techniques of production. this objec
It will, of course, be necessary to ensure that the gramme
interest rates are not too high for the poor and weaker people it
sections or for investment in high priority areas. This cducatior
could be taken care of by differential rates of inters! labour, e
on a selective basis.
incomes
communi
Income Policies
of essent
7.23 The existence of wide disparities in income Under th<
and living standards inevitably creates an atmosphere
7-27 A
in which it is extremely difficult to secure discipli^
some
con
and dedicated effort in major areas of economic acD*
ctional
in
vity.
On the other hand, given the fact that
the
mainly Ol
vast bulk of the incomes are generated in the agn*
cultural sector and among those who are self-empl0’ lrial licet;
yed, it is not easy to design an incomes policy o:: Pve trade
the same pattern as that attempted in some of the m this co
curb tax
western countries.
The paramount need to promos Public sec
a sustained increase in agricultural productivity
ual of 1
quires maintenance of adequate incentives for fl* cr
ccilings o
farmers; similarly incentives for private industrial
Sidelines
vestment are also required consistent with the obj^ Scents
_
c
tive of avoiding concentration of wealth and ecoO0'
'wever,
None of these considerations, howev^J ;
mic power.
of
come in the way of creating a general climate
k ? permit
austerity and against conspicuous consumption.
I*’**,
t
II
w
■■
■■Illi .
|<r-
, I
1/
P ‘ of pubjy
Lj
4 An incomes policy as such has to derive its
<ents of credy
deployment (3 frationale from. 1116 objective of the Plan. It has
0
of iitmof io aim at reducing the existing disparities in order to
bring about a more rational and equitable pattern of
.income distributionBesides, it must help in stabis^lising the
..-----prices.
jn fact. ^0 success of tbe incomes
ted to
ir
id weal^ KJolicy itself is better assured under conditions of price
L ■ease thp®
.-kiitv
ties ^stablity.
ed to increa^
riority secto^ *7-25
sPite
various measures taken so far,
hbere
has
been
no
significant
dent yet in the problem
d: Dr, ret
sek
‘
of
income
disparities.
While
this is attributable
ta and
• cent (of tow < partly to the limitations of the measures adopted and
'“
shortcomings in their implementation, the develop
■err by 1985
1
prioritT ment process itself has also tended to benefit more
te ed to th* c the
— favourably- placed
_ sections of the community. The
flow of fund, recurrence ot the inflationary phenomenon has further
is are to bt accentuated the distortions in income distribution.
r nding for The problem is extremely complex on account of the
'h i account skewed distribution of assets on the one hand and
riority sector the deep-rooted historical socio-economic factors on
tha other. The need to provide adequate incentives
for increased efficiency and productivity renders the
’uld need! task income redistribution even more difficult.
ewed periodi-j
r -ny correcj 7.26 In a country where nearly half of the popula
tion lives below the poverty line, the most important
id »attem of task of the incomes policy has to be to increase the
x constant
income levels of the poorer and weaker sections. One
lomic trends of the major objectives of the Plan is, therefore, to
i~ the form
progressively reduce the incidence of poverty
and
ni
certain unemployment and improve the quality of life of the
esx nsive
to! people. The household-centred poverty alleviation
nnl’cvl
t rate i
strategy under the Integrated Rural Development Pro
a-gmentiug!
gramme, development of agriculture and ancillary
■ei .ation of activities, promotion of cottage, village and small in
f _ ventories
■les must also dustries and creation of additional employment under
id 'he need the National Rural Employment Programmes arc
I iduction.; among the important measures designed to achieve
ui_ that the this objective. In addition, the Minimum Needs Pro
and weaker gramme would provide certain amenities to the
a is. This, people in the form of drinking water, elementary
-s f interst education, health care, house sites to the Landless
labour, etc.
Further, the purchasing power of the
incomes of the poorer and weaker sections of the
community would be protected through the supply
of essential consumer goods at reasonable prices
h incomes under the public distribution system.
atmosphere
2 J:scipline 7.27 At the same time it is essential to exercise
nc ic acti- some control on high incomes as well as on non-funReliance will have to be placed
tl_; the ctional incomes.
mainly on fiscal policy and measures such as indus
n the agritrial licensing, regulation of monopolies and restric
se’1’ emplotive trade practices, etc.
It is of utmost importance
I icy on
in
this
context
to
tighten
up
tax administration and
ne of the
curb tax avoidence and evasion- Expansion of the
.o promote
Public sector will also help indirectly in preventing ac
zti ’ y Te
crual of large incomes at the top level.
There are
s ar the
ceilings on income in the public sector and certain
lu. >nial inguidelines have also been adopted for fixing the emothe objec.is of top executives in the corporate sector.
nc icono- . luinent'
However,
suitable differentials in emoluments in
vever,
. 1
favour of managerial and high skill jobs will have to
of
mate
?
permitted in order to attract the best people to
ion.
j these jobs.
■
79
7.28 In regard to wages, there is marked disparity
between the organised and unorganised and urban
and rural sectors. One of the main problems is that
of lower wages than the prescribed minimnm, It is
therefore, necessary to enforce the Minimum V/ages
Act and to undertake periodical revision of the mini
mum wages notified under the Act. The real solu
tion to the problem, however, lies in increasing sub
stantially the employment opportunities and brinninn
about a better balance between the demand for and
supply of labour. Measures to impart skills and
promote diversification of occupations could contri
bute further to an improvement in wages.
7.29 Wage levels in the organised sector vary not
only between regions and industries but even amona
units in the same industry.
These are related nei
ther to the nature of occupations nor to the level of
skills. These anomahes and disparities have resulted
in social tensions and industrial unrest. There is,
therefore, need for bringing about a greater rationa
lisation of the wage structure and linking of wages
at least in some measure to labour productivity. This
can be done only with the full and willing coopera
tion of workers and their representatives and the
success of any such attempt will depend a great deal
on the pursuit of polices conducive to reduce the
disparities in income and consumption. In an envi
ronment which promotes economic discipline gene
rally, it should be possible to ask those who are fully
employed, both wage earners as well as others to ac
cept some restraint on the growth of their consump
tion in the interest of those who are under-employed
or unemployed.
In the medium to longterm, real
wages must be allowed to move with gains in produc
tivity in the economy as a whole; but such a policy
may still require those engaged in occupations with
rapidly rising productivity to accept a somewhat
lower increase in earnings in order to permit a
measure of equity vis-a-vis occupations in which pro
ductivity growth is likely to be small. Also, in the
immediate period ahead, there should be less insis
tence on improvements in real incomes on the part of
those who are fully employed to help establish expec
tations of price stability, so important for mounting
the development effort called for by the Plan. There
is also urgent need to generate a climate in favour of
modernisation in industry and adoption of new
techniques which help in increased productivity, with
out being determental to employment. In the small
and decentralised sectors the scope for technological
improvement is quite considerable and this must be ex
plored to the full-
Pricing Policy
7.30 In view of the increases in demand on account
of the increase in population as well as the growth of
incomes, the durable solution to the problem of
maintaining a proper macro-balance between
demand and supply would essentially he in increasing
the production and availability of goods and ser
vices in relation to the growing demand. This would
be snecially necessary in the case of basic consumer
goods and essential raw materials and other inputs
bQ
It is important, therefore, that the targets of produc
tion boirt in agriculture and industry are realised and,
lor this purpose, the various programmes, schemes
and policy measures included in the Plan are effec
tively implemented. As recent experience indicates
the increase in production would critically depend
on adequate and timely availability of the basic facili
ties such as power and transport.
Particular atten
tion has, therefore, to be given to improving and
developing the infrastructure so as to ensure that
constraints in these sectors do not hamper growth. It
would also be necessary to improve the monitorini
system, so that remedial measures are taken expedi
tiously as and when necessary.
7.31 Overall stability of prices does not mean
rigidity in prices.
Changes i:. relative prices may
occur in response to changes in the demand-supply
situation.
These may also ha e ." be induced tc
influence resource allocation in order to achieve th
desired pattern of consumption, production and investment. The policy in regard r0 agricultural tr'
industrial commodities is discussed below.
7.32 zig’.cullurri comf?iod:;:cs: Prices of agricul
tural products exercise a sigmficam influence on the
general price level as several o: the essential article,
of mass consumption as well as some of the indus
trial raw materials are agriculture based. In fact, price?
of foodgrains act as a pace setter in the behaviour of
general prices. Food and food products account fo:
a weight of over 60 per cent in the All India Consu
mer price Index for Industrial Workers and of over
75 per cent in +he Consumer Price Index for Agricul
tural Labour. Tn the Wholesale Dri?e Index, agricul
tural and agriculture based products account for mor?
than half of the total weight. The output of agricul
tural commodiries is not only subject to year to yeafluctuations but the demand for these being generail'inelastic, a marainal rise or fall in their output causes
a disproportionate increase in prices. Maintenance of
relative stabilbv and reduction in seasonal fluctua
tions in their case is. therefore, of vital importance.
7.33 Since fluctuations of agricultural production
tend to generate instabilhy of prices and. in the lean
years, triecer inflationary pressures, an important in
strument of maintaining price stability is the establish
ment op adeouafe buffer stocks in a< many .of the
essential commodities as possible. A buffer stock of
about 15 million tonnes in resnect of foodarains, for
instance, fc considered absolutely necessary in order
to minim’?? the impact or weaker fluctuations on
their availability and -rices. Buffer stocks for th?
'’rticle^ or common consumption wil] need to be
created
th? situation nermits and marmnally with
the help of imports, to the extent feasible.
7.34 Minimum support/procuremem prices are
fixed for major agricultural commodities each vear
on the basis of the recommendations of the aaricultural Prices Commission (APC). In making its recom
mendations. the Agricultural Prices Commission is
expected to take info account the need for a “balanced
and inte?ra‘ed price structure in the perspective or
overall need? of the economy and with due regards to
me initiesis ol the producer and’ the consumer’'. Ac
cordingly it takes into account all relevant factors such
as the demand and supply situation in respect of indj.
vidual commodities, cost of cultivation, changes in
terms of trade between agricultural and non-agricui-!
tural sectors, prices of competing crops, etc.
lion in
etc. i
major >
[review
/This sy
7.35 It is hardly necessary to emphasis that the
7.39 r
farmers need to be provided remunerative prices so
lie entei
to ensure that they have adequate incentive to pro.
aenerall
auce more and improve productivity. In determining
services
remunerative prices, due account will have to be taken.
industrit
of the cost Ox production and other relevant factors,
agricultu
including changes in terms of trade, overall needs o.
in their
the economy and interests of consumers. At the samt
an attem
'.line, the various programmes and schemes designee
This, tog
to increase yields should be effectively implemented k
factors. 1
reduce unit cos:s. Improvement in management pracnces can also help in reducing costs. Moreover, it f.
by publk
necessary to bring about an improvement in marketin;
heavy d
meant su
'.o reduce
excessive share going to the middleme;
public sec
-nd ensure setter realisation for the farmers. There i
also need to improve the efficiency of the public pro uses, and
curement pu: chase agencies and increase the area o.
between c
'heir operation whenever necessary.
revision o
having to
7.36 Over time, the pattern of relative prices of making pu
agricultural commodities has to be such as to promot. their assigi
me desired pattern of cron oroduction. Hovrever. jr devclopme
the case of commodities like pulses and oilseecs. wher. ing policie
-here i? an imbalance between demand and supph
due weight
the use of the price instrument alone may net be suffi lions of sc
cionl to brine about the desired level or production
I he main solution xvould seem to lie in tcchnolocica' 7.40 It it
break-through, and institutional improvements.
enterprises,
existing cap
7.37 Industrial Commodities In the interem of over infrastructui
all price staoility. it will also be necessary7 to centre* Besides, del
or regulate the prices of certain essential industrh resulted in
products, particularly basic consumer soods anj •n the work
execution of
important industrial or agricultural inwts. i
has. however, to be taken 'to limit price control P^xJuction,
and regulation measures, or the system of adnrinistereq ,Ufn. Enter
j tgrs have, tl
prices, to as few commodities as possible.
I cic»cy and
7.3P Administered prices are generally fixe-1 on M* "HKiern man
etc. Wh
7 ecommendations of an exnert body like th ~ BurerJ
of Industrial Costs Prices CBICP)' or. in
e cad Pliant influe
of e^st
or certain public enterpriser of specially c: zstitutf-l
■n- u*'
up ol
Inter-Minis’erial Committees or Groups. Whii ■ecot? ^•Uiny
.Viewed io ;
mending prices, the BICP normally goes bv L____
Castries an<
lines for price fixation prescribed by the Go’
ven ess.
and inter alia, takes into account the cost ?' rn^
efficient firm? which account for a Izrze
centage of the total output (to ensure z certi*
pUBLI(
level of efficiency in production'), the optima*,
of consumption of raw materials and enercry z -- well 4 7«1
from t
capacity utilisation and prorides a fair rate
conditioi
which has eeneraly ranged between 10 to u '-er „
of essent
on net worth, depending on differences whh’
to factors such as risk, priority, growth prcsTr
;
melasti
Tn order To reconcile the interests of consum'e- s5
as producers, a system of.retention priceT'f
price
rent producers on the basis of costs of proctxrioo
C aJ!ricu
the one hand and uniform sale price for
fo^^asonal
cn the other has been recommended and is hr
^e, have
f
^ntia
iI
I
i
:o_ umer‘\• A.
ant factors> SU;
rt >ect of i^
)D
changes j
no aon-agric^
, etc.
la
that t*
ivx. prices so 1
centive to p,-J
It leterminiJ
ax to be takJ
elevant facto.**verall needs q"
s. .l the
le js designe;
mpiemented
lagement praj
vl ;over. it .j
it
marketic |
the middleme:|
___ 33 . :m*rs. There
hi niblic pro-’
se he area c -
81
in several cases such as steel, fertilisers, cement,
clc
Price adjustments arc allowed for changes in
major cost components from time to time .and a
review indepths is undertaken after suitable intervals.
jThis system will be continued.
77.39
39 The principal of fair return is relevant to pub
lic enterprises as well. However, these enterprises are
generally engaged in the provision of infrastructural
services or in the manufacture and supply of basic
industrial materials such as coal, steel and POL, or
agricultural inputs such as fertilisers and the increase
in their prices generally has a cascading effect. Hence,
an attempt has been made to keep down their prices.
This, together with managerial deficiencies and other
factors, has resulted in inadequate resource generation
by public enterprises, losses in some of them and a
heavy draft on the public exchequer. It has also
meant supply of goods and services produced in the
public sector at subsidised prices even for non-priority
uses, and. consequently, accentuated the imbalances
between demand and supply. Further, -a delay in the
revision of prices results in the subsequent revisions
having to be of a substantial order. In the interest of
vc prices c: making public enterprises viable, enabling them to play
a o promo:. their assigned role and raising additional resources for
. However, ir- development, there is need for rationalising their pric
?iF<aeds, wher. ing policies in a phased manner. While doing so,
i id supply due weight will also have to be given to considera
y )t be suffi tions of social costs and benefits.
x' production
7.40 It may be noted that in a number of public
technologic:
enterprises, there is sub-optimal utilisation of the
rr its.
existing capacities due to various factors, particularly
terest of over infrastructural constraints and managerial deficiencies.
ar to centre Besides, delay in the implementation of projects has
ia industna resulted in costs over-runs. Substantial improvement
goods an in the working of public enterprises as well as in the
injuts.
Zan execution of projects is, therefore, necessary to increase
production, reduce costs and improve the rate of re
ni 3 centre
turn.
Enterprises in both the public and private sec
f : ninisterec
tors have, therefore, to strive to achieve greater effi
ciency and reduce costs through the adoption of
2d on the modern management techniques, better inventory con
e Bureat trol. etc. Wherever economies of scale exercise an im
m the case portant influence on the cost of production, the expan
constitute: sion of existing enterprises has to be preferred to
'A le recorn- setting up of new plants. Tariff policies may also be
b’ he guide- reviewed to avoid excessive protection to indigenous
Govemmen: industries and induce them to improve their compe?st of more tetiveness.
rge per:u: a certab
PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
ptimal nornr
■gy as well a- 7-41 From the point of view of maintaining stable
at of return Prjce conditions, an efficient management of the sup
'
per ceo! plies of essential consumer goods is of crucial impor
with rcspec'. tance. TTie demand for such commodities being
re 'sets, etc4 1 argel
o v inelastic, even a marginal fall in their output
in JS as weir d‘Ud
""I »»ujiaui!ny
availability <Hicu
often icuus
leads IU
to ua uiipiupuniuiiaie
disproportionate 111in
:or dinH grease in prices. Further, as most of these commodiroduction on ; .ties
es ;are agriculture-based, their prices are subject to
t "onsumer? ’ large seasonal variations.
Public distribution will,
i: n opera' : .crefore, have to play a major role in ensuring supI plie.
• -s of essential consumer goods of mass consumption
to people at reasonable prices, particularly to the
weaker sections of the community.
7.42 A large proportion of agricultural products—
foodgrains as well as industrial raw materials tends
to come to the market immediately after the harvest
when prices are depressed. A mechanism for buying
such commodities at prices which ensure a certain
minimum profit to the producers and their distribu
tion through the public channels would provide a twosided shield to protect .the poor; in relatively easy
times, they would be assured a minimum profit margin
and in critical times they would receive supplies of
essential commodities at reasonable prices. The public
distribution system will, therefore, have to be so deve
loped that it remains hereafter a stable and perma
nent feature of our strategy to control prices, reduce
fluctuations in them and achieve an equitable distri
bution of essential consumer goods.
7-43 The public distribution system will also
be
necessary for operating the dual pricing arrangements
in the case of certain commodities. Under these ar
rangements. a certain proportion of the output of the
commodities involved is procured by public agencies
or agencies designated by the Government at reason
able prices for distribution through approved chan
nels, while remaining supplies may be disposed of by
the producers at market prices. This would ensure
availability of certain quantities of selected commodi
ties to the consumers, particularly the vulnerable sec
tions, at reasonable prices and at the same time allow
the producers to realise on the whole a fair price for
their produce.
7.44 An efficient public distribution system requires
a nexus between production, procurement, transporta
tion, storage and distribution of the selected commo
dities.
7.45 In the past, responsibilities for these have been
fragmented and thus there has been a lack of an in
tegrated systems of approach which alone can ensure
an effective system of public distribution. It is pro
posed in the Sixth Plan to follow such an approach and
to pay attention, apart from production and procure
ment, to transportation and proper storage of the
distribution
commodities covered bv the
public
system. A linkage will be established among the
concerned agencies in the Central and State Govern
ments as well as public undertakings and cooperative
institutions at various levels.
7.46 In view of the complexity of the problem, a
selective approach is called for in the matter. The
essentiality of commodities to be covered under the
system has to be determined with reference to the
needs of the common man. Applying this criterion,
cereals, sugar, edible oils, kerosene, soft coke, con
trolled cloth, tea. coffee, toilet soap, washing soap,
match boxes and exercise books for children, etc.
could be treated as essential items for public distribu
tion. The emphasis has to be on reaching all parts of
the country, even if it means selection of a fewer
essential commodities for supply through the svstem.
Resides it i§ not necgss^ry that the public distribution
82
I
system all over the country should have a standardised
list of commodities. The different regions may have
different preferences. Further, different commodities
may assume importance m the scheme of public disnbutmn at different points of time. But having regard
to the standard of living of the vast majority of the
people, it is obvious that the overwhelming majority
of commodities needing the care of the public districnnnt11 Synem
be f!Urly conunon for the entire
^oun.t5y’. ■DePendl“S on Iocal conditions the public
distribution agencies may undertake operations in res
pect of certain perishable commodities also, provided
smtable storage facilities are .available or' can be
provided.
7.47 For the success of the public distribution svstem the maintenance of the supply line of the commo
dities selected for distribution would be of crucial
Even 2 teraP°rary interruption in sup
plies could create great hardship to the people. The
Plan includes suitable programmes for increasing the
nroduetton ol essential articles of mass consumption
There would, however, be need for forward planning
m respect Oi individual commodities
so that the
domestic supplies could be suitably ’augmented bv
timely nnpoits wherever possible. Besides, adequate
arrangements should be made for procurement trans7°^ and distribution of the commodities
at the Central. State and local levels. Buffer Stock
ing may also be desirable in respect of certain com
modities. Jn regard to foodgrains, the Plan envisages
building up of buffer stock of 15 million tonnes'to
TvffhbilV ! HmPaCt °f Wea'her fluctua‘ions on thei?
avanaointy and prices.
Injrastructure for Public Distribution
Ziftk rOr 1116 effective functioning of
the public
stnbution system, it would be necessary to revamp
and strengthen its infrastructure and expand the sySPaerTvTCk? ‘t0 C°Tr 311 areas in the country, particularlj the backward, remote and inaccessibleP areas
Special attention will need to be given to rural areas
as the system is relatively Jess developed in such
«u Cil?.
five Federation and coffee supplied by the Coffc,J
Board. I he supply of match boxes is arranged through
the Khadi and Village Industries Commission. As re
gards exercise books, the State Governments receive'
paper at controlled price for conversion into exercis*
books through their own organisations. For toilet
soap, in the absence of any public sector agency the
necessary arrangements for supply are being made b\
the Indian Soap and Toiletries Manufacturers Assq.
ciation. 1 hesc arrangements will need to be kept con
tinuously under watch and suitably strengthened or
modified whenever necessary.
7.50 In the States, distribution of essential com
modities received from or through the Ccmry
agencies is. by and large, being handled bv the State
Civil Supplies Essential Commodities Corporations
State level apex consumer cooperative federations and
other designated agencies. In some States like Tamil
Nadu. Punjab and Kerala, the Civil Supplies Corpo.
rations have opened their own retail outlets also.
7.51 A number of Slates have a fairly developed
system ot consumer cooperatives. In 1979-80, ou:
of the total fair price shops numberini.- 2.5 lakhs
comn7-:-C)0() were in lhe cooperative\sector—about
5S.000 in rural areas and 14.000 in urban areas
Besides, there- were 470 wholesale consumer stores
with 4500 branches (including 200 department!
stores) and 1500 primary stores functioning in urbar
areas, lhere are State level cooperative federation
in each State and a national level cooperative con
sumers federation is also in existence
7.52 The cooperatives in both urban
and
rural
DreaLrIe seJlin-2 consumer articles worth aboir
Rs. 1600 crores per annum. The Civil Supplies Cor
porations’ operations at the retail level are however
rather limited. The cooperatives and Civil Supplio
Corporations together, therefore, seem to be meetinonly a small proportion of the essential consumer
needs at present Their share in the trade in essential
commodities will need to be increased substantially ithe Sixth Plan period.
7.53. For the successful operation of the public di<7.49. At the national as well as State levels, arran«etiibuiion system, it would be necessary to revamp ani
nients generally exist for procuring essential corainostrengthen the existing arrangements. In the State?
Son''outldet-UPT ym8 ‘hHem thrr0Ui2h the public distr*buwhere a strong cooperative movement exists, the apei
tion outlets. In regard to foodgrains, the necessary
body of consumer cooperatives and marketing societic
o^Tnd9'’5 I3'0 ™dertaken bv the Food Corporation
may take up the responsibility of procurement storas.’
of India. In the case of sugar, the operations are
movement
and distribution of essential commodities
Stales -^nd CY
Co£P°ration of India in some
However, m other States, it would be nece^
States and Civil Supplies Corporations or co-operasary to sei up Civil
Supplies Corporation
°k'Sr S,ates- ’rhe responsibility for importing
tol-'s^T " ,edlb'! oils has been entrusted mainly
o the State Trading Corporation of India. Soft coke
Ind^'Tr
6d by th-e DePartraent of Coal and Coal
India Ltd. Kerosene is being handled by the public
sector corporations like Indian Oil Corporation Hin
!V’rre adccluate godown space is not avail.i^
dustan Petroleum. Bharat Petroleum etc. The pro
from the Central and State Warehousing Corporation
fo
IVeS’ CtF The CorPorations will also hal.
duction of controlled cloth has now been Generally
entrusted to the National Textile Corporation and
o build up a cadre of trained personnel. For this po-")
pose, effective training will be necessary.
ra
Td lhr0USh the Nadonal Consumers CoopeSlmilarly- tea is being procured 7.55
It has been found in practice that neither the- |
's ri uted y the National Consumers Coopera, private sector nor the cooperaliveFyolunteer
to go to
|
aafiSgssse c°,por“i<"’
i
! I
■
I
I
■
inaccesi
bais am
die non
ernmein
tinougn
suitable
given to
oi their
7.56 J
Eastern
mg such
lions as
trucling
inaccessi
7.57 1
expand t
urban an
operative
sections c
lions. N
made in
below:
1
Fair
(a) U
(b) K
2 Distrii
(K
(a) u
(b) R
The total i
outlets, in
2.5 lakhs t
Plan.
7.58 Eve
the retail o
porations c
are econon
structure olgenerally b
*ould cont
lie distnbuti
Other Im
tion Sy
Emp
^ially-orie
have to
^7 taking ad
Voiding cro
Wo* of run
tteans of tf.
CtQlres as f2
83
l.' the
the CoffJ:
C°flJ
rranged throu^ joaccesssible areas, especially
m-- ion. As r4 bais and weaker sections of t
’nts recen
n .—to exercii
ernments will have, therefore, to shoulder this burden
is. For toiL
througn them own Civil Supplies Corporations or other
o
gency,
siutable agencies. Some suosidy may also have to be
be g made d ffVen (0 ietail oudets
areas
acv v«rers Ass/I Ui their operation.
y K
o be 'kept
. t c<
■e
'-hen cd
-.so In view of thc weak resource base of the Northhastein States, the Plan includes a provision lor assist31 co- ulg s
T2T.111 Settln§ uP Civil SuPP1,Cs Corpora•ssential
U0‘15 a:> J
101 USSIStInS these corporations for constk- Centr
<
the Sta-’. .trucung g°howns and for subsidy to retail outlets in
inaccessible areas, etc.
'
"" ~*
C poration’
Jerations an:
7’57 t
WOuld 3150 be necessary to strengthen and
's ’
Tam.
expand die structure of consumer cooperatives in both
P > Corpo.4 urban and rural areas and increase the number of co
also. ;
operative retail outlets, in order to cover effectively all
sections of the community, particularly the weaker sec
9 To°PeC lions. xNecessary provision for this rpurpose has been
made in the Plan. The main targets'> are indicated
lakhs
below:
cf°r—-abof
lr n area?
Jr r store,
Consumer Cooperatives
epartment1979-80
]g in urbar
1984-85
oration’,
I Fair price shops (number)
r; /e cot'
IK
rura
abor
Plies Corhowever
ipplie- eetin.
consume:
escentia
m illy r»r
iblic dis
ai i anc
e ate?
the ape.’.
SC'':2tiC:
s ’age
nc ..ties
■ necesDr--'on;
‘a ns
tc
ci re;> bk
•a t ions
> h-’V.*
is
iH
(a)
Urban
14,501
20,000
(b)
Rural
57,744
80,000
Distribution of consumer articles
(Rs. crores)
(a) Urban
800
1600
(b) Rural
800
2000
r;
•otal number of fair price shops, including private
.s, in the country is proposed to be increased from
-•^.akhs at present to 3.5 lakhs by the end of the Sixth
CL
Every care will have to be taken to ensure that
the / rail outlets established by the Civil Supplies Cor
pori-ons
ins or
ei those operating m the cooperative seator
arc j--onomically via ole. Since a considerable infra-iru..-jre of private retail outlets exists and these have
£eE=~2jly been operating for a long time, they
ou. o continue to play an important role in the pubc^.nbution during the Sixth Plan period also.
Ot^r Improvements in the Public Distnbun System
sorin -^^phasis has to be placed on efficient and
will ?^riCnted marketinS techniques and every effort
nr^e to be made to reduce the cost of distribution
avn CJ1§ advantage of the economies of bulk handling,
wo lC,“? Cr°Ss movement of goods, building up a netttiea < ' rural godowns and use of non-mechanised
Ce n* Jl transport from these godowns to consumer
nire." as far as possible. Besides, some fast selling
items may be allotted to fair price shoo, in
and cooperattve sectors to improve
hty. fney snoutd also be encouraged
articles and ramuy planning materials.
pub,‘C
VIabI'
that tne former could procure farm products direct!v
from tne farmers. Furtner with i view m 15 mmctly
play
bution system and the supply of essential articles in
the Zage^apTcity11 t£^p"Sist^?11 m
Pla^pro e^eatnUcleDaeS'tfar°ofie honzonmi
public linlagwwnn
eXbr hPr2SrCSS- Reguiar tair
shops could be
pptnpbh“h5d m, areas where large-scale employment is
generated under the Plan projects and programmes
rbe possibilities of non-formal staifimi i.e use of 062
sonnel on part-time basis, may also be explored inPan
propnate places in order to minimise costs
P
7.62. In the tribal areas, it may be noted the nromerlooT1 bm0'°f sapWWS essential consumcr Ooods, but also of supplying the other reauirements mcludmg the requirements of production mputs
prices fmceT/
Pf?dUCtS °f
at rea“
mnn
y are ottcn exploited by the middle
men. Some arrangement may also have to be made
“ snupply.S°od,s to tribals on barter basis. The public
ta8sUleS “ tnbal are3s WiJ1 have t0 tatke UP aJlPthese
Consumer protection
iS necessar-V t0 provide a measure
measure of
of protec
protec-
ts 1 consumers in relation to quantity, quahiy and
prices of at least essential consumer goods. The basic
S
for pr0HldU]g such ^olection aJfeady
ffiTned HS?enJeh’ 1 mnei S u0 be reviewed and strenSfh^ned. Steps should also be taken for more effective
orcement of the laws and the various consumer pronateTnX3511'?5, BeSldeS’ there is need for a C0°Prdi?nnd; P
?OhCy m regard t0 imP°rtant consumer
goods m order to ensure reasonable prices of such
Voluntary consumer organisations could help
d l?jh? ensuring effective functioning of the
public distribution system and providing more effective
consumer protection. There is, therefore, need for
promoting such organisations in both urban and rural
areas. The major thrust of voluntary organisations
should be towards reaching the generality of consu
mers. Women should be actively involved in volun
tary organisations. Where it is not practicable to orga
nise consumer organisations, there should be no hesi
tation to utilise the services of established and reputed
social welfare organisations. In rural areas, local
representative institutions like the Panchayats may be
used to create consumer awareness through meetings
and dissemination of information of consumer interest.
j!
I1
s4
Intelligence and information system, enforce
ment and training
7.65 Finally, there is need for strengthening the
intelligence, early warning and demand-supply man
agement iniormauon system. It would be necessary to
have an eiiective ano integrated system at dinerent
levels. Based on the inteliegence reports, prompt ac
tion should be taken at the block, district, biate or
Central level as the case may be. The emorcemeni
machinery should be strengthened. Provision has also
to be made tor proper training of the personnel requir
ed lor the collection of information, analysing it, moni
toring the supply system and eniorcing the legal provi
sions.
FOREIGN
TRADE POLICIES
7-66 A major task facing the country is to reduce
i-ts dependence on imported energy and generally io
promote exports and invisible earnings in an effort to
secure self-reliance. It should be obvious, but often
is not, that self-reliance does not mean sell-sufiiciency
in all sectors of the economy. So long as the country
is able to pay its way, it cannot be said to be depen
dent on others. The choice of the outputs to be pro
duced domestically and those to be imported should
then depend broadly on economic calculus and the
long-term comparative advantage which the economy
enjoys. While it may be necessary in respect of the
basic and strategic sectors of the economy tor Govern
ment itself to make such a choice, it should be possible
in the rest of the economy to leave the choice to be
made on the basis of criteria of rates of return. Given
the resource constraint, the present skewness in income
distribution and the balance of payments problem fac
ing the country in the immediate future, there cannot
be a question of adopting anything like a free trade
policy. A considerable restraint on imports is inevit
able, whether it is imposed through tariffs or import
restrictions or both. A rapid increase in the domestic
production of petroleum, fertilisers, cement, steel and
vegetable oils is essential in order ito contain growth
of imports within reasonable limits. In addition, ade
quate stress will continue to be laid on promoting
import substitution in activities where the country' has
a distinct long-term comparative advantage. Simulta
neously, there is need to recognise, as has been done
in recent years, that foreign trade policies should be
such as not to come in the way of a rapid and wide
ranging growth of exports. The system of incentives
and disincentives should thus be neutral to the maxi
mum extent possible as between export promotion and
import substitution. This is not to deny that there
could be a conflict as between different objectives of
the Plan and that in making a choice of the appropriate
foreign trade policy it would be necessary to keep
in mind the other objectives of the Plan as well. When
it comes to exports, however, it seems clear that over
the next five years or so the balance of payments pros
pects facing the country are such that it can ill-afford
not to give high priority to the promotion of exports
and other foreign exchange earning activities.
7.67 To a considerable extent, the task of achieving
the growth of 9 to 10 per cent a year in export volume
will be greatly cased if inflation is brought under cofi- ’
trol. Ine most rapid growth of expons in recent
history has been during me two years when our rate
ot imlation was well oelow that in the rest of the
world, liie prospects arc for a further increase in
the price ot oil which would transier ivsources irom
the rest ot the world to the OPEC countries. We
must continue our endeavour to capture as large a
share as possible in the imports of the OPEC coun
tries, which may be expected to continue to grow
even it at a slower rate than in the past. As the
scope ror earnings trom remittances of migrant work
ers is likely to be limited, we will need to enlarge
opportunities for exports of commodities, technology
and enterprise to these countries. In developing a
general strategy of export growth, it is necessary to
identify specific areas of relevance for exports to
OPEC and give them a priority treatment. A case
in point is the production and export of vegetables
and fruits. The Plan provides for special schemes
for intensive cultivation in areas in the vicinity of
easy air transport. Procedural and other obstacles
in the way of Indian enterprises seeking -to establish
permissible business in the OPEC countries, c.g. cons
truction activities—should be removed after a quick
review of the present position.
7.68 A sustained increase in exports over a period
of years cannot be achieved in the absence of a stable
policy environment governing exports as well as pro
duction for export and production generally- Fre
quent changes in policies create uncertainty which is
detrimental to the establishment of a stable market
abroad and to risk-taking inherent in investment deci
sions. The environment for production also has W
be such as to enable enterprising individuals, agencies
and corporations to exploit the available opportunities
to the full. Except in very special cases, any conflict
between objectives must therefore be resolved in
favour of exports. On a broad review of the cur
rent policies, it would appear that maximum attention
will need to'be given in the coming years to:
(a) Removing the disadvantages which exports
suffer because of the restrictions on imports;
(b) Removing obstacles
capacity for export;
to the
expansion
(c) Streamlining the existing cash compensation
and other schemes intended to remove the
disadvantages suffered by exports on
count of taxation and physical control
operating in the economy;
(d) Ensuring that Government intervention
the foreign trade policies is such as not
discriminate against exports and production
for export, there is a case for making exp0^
ing marginally more profitable than impofsubstitution, in view of the need to divei^
fy export trade which involves capturift
new markets abroad and retaining them;
(e) Maintaining adequate links with technoloF
cal developments abroad so that our exp6**
capability is not hurt by outdated-technolo^
■■
7.69 An
provide in’
siructure t
and to the
ment for i
prove. A
Similarly h
POL
GB
7.70 Thj
cica'-e ot 3
culture (ai
lion). lii
past trend
gross value
5.2 per cei
dally depc
production
of the com
also depen
turn I prod i
evolved to
priority in
cd increase
creases in
varieties, a
chemical fc
lor consoli
tending the
ol farmers
7.71 Alo
posed to re
of different
growth rate
siructure o
a sustained
ing the exp
7-72 All
be geared
in agricultu
necessary tt
five to the
policies cor
Outputs, an
inputs, ade
marketing <
cation and
detail in thi
^•73 An
lhc gains of
Grammes ac
farmers ant
Ration for
^mploymen
^‘Ploj-mem
^cr-emph
^forcc the
^cll as spe
PJral devek
an ei
*5
under coq.
^rts m rece^ 7.69 An effort has been made in die Sixth Plan to
wu-'n our ra£ provide investments necessary to remove the infrajxructure bottlenecks—e.g, in power and transport
est of
er mcrcase jj gnd to the extent that this effort succeeds, the environesources iroR| p’cnt for increased production and export will imot nes. u? rtove. A tight control on domestic demand will
ire is large : ‘ ^ruilurly help the export effort.
bc couu.:
mue to gro^ ;
POLICIES FOR ACCELERATED
Da
As thei
GROWTH IN AGRICULTURE
ni ant work.f
3d to cnlarg.J 7.70
I he Sixth Plan aims at an annual average ins tcchnolooy cicasc ot 3.9 per cent in the gross value added in’agnd< doping
culture (and over 5 per cent in agricultural produc^n essary (t uon). 1 his ^involves a considerable step up over the
r exports u past trend of a little less than 3 per ccnf a year in
ent. A case ^ross> value added..
added. Indeed, the objective of atiaining
of ege tables 5.2 per cent growthi in gross domestic product is cruci
_ ___
schemes
cially dependent on acnievement of ;nc aericultural
Unit..
____ *
- vicinity
of production
targets. The success in ilic c.xpon clfcrt
ter obstacles of the country on the scale visualisedl in the Plan will
•t establish also depend to a great extent on augmenting agriculs, g. cons- tural production. A clear strategy will have to be
tier a quick evolved to ensure that agriculture receives a very high
priority in all policies and programmes. Thc postulatpostulat
ed increase in output is expetced to result from in
high yielding
er - period creases in area under irrigation and illsUL
• of a stable varieties, a substantial increase in the consumption
,
.1 ot
’vc'p as
or- pro- chemical fertilisers and adoption of a
a system approach
ra • I'
...............the gains already achieved
Pre- lor consolidating
-J and ex
-*1 ..is tending the benefits of new technology
’
ty ./hich
to all categories
hie market ol farmers and all regions.
tn it decids has to 7.71 Along with thc growth of production, it is pro
■Is, agencies posed to remedy the imbalance in the relative srowth
Jportunities ot didcrcnt crops, in particular by acceleration of the
>n lonflict growth rate in the output of pulses and oilseeds. The
es ved in structure of production will be diversified for enabling
f me cur- a sustained rise in output and incomes and for help
i attention ing the export efforts.
o:
7.72 All available instruments of policy will have to
be
geared to thc promotion of the proposed increase
•h exports
n imports: in agricultural production. In particular, it will be
pessary to ensure that crop production is remunera-ai on of
* o the farmer through adoption of appropriate
po icies concerning pricing of agricultural inputs and
outputs, arrangements for supply and distribution of
ipc“">atioE
mputs, adequacy and timeliness of credit as well as
m e the
marketing support, an intensification of research, edus -n aca ion and extension. These are spelt out in greater
control:
ulaii in the Chapter on Agriculture7h73 An important task of policy is to ensure that
cr^"ai'ns of the technol°.sy and publicly supported prof^2 les accrue increasingly to the small and marginal
meis and are reflected in the adequacy of remu1 xxx.por'
uctation for agricultural labour. The National Rural
mployment prograrnme wiu help provide additional
diversiaf ria?;, unHo ymenl °PPortunities in the lean season to the
a°r-employed and thereby assist the efforts to
er :anF
hnnlnril w'en
t,,e "““Um wage laws. Credit policies as
well
rural
d
S^Cia Pro^nimes including the integrated
v ” rural
mnul dcveI°Pment scheme wifi be so designed as to
UK gy. make
ke an effective contribution to the productive
mL^n ic
is not to
oc ition
g < 3ort-
1/
effort of small and marginal farmers n
•
or relevant services ana a.versincauon of
ineni base—tor instance, by orovKnnJ D employopponunmes in occupations outside a^icuZe^
uuumg vmage ana cottage industries 7uch as na2d’
looms, carpet weavrng and tne like—are the Zo'
principal elements in the strategy of improving the
economy status of the weaker sections m rural areas.
I74 Jn °rder t0 transinit thc growth process
throughout the agricultural sector, it wul be necS!
sary to increase the productivity of the small and
^rgma farmer. Provision of inputs and credit 2
Ueip but it is necessary, in order to induce durable
investments in land, to give the tiller a stake m
land
t hus the importance of ettecitve laid miorms
can hardly be over-emphasised. Even a limited rehon’to me 01 iand CaU raake a SI8Illficailt contribu
tion to tne generation ot productive employment onBut tile ocher elements
ot the land reform policies which _giveJ security
security to
the tenant are also important particularly fortVpro°particularly for
moting productive investment in
in land.
land. State Gov
ernments will take specific measures to record rights
in land which remain unrecorded as in the case Of
share-croppers and the credit institutions will need
men^nd S>SteniS 'vllcrcb-v credit
land deveiopmen and improvement could be provided jointly to
the land owner and the share-croppers. If neces°
saiy, legislation will be undertaken to permit this.
7.75 Keeping in view the perspective of the n“xt
htteen to twenty years, it is proposed to organise a
National Water Development Corporation for the
prepaiation of detailed blueprints for intcr-basm
transfers ot water. Measures will also be taken for
the conjunctive use of surface and ground water
jcsomccs. burtner, it is important to evolve a suitab e policy trame-work lor dealing with mter-State
disputes in sharing river waters.
i^arvZ5’'^ P°aCy measures wiU also be ne
cessary for a balanced-re-structuring of enernv use
acwunTZ SU£Ply 101 aSriculturai Purposes, taking
account ot substitution possibilities in energy-inten
sive inputs as wed, such as chemical fertilisers AgfnmtUrei1S lncreaslnSly becoming science based, and
tuture advances in application of science to agricul
ture will need to concentrate on imnroving produc
tivity m agriculture consistent with the need to con
serve non-renewable sources of energy.
POLICIES TOWARDS INDUSTRY IN
THE PRIVATE SECTOR
7.77 Government intervention in industry is both
direct and indirect. In so far as successive Five Year
1 Ians have laid emphasis on the leading role of the '
public sector in basic and producer goods industries.
Government has the responsibility of planning thc
requisite investments for securing the growth of these
industries and of managing their current operations
with a view to reaching a level of performance
which permits maintaining adequate returns from
il
Hr
r ■
^6
these investments. 1While several of the industrial
units
in the public sector have reached a profitable
nrvarnti/^n
operation, otaers are stnl maxing losses, in an
earner section, reierence is made to tne paramount
importance ot improving tne c:
emciency of die public
sector; this applies to industrial
-al undertakings in the
puouc sector as mucn f
as •to- tnose concerned wiin provision oi power or transport.
in the market, such controls will need to be reviewed! the
and the scope lor simplihcation explored. It scend bus
however, that the absence of interest in new issues f bad
due to tne long gestation of many of the investmend will
projects, dimcintics in tne supply of basic inputs sucJ bion
as povver and transport whicn postpone the prospects neec
or profitable production, a low rate of return coin.!
pared with tne relative rewards available on fixed 7.84
7.78
The indirect iintervention
‘
interest instrumnets and the general lack of innova. fers
of Government in
industry arises from tne
---- 'to ensure that private
tion in the issue of new kinds of instruments which of b
—: jneed
might suit the investors’ needs. There is clearh effor
investment subserves national objectives
'-j------- a and teal us
need for improving the investment climate ani fern:
claims on resources or domestic as well as foreign
broadening the new issue ,market so as to reduce int segni
finance, scarce raw materials and manpower are so
dependence
oi private industry./ on public iinancia. for t
regulated as to conform broadly to tne Tian priorities
institutions.
illust.
Government also is concerned about due dispersal of
the c
industry ior the development ol backward regions
7.8- The activities of the term-lending institution; ward
to avoid concentration m metropolitan regions and
themselves,
on the other hand need to be dirccicj the r
to promote tne growth of small industries and labour
nioic
than
in
the past to programmes germane to th, backv
intensive operations, naving regard to the general
implementation ol the Plan targets. These mMitu- in de
scaicity ot capital and the neeu to promote oppor
tions are operating under general guidelines issued b\ has sr
tunities for employment on a large scale. Industrial
Government
with respect to priorities they have to is ind
policies also have die objective ol preventing the con
observe in their lending operations. If the efforts io such
centration of economic power in a few hands. Thus
revive the new issue market bear success, the tenn- of res
the growth or monopolies and restrictive practices
lending
institutions will be better able to concentrate sarilv
has io be regulated in the larger public intereston priority areas. The contribution that these insti for th
tutions make in promoting systematic project formula a erne
7.79 It is clear by now that the basic structure and
tion and monitoring is of particular value for invest- pari tic
objectives oi policies governing Government's inter
ments
in critical sectors of the economy. The re provid
vention m industry have stood the test of time. The
source position of the term lending institutions, tiicii needed
commanding heights ci the economy must continue
capital base and their ability to raise resources froni niembe
to remain with tne public sector. At the same time
domestic
and foreign sources will be kept under con legions
the review of past developments presented in Chapter
lopmen
stant review during the Plan period.
1, as well as tne need foi rapid increase m industrial
Thus n
production and exports visualised in the Sixth Plan
cd to p
suggest a greater emphasis m the direction of com
REGIONAL
DISPARITIES
of regii
petitive abuity, reduced cost and greater mobility
7.83 /An important
•
_ ______of_ the Plan is to brine has bee
objective
and flexibility in the development of investible re
in teg rat
about
a
progressive
reductioir
ini regional 111V4Ucl
inequalities cial Tri
sources available in the private sector in accordance
in the pace of development and in the dilfusion o;
with broad national priorities. In order to secure
technological benehts. It should be generally ac- specific
these, it would be necessary, apart from general fis
cepted that the fulfilment of the objective requires up- (‘il have
cal and monetary measures, to use the instruments oi
grading
the development process in the backward re Greater
licensing policy and policies governing the regulation
Plan.
gions rather than curtailing the growth of these reof capital markets, including the operations of term
gjons which have acquired a certain momentum
lending institutions. Measures taken recently (des
Ihus tne measures to be pursued for reduction ol 7.85 '
cribed in the Chapter on Industry) have already
regional inequalities have to be consistent with; famine
shown the flexibility with which mdustrial licensing
the general objective of achieving a 5 per cen:. vv‘ird arc
poheies are being operated.
growth, rate in the economy as a whole. Th‘| ’niplcme,
fact that there are vast areas ol the country which- Some of
7.80 Turning to the capital markets and the role
have remained backward over the years is both 2 structure
nical per
of term-lending institutions, it is necessary to pur
challenge and an opportunity. Diffusion of skills an:
-'on of
sue somewhat different approaches simultaneously.
technology to these areas should bring forth a pnv ••'here if
On the one hand it is necessary to adopt flexible
portionately greater improvement in productivitypoheies to revive investor interest in the capital mar
eoatioi
Their resource base is low; and many of them fc^j nLeJ
^s of s
ket. On the other hand, the role of term-lending
onue,or the other of the adverse natural factors whicH Framnies
institutions in promoting Plan objectives will need to
inhibit the prospects of growth: scanty rainfall, f^
be more carefully defined.
unless th
quency of floods, difficult terrain, desert areas
so on. Specific programmes meant to deal with thc>'* ^’CDBa
7.81 The new issue market has remained weak
deficiencies are already in operation and they
for a number of years, causing serious problems of
,ng featur
need
to be strengthened. Backwardness does not rr,' teents for
shortage of risk capital and drawing the term-lending
cognise State boundaries;’and it may be necessary |
-institutions gradually into the business of risk taking
over time, to take account of this' in the polici-|
which is not their primary function. To the extent
fi) Si
concerning resource transfers. Relatively ricb^f
that the controls on capital issues come in the way
States need to pay adequate attention to the badj
of corporate entities drawing on the funds available
ward areas within their territories and the claims ^1
87
backward States must also be sustained on the
to be revieu-ff th^ k of proven programmes for the benefit of the
is
're
it seen
’kward regions. District and blockwise planning
in ew issues
i bring to light the nature of the specific pro
the investing U-ill
in each area and the manner in which they
asic inputs siv t Hems to be dealt with.
f
>eed
I
e e prospec
of eturn eontable on h.x^ 7.S-1 Central policies with respect to resource trans
will need to be suitably tailored to the benefit
acL' of innev, fersbackward regions and broadly in relations to the
tri ents whj
. -ml
made by
by rii
thee States
States in
in this
this regard.
regard. The IATP
KTI'
er is cleant f^rmala
,
" * ....... in 1979 and the doubling
" ”
introduced
of the
climate
*\./nicnt for backward States in the Gadgil Formula
.s “ reduce U
.'pr allocation of Central assistance for State plans
ml c financil illustrate the effort made in recent years to modify
the distribution of resources in favour of the back
ward States. There are, however, obvious limits to
institution the role of Central assistance in the promotion of
to •e dirccteJ
backward areas and reduction of regional imbalances
;eL...ane to tl in development. The problem of regional disparities
The: e institi has several dimensions and action on several fronts
ii:
ssued bl !
if there is to be a perceptible decline in
t } have J is indicated
| (jjSparities.
Moreover, an increase in the flow
tuc efforts to of resources to the backward States does not necesess, the term, sarilv imply that adequate provisions will be made
o ancentrati’ for the backward regions. State Governments have
at icsc insti-i a crucial role to play in evening out inter-State dis
fiect formula-1 parities, identifying local development potential and
ue for in vest-f. providing the administrative and financial support
□3
The rc-i needed for local programmes. It must also be re
iti ans, theiij membered that the special programmes for backward
isources from regions have to be dovetailed with the overall deveH ”nder con- lopment plan in order to make them cost effective.
Thus mechanisms of area planning have been adopt
ed to provide an integrated approach to the problems
of regional inequalities, and the sub-plan approach
IES
Iras been promoted so that the area plans are fully
n
to brinj integrated with the national development plan. Spe
1 "qualities cial Tribal Component Plan. Hill Area Schemes and
diffusion ui specific programmes handled by the North East Counm—'illy ac- eil have
been
. - al] *_
— evolved
—1-J from these approaches.
n .ares up- Greater emphasis is placed on all these in the Sixth
?a—ward re- Plan.
-1 these ren mentum. 7.85 The exact content of the development pro
:ei ction of gramme will vary between different types of backisioumt with
ward areas. However, with regard to modalities of
5 per cent
implementation, there are certain common problems.
,vl: e. The
Some of them are the weakness of the administrative
un 7 which
structure, both in the hierarchical insufficiency of tech
> is both a
nical personnel and in horizontal coordination, diver)f skills and
sion of sectoral provisions to more developed areas
or
a pro'••here they can be more readily spent, insufficient
>r( ictivity.
delegation of power to local authorities and unwilling
f them led
ness of staff to serve in the area. The special pro
ctors which
grammes for area development will come to nought
aii ill, ireunless these problems are tackled. The National
r as and
Committee on Development of Backward Areas
I with these
_____ f has recently recommended that the follow^CDBA)
1
will
ing features should form a part of financial arrangeoe not re- j ntents for the development of backward areas.
r ess ary. I
he policies <
(i) Sub-Plan Approach: The concept of a sub
-iy richer
plan has been developed in the Integrated
ti
backTribal
Development Programme. There
c.-ims of
should be a ‘Sub-Plan’ for the development
of backward areas both at the State and
Central levels. In the Plan of every deve
lopment department there are programmes
which are divisible. In the Sub-Plan
approach, weighted allocation is proposed
to be given to the backward area from the
divisible part of the plan of the development
department.
(ii) Project fund for local planning and special
additive fund: Even though the divisible
part of the State Plan is allocated to the
projects the sheer inertia of on-going pro2rammes will leave very little scope to the
local planning group to adjust the funding
to local requirements of an integrated deve
lopment approach at the local level. Spe
cial steps will, therefore, have to be taken to
force gradually a discretionary allocation to
the local planning and implementation group
to enable them to briniz in local planning of
greater and greater magnitude gradually. In
addition, as development of backward areas
has to be expedited, a special allocation of
Rs. 5 lakhs per year for each block in the
proiect area should be available as a special
additive for the plan period.
(iii) Financial discipline: In view of the tendency
to divert funds intended for backward and
difficult areas to more forward areas and
easier programmes, financial discipline will
have to be imposed to ensure that the
funds included in the Sub-Plan for the developmen* of backward areas and allocated to
the projects in the backward area by various
departments and the additives are spent
properly within the year in that project area.
7.86 According to the NCDBA, the effective im
plementation of the special programmes will require
the adoption of the following organisational features:
(i) Project-based implementation: The develop
ment programmes for backward areas should
be implemented through projects authorities
created by an executive order for groups of
2 or 3 blocks, the actual size being left to
the States, depending on the local condi
tions. Tlte chief executive of the project
should coordinate the work of all develop
ment functionaries in the project and should
have the powers to issue orders to them for
action on agreed programmes.
(ii) Incentives for staff: The most serious prob
lem of backward areas is that the hierarchies
of develoomen* departments that should be
working in those areas generally have lots
of gaps because of the unwillingness of staff
to 20 to those backward areas. The Com
mittee has identified lack of housing, health
and educational facilities for children as
three serious constraints to free movement
of staff to those areas. In addition, a mix
of incentives and penalties wall have to be
88
triej 10 ensure that the backward areas get
their fair share of development staff and
technical aid.
Many of these organisational features have been in
corporated in some schemes like the Tribal Sub-Plan
programmes and according to NCDBA they need to
be extended to all backward areas development sche
mes.
7.87. The recommendations of the NCDBA on spe
cial areas development programmes will be consider
ed by tlie Government and the required changes in
scope coverage and organisational modalities will be
introduced during the Sixth Plan period.
7.88 Apart from resource transfer and public sector
programmes of development aiming specifically at
the development of backward regions. Central policies
have also been designed to provide incentives to pri
vate entrepreneurs through schemes of concessional
finance, seed/margin money scheme. Central invest
ment subsidy schemes, tax reliefs, specific interest sub
sidies for engineer entrepreneurs and so on. The
experience of these schemes will be evaluated and
the required modifications made so as to make these
programmes more effective. The National Commit
tee on Development of Backward Areas has also
submitted a icport on industrial dispersal which makes
a number of recommendations concerning the deve
lopment of backward areas through industrialisation.
The Committee’s evaluation of the existing policy for
industrial dispersal shows that the Central investment
subsidy and the scheme of concessional finance have
benefited a small number of districts, mostly in close
proximity to relatively developed industrial’ centres;
that with a few exceptions die industrial estate Pro.
gramme has not helped relocate industries away froj?
developed areas; that licensing policy is only a neoa.
live instrument and cannot by itself promote indu$j
trial development in backward regions; that the avail!
ability of concessional finance and subsidy has beJ
a significant motivating factor in persuading cntrepreJ
ncurs to locate their units in backward districts. Hay.
ing regard to this experience as also the natural ten.
denev of industry to congregate at certain locations
PL/
the Committee has recommended a policy of encourao?
ing location of industry in suitable growth centres
with due weightage for such centres "in industrialh
backward States. The Committee has suggested esta*
Successivelishment of an Industrial Development Authority b
such selected centres which will work on a commer importance
cial basis to provide the necessary
........... j .infrastructure
uUU and
machinery s
to c
7'
* 1 development
’
1
"
channel
funds
which might be allotted eluded m tn
by Central1 or- State
‘ Governments.
-------- T}
The
ie Authority will and tar£etsprovide a Master Plan on the
the basis of
of which financial
financial notation nt
instituions would be able to assist development of
cur
the area. The Committee has also made: recommenrecommen- rr;im-mes so
dations regarding modification of some of the exist- Pavements
ing schemes of incentives. The Committee's recom There is fur
mendation will be examined and a suitable policy deficiencies
inadequate [
frame evolved.
causing slipp
7.89 The transmission of growth inpulses from
from perlormancc
the developed to the backward regions is only one
one ,;iilurcs of.
part of the process of reduction of regional disparities- Plannin8, i’
generation of growth impulses within the backward integral proc
regions is an equally important part. It will be neces (and transm
sary to strengthen the arrangements for area planning (he process),
so as to enable financial institutions, commercial bank1; planning, im
and cooperatives to augment substantially their lend sector to sei
ing in the backward regions in agriculture and allied power and t
as well as ir
activities as well as for village and small industries.
evaluation ar
removal and
i IMPLEJ
: S.2 In the
,jrgets in res
implemented
achievement
'‘ueh program
Family Plann
To ach
care ha
rx^nts with r
'^rious schen
given ade
t'1 The Sixt
;
is a ula
■yh is drav
exhaustiv
Centra.
concerne
fetation.
variety
/
-triiu estate
itries away frcj
it >nly a nej|
p note
; that the avaj
bsidy has bej
CHAPTER 8
ig cntrepjl
1a
c ricts. Ha-1
he natural t
ertnin locatii
PLAN IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND EVALUATION
f encoura:j
vth centi^
in industrial] f
su-’gested estLSuccessive five year Plans have stressed the
individual experts and mass media and trade union
t uthority
representatives. It may be difficult to include new
oi a comnieu ‘...rortance of strengthening the implementation
iaschemes without sacrificing essential programmes
astructure an4 cijchinery
1
' so that the *projects and xprogrammes
- - — —
gh; be allotlrr -cycled in the Plan move according to time schedules
which have been included in the original Plan. It
It has also been
recognised that imple> hority wi£ and targets, p
----------would, therefore, appear desirable that after the Plan
vL_h financial’ mentation needs to be supported by adequate monitorhas been accepted and approved, no new scheme/
/elopment o(i
an^ current and post-evaluation of major proproject etc. should be introduced in the Sixth Five
-----css 50 that lessons of experience enable imYear Plan by any agency unless there are some com
de scommen-' .£r3rnnl
the exisr rrovements *n
^es^n
programmes themselves.
pelling considerations that such a scheme/project
liUe’s recom- T!iere is furthe.r inciicati°n from experience that
should be introduced during the operation of the Plan;
itable policy ^:iciencies in implementation may also be due to
but in that case these new proposals should be very
p •' inadequate planning of projects at die initial stage
carefully considered by the concerned authority,
causing slippages in schedules, cost over-runs and poor
whether it be the State Government or the Central
--------generally. Thus when one talks of
p Lilies
Ministry and the Planning Commission. This is with
from ., r^
tornia
^?e implementation,
failures
of
one should look upon
a view to ensure that the" resources which have been
> is only one;
calculated while drawing up of the plan are indeed
ial isparities: planning, implementation and evaluation as an
spent over schemes/projects etc. which are included
ie backward integral process, each deriving strength from the other
in the Plan. . This, in fact, would ensure that on-going
win be neces- (and transmitting its weeknesses all the way through
schemes/projects are completed expeditiously and
nrea planning the process). The problems in all these three areas—
the resources earmarked for them are not spread
ik ial banks planning, implementation and evaluation—differ from
over a large number of other schemes resulting in
V eir lend- sector to sector. In the sectors, such as industry,
neither the on-going schemes being productive, nor
re and allied power and transport, project formulation techniques,
as well as methods of appraisal, monitoring and
the new ones progressing satisfactorily due to subindustries.
c*..dilation are more advanced than in the poverty
critical investment.
removal and social services sectors.
(ii) It is essential that for each scheme/project in
cluded Jn the Sixth Plan, whether in the State sector
IMPLEMENATION OF PROJECTS/
or in the Central sector, a firm time-table is drawn up
SCHEMES
consisting at least of the following major components:
8 - In the public sector of the Sixth Plan, the
fa) The date on which the project report will be
in respect of projects/schemes will have to be
firmed up taking into account various para
’•'••P.cmcnted within the fixed time-frame and with full
meters specified in the Plan.
^--evement of the programme content particularly in
(b) The dates on which the sanctioning authority,
programmes as NREP, IRDP, Minimum Needs,
1 amdy Planning, etc.
whether it is the State Government or the
Central Government (as the case may be)
n, ’ To acheive the optimum results out of investwill be ready with the formal sanction
■y ■ ^are has to be taken to ensure that the following
separately in respect of each of the schemes/
a s with regard to the implementation of the
projec’s, whether it is in the industrial,
4JOUS schemes/projects. etc. included in the Plan
irrigation, power, education, transport or
given adequate attention.
any other sector of the national economy.
(c) The dates on which different contracts for
Fve Year Plan like the previous
various schemes/projects will be finalised
'^hich ‘ T- an
acdon for the national economy
and the contract documents signed.
i and ZyL drawn up after very carefal consideration
^ents r
w’th the State GovemAfter these critical landmarks are determined,,
lioas
entni1 Ministries and various other organisawhich may be called the pre-implementation stages of
lPlementntC-erned^vith the.PIan formulation and Its imeach of the projectslschemes, the Departments'organila wide 4 1^)n' Consultations have also been held with
sations concerned with the implementation of the Plan
c variety cf professional organisations as well as
should be under an obligation and made responsible
89
I.
90
to adhere to the time table as determined in the above
formulations.
(iii) In order to ensure that the time table as
mentioned above is strictly adhered to, the delegation
of authority for investment decisions, clearance of
contracts etc. should be considerably enhanced, and
indeed a good deal of trust be placed on those who
are directly responsible for implementing the schemes/
projects etc. included in the Plan.
(iv) After determining the exact date of physical
start-up of the projects, a PERT network should be
drawn up for each scheme/project, no matter in what
discipfine such a scheme or project exists, and the end
date of the completion of the scheme be determined.
After this end date has been determined, there should
be no revision backwards of the end date, and all per
formance should be judged against the final targets.
(v) Experience gained over the last thirty years has
shown that it would be highly desirable that before a
project is included in the Plan and later on taken up
for implementation, a very detailed examination of
the scheme/project be undertaken. Detailed site
investigations, geological investigations, testing of
raw materials, technology’ assessment, etc. should be
undertaken in all cases. Expenditures on these
investigations are very necessary and should be sanc
tioned liberally.
(vi) With regard to major projects in the field of
industry, power, irrigation, etc. a good deal of
controversy tends to surround matters like exact loca
tion, choice of technology etc. The time taken to
resolve these controversies is inordinately long and the
economy loses very valuable benefits in the mean
time. It is necessary, therefore, that the procedures
used for resolving these controversies are simplified
and made expeditious.
(vii) Public sector projects funded from the budget
have to obtain funds on an annual basis. Under our
budgetary procedures, unutilised funds have to lapse
towards the end of the financial year. The possibility
of funding on a long term basis, at leastt in critical
sectors, will have to be examined as against the
present System of annual funding. This will avoid
delay in the implementation of projects.
(viii) Persons responsible for the implementation of
the Plan should be made to feel a sense of involve
ment in fulfilling of the Plan targets. Every’ impedi
ment which thwarts initiative, and sense of expedi
tion in operating the Plan schemes ought to be re
moved. For this purpose, the existing procedure
would need a very^ careful examination so that proper
formulations are drawn up quickly, and implemented.
(ix) Experience has shown that when the project is
undertaken, and even before the first phase of the
project has been completed, expansion schemes have
been introduced with the result that neither the objec
tives of the first phase were achieved, nor the various
expansion projects which were loaded on to the
original projects were productive. Such arrangements
have also resulted in considerable time and cost over
runs aS also financial resources originally envisaged
have seldom been achieved. It has also diluted
Jiurai
responsibility. It would, therefore, be imperative
that no expansion projects should be taken up unless
die original project is completed, and is fully stabilis
ed, and has given the desired results both in regard to
the physical and fiscal performance.
$.6 T
the Si
.of the
.its
.
genius
(x) Project consultanty and design engineering
organisations in the country would need considerable
strengthening in such disciplines and type of projects
where such consultancy organisations do not exist.
Proper consultancy organisations would need to be
developed and, if necessary, financed in the initial
stages by the Government. The requisite expertise
where it is not available in the country could be
drawn from amongst highly experienced and motivat
ed Indians abroad. In fact, such Indians who are
abroad and who are capable to set up consultancy
organisations in India should be encouraged by way
of financial incentive and other measures.
.’of the
IMPLEMENTATION OF RURAL DEVE
LOPMENT AND EMPLOYMENT PROG
RAMME
8.4 While the problems of project preparation and
execution in the sectors of industry, power, transport
and the like are capable of being dealt with broadly
within the present administrative structure i.e.
through public sector organisations adopting the
methods and practices suggested above, there is need i
for
for a major modification of the administrative I
arrangements for the implementation of rural develop- !
ment and employment programmes. It will be neces- !
sary to identify the deficiencies encountered in differ
ent States and areas and take corrective action to
strengthen the arrangements. Some broad areas of
action in this respect are indicated below:
bouseix
will inv
livery s
extensic
a medic
■sonnel t
fortnigh
of the
supply i
tions of
form of
without
of the ft
adoption
prinicipa
alleviatic
nation z
and villa
needs, h
administi
desired c
Obvious!
however,
implemer
is needec
together
developm
reduction
from the
Agricul
Employment
8.7 Org
^•ould he
croppers
technolog
mixed far
hies are
Plar Th
me will Cc
land and •
proc
managemc
Cash inpu
*J*d exterr
tn rough v
Marketing
foreig
l8fo:
tkX *Jrwar
conce
8.5 Detailed micro-level planning
of manpower
development
and
employment generation, to t
start with at the district level, has been suggested. The ;
District Manpower Planning and Employment Genera- ?
tion Councils will be effective in discharging their
mandate only if adequate professional back-up f#
making a realistic assessment of the opportunities for
salaries, wage and self-employment is available „
The cost-return-risk structure of self-employmeoj j
enterprises will have to be carefully worked out an<J ;
individual and group self-employment promoted. T^i
Employment Exchanges in the district will have
provide the necessary data input and all the pro^i
sional and credit institutions in the area will have
be harnessed in finding a meaningful solution to 2*t
problem of unemployment both among the educate
and illiterate. This will call for non-formal staffsW
—r,,... •^'•'-uiture
patterns involving the employment of part or
consultants drawn from academic and volunt^
organisations and other appropriate agencies in
district. The proliferation of formal staff should >
kept to the minimum and local people employed «
the maximum possible extent in the creation
utilisation of assets of value to the local comffl’^i
?e.c-
! 2 ?e ag‘
I
K
I
IM
i
9i
be imperative | fiural Development
; ’
_
. •
...........
:en up unless' I
I
fully stabilise i ! ^.6 The rural development programme during
boml in regard to r ffie Sixth Plan period will cover all the blocks
of the country so that every block can
develop
J ils
potential for growth according
to
the
ig
engmeering 1 genius and efforts of,the people and ffie resources
eea
"ea considerable I of the block. The IRDP programme envisages a
type of projects f household approach to the alleviation of poverty. This
G
not exist, I- will involve a considerable restructuring of input deId need to be I livery systems. The “Training and Visit system” of
extension already introduced in agriculture provides
m the initial
quisite expertise
a methodology for organising visits by extension per
m r could be
sonnel to all families in the area at least once in a
’d nd motivatfortnight and for arranging for the timely supply
dians who are
of the needed inputs. Similarly, credit-cum-input
jp consultancy
supply means can help the economically weaker sec
'U- ?ed by way
tions of the rural community to get credit in the
re
form of the inputs for which the credit is intended
without bureaucratic delays. Economic emancipation
of the family, education of children and the voluntary
t . DEVE- adoption
of the small family norm are the three
? PROG- prinicipal components of the household centred poverty
alleviation strategy. This calls for horizontal coordi
nation among the agencies dealing with agriculture
and village industries, education and other minimum
re ration and
needs,, health and family welfare. The block level
‘Vrui, transport
administration will have to be so structured that the
with broadly
desired degree, of horizontal coordination is achieved.
st cture i.e.
Obviously, this task is. a difficult one; fortunately
■ opting the
however, the necessary infrastructure for successfully
tuere is need
implementing this programme already exists. What
administrative
is needed is a determined effort to put all the pieces
ro I developtogether and to measure the progress made in rural
w be necesdevelopment, among other things by the extent of
:rea in differreduction m poverty and in the ’drain of resources
’e action to
from
the village to the city.
ot areas of
’l
Agriculture
f manpower
teration, ' to r
ig ed. The |
Generaargmg their
?ack-up for
fities for
s
vailable,
•employment
Ked out and :
d. The
wi have to
the profes•vill have to
tic to the
ie ducated
mal staffing
or hill-time
duntary
ie in the
should be ■.
ipuved to
at i and
:o nunity r
8.7 Organisations
of relevant services which
would help small and marginal farmers
and share
croppers to derive economic benefits from new
technology and diversification of farm income through
mixed farming, agro-industries and small scale indus
tries are two of the major thrusts of the agricultural
rlai. The effective implementation of this program
me will call for greater efforts in the field of scientific
’and and water use planning and in linking production
wit processing, storage and marketing. Imoroved
management through a flood of cash and nonasn inputs will have to be achieved. Both internal
and external markets will have to be properly served
rough well-planned linkages between co-operative
^rketina federations. Civil Supplies Corporations
ana foreign trade agencies. Structured linkages involvg forward planning .will have to be developed among
e. concerned agencies. Scientific management of
agriculture will require a highly orchestrated
effort
policy formulation and implementation on the part
r the agencies concerned with the development of
of technology, services and public policies.
otn at the State and .national levels, this aspect will
vc to receive attention if the desired growth rates
in agricultural production , and .exports , are
achieved. ... ■'
- '
to
b
>r••-.1117 odl (J!
Irrigation
8.8 The maximisation of production and income
from every available litre of water will
be one
of the important objectives of the
Plan
Tim
will call for uetafled attention to on-farm managemem
of water jointly by the farmers in the command arer
of an irrigation project and the project authorities.
Command area management in irrigated areas, water
shed management in unirrigated areas and catchment
area management in the catchments of major river
systems will all have to be designed in such a manner
that the people concerned and the administration can
work together as partners in elevating and stabilising
yields without damage to the eco-system.
°
Small and Village Industries
8.9 Next to agriculture, the small and villaoe in
dustries sector provides the major avenue of employment
in rural and
semi-urban areas,
The
management
of the
various
enterprises
in
this sector through detailed attention to (a) the
__
supply of raw. material in adequate quantity and
of proper quality, (b) design improvement on the
basis of analysis of preferences of consumers both in
t e home and foreign markets, (c) skill upgradation,
(d) energy supply and (e) producer-oriented market
ing will all demand a much greater management and
organisational input into this sector than hitherto. In
this sector also, extension and training methods based
on the T & V system could be introduced. This sec
tor in particular will provide opportunities for group
self-employment and for home employment for wo
men and will hence be vital for improving the income
ot families without land and/or livestock assets.
Special Component
Castes
Plan
for
Scheduled
8.10 Since the special Central assistance has been
introduced for the first time, concerted efforts will be
needed for preparing worthwhile projects. The Dev
elopment departments and the Scheduled Caste Deve
lopment Corporations need to work closely. Unless
the requisite degree of co-ordinated effort can be gene
rated, it will be difficult to fulfil the objectives of the
Speci-al Component Plan.
Tribal Sub-Plans
8.11 Several authorities have adversely commented
on the introduction of a complex system
of
administration and new laws and rules for tribal
society which was formerly used to a very
simple administration. The present distinction made
between regulatory and developmental administra
tion has led to a multiplicity of authorities with
whom they have to deal and causes confusion and
mistrust among them- These activities need to be
combined and brought within the purview of the
■-
w
W'
W' ■’
jv
I
i
I
*
92
Integrated Tribal Development Projects (ITDP) and
extended to the village level. The Project Adminis
trator, ITDP should combine in himself the quasljudicial and revenue powers of an additional District
Magistrate and the Additional Collector. The rela
tionship between the Block and the ITDP should be
clear with the Project Administration having full
control over the Block Development Officer the
-Block should be an integral part of the command—
chair which may be Siate-Division-District-ITDPBiock-Gram Panchayat-Village. The Public Distri
bution System should function through LAMES
\
£rea Multipurpose Cooperatives) organised
at the village market level and under the supervision
and control of _ the Project Administration. Other
appropriate devices like the organisation of mobile
lair price shops operating both <on a cash and barter
basis will have to be introducedI to piCV(
prevent the tribal
from being exploited by the traditional
1 market sys--------tem.
Anti-poverty Programmes
8.12 Tlie organisational framework of anti-poverty
programme calls for careful planning on the basis o'f
socio"culturai and socio-economic features of
each area. If greater decentralisation is to be
SOuithat Pr0"5ammes 3re made responsive
? a Problems, needs and potentials, district and
oiock level implementing agencies will have to bSuS f£ater flexibmty- Greater use
such
institutional devices as registered societies or corpo1”/ thk eThStnCt 1SVd Off£r 2 meMS Of aCC(Whshing this. These agencies should be given greater
reedom to reallocate funds in accordance with local
priorities and even to innovate new programmes as
Greater
obiectives already agreed upon
Greater flexibility in recruitment will also be re^rt^ S° 35 to.facilitat=
induction not only o''
Ico?s4ltants f9r specific tasks but of younn
cfnate in”"? Td "F
SCie"tiStS kcCn t0 P^ip Me in rural development. This will serve to
loDmfnt6”
.analyfical capabilities of rural devcat present
ffan+- area tiiey teDd t0 be weak
present The effective organisation of a Rural
vnnfOhUrCen Ci°rPiS “nslstinP °f professionally qualified
pro ess^naaisS°in thP t0
gr°Wing SaP between
rural secror Th^'
£rn' m0Stly urban’ and tbe
rural sector. The governing body of these a^enri?^
o?U LSeetVoroSuna h^fi
the direct ^presenXn
will
g P beneficiarics. Such representation
will help to prevent the frustration of the distHbutional
lonal objectives of these programmes.
prograllulK
The representation of local credit, educational
1 and voluntary
agencies on these bodies would facilitate
coordination and
J encourage wider public participation"
8.13 It should be irecognised‘ that
anti-poverty
programmes
need to
be ‘projectised to . the extent
nftceiklo
nri-’
-i,
possible. This will facilitate appraisal, phasing,
—----comand
^Ich^Ttde °i-th^Us.i£ ’S not en0U2h “to distribute
pro.Mi„8
sins
nation services, promoting fodder
cultivation
and
lew examples of tools and techniques that need to be
simplified in a responsible manner so that they can
oe placed within the reach of district level planners
and managers. They need to be made relevant to
the day-to-day experience of district level personnel
and to the type of project planning and manaEement
tasks our rural development will increasingly “ throw
up. All this calls for a systematic and comprehen
ive programme of training of district level pPlS's
and reTgT’-a task which State Planning machinery
and research institutions could undertake.
™
in cert;
seis, st<
for otk
monitor
takings
monitor,
within t
monitor!
been de:
ment, de
adult ed
8.17 I
State Go
would n<
to ensurh
ting to t.
services,
individual
education
other sect
S.U However, the new anti-poverty programme
will also place new demands on the patience Spersis.
ence and skills of our grassroot developmentPfunctionaries as they reach out to target group families
who have by and large remained untouched by deve
lopment programmes so far. In order to elicit X
required degree of dedication and effort renewed
8.18 Intion
—J
‘
jP ■
to questions of motivaWees Xb ha °neHntation of the extension ser- , very clfec
parlin d h hf v? underg°ne a decline since the ' concerned
carhei days of the community development pro
agencies,
gramme. Attention will have to be paid in nX
as the Pla
cular to inculcating a greater degree of honesty in apgeared. 1
p d-vl
VemenlS and identifying problems, an^ six month;
State Plan
cT
n’"5 a ne"_culture of openness in commuthe Centre
h erachiIeVeIs of tIle development
nieiach)
Only then arc we likely to ensure the ne- above grot
^ssaiv feedback required to make programmes pracconcerning
he now CtlVC and trUly reSp°nsive r° the ne£ds of Planning C
MAC
District A dm in istra t io n
«-19 The
general 1
of investme
tain categoi
lack is
social servi'
plan needs
It will be necessary- therefore to strengthen
the Genomic fe
district level administration by the appointment of
Present sucl
Sete'aufhor6 °PmeH ‘ °ffiCers Wh° shoidd have com- Central
Gov
ple.e authority and responsibility with respect to ab°vc. in t
development work and should enjoy the same rank
|nd s>atus as the District Magistrate/Collector Xme ’PPraisal dk
CcPf for me
hA a^i
a,Seady acted in
direc- Projects appi
ion and there is need to adopt this practice all over and Central
pertis°UanrdV hiThe 7300 5 must have professional ex- ^aocial insti
lea^ during Snt
,tyIh<?Uld not be disturbed at ^encies also
and dedi^d3
Per,°d’ ‘f f°Und to be
Projects in c
8.15 As already stated, it will be r.---------- 1
necessary to make
foments for horizontal linkages5
a
die b,
att the
block
dXi
k °f Plann,ng and implementation
n for
----development programmes at the "
district level is
acquiring greater complexity.
jS"
MONITORING OF IMPLEMENTATION
rin 6 nt Ade^ufate organisation and systems at present
nro£
f°r H^onitorins and evaluation 0Pf plan
? *°uld be d
c2 IpvpI pr°gTme5 at different levels. At ths rir^l
^rdf
dlnate ef
Central level, monitoring systems have been establish
of i
ed and are in operation in respect of major projects
!
I
I
i
93
mltivation
tc’ :t appra^l « certain ^eY sectors only like chemicals and fertilisteel, petroleum, coal, power and irrigation.
O' are justj
th_. need to k| rof other sectors there is need to develop organised
□oflitoring arrangements. Major public sector underthat they
el*nia
Ccnlral Government have their own
r
’ -1
, P ^^I’^flitoring systems. For projects and programmes
le elevant Erithin the jurisdiction of the State Governments,
le,4 personal
systems for use at the Central level have
id managemeftiKuonitoring
Mfrcen designed for certain sectors like tribal develop‘a gly threj
kjaent. development of backward classes, primary and
id omprehen. r aJult education and water supply.
level planner
ung machines 8.17 The implementation of the plan both by the
state Governments, as well as the Central Ministries
would need to be effectively monitored with a view
Programme to ensuring that for each scheme various targets rela
tience, pers^ ting to time, and cost, production of goods and
■°] lent func. services, social and economic benefits relating to the
? famifiei individual projects in the industrial, agricultural,
died by deve. education, irrigation, family planning, health or any
elicit the other sector of the economy are achieved.
>r
renewed
ns _f motiva- 8.18 Implementation of the Annual Plans has to be
xtension ser- very effective, and for this task, various Departments
nce the concerned in the_ State Governments, State Planning
Pi nt pro. agencies, Ministries concerned at the Centre as well
in parti- as the Planning Commission will have to be strongly
onesty in ap- geared. It would be desirable to have a report every
rc’ >ms, and six months with regard to the implementation of die
commu- State Plans, as also the Plans of various Ministries at
dc,elopment the Centre. This report should be drawn up by the
sure the ne- abo\e groups with regard to the schemes/projects etc.
n es prac- concerning them, and these could be examined by the
h aeeds of Planning Commission.
MACHINERY FOR PLANNING
j 8.19 The present position is that there has been
try to make j; ^general lack of- effective
machinery
for appraisal
---------- -------t The block
- [( or. investment proposals
—L with
...2* the
ui.c exception of cer
tion for l^ln categories of major products in selected sectors;
ct level is
t e lack is more pronounced in the agriculture and
social services sectors. A project included in the
Plan needs to be appraised in terms of its tcchnoti
the
economic feasibility and social costs and benefits. At
nt ?nt of Present such appraisals are generally confined to
have comnhntra 90vernment Projects costing Rs. 1 crore and
•es ?ct to
‘ ove; In the case of State projects and schemes the
Sc
e rank
appraisal machinery is inadequate in most States extc
Some
cpt tor medium and major irrigation and power
this direcaPPra^ed by the Central Water Commission
-e "U over
Central Electricity Authoritv resnectivelv The
ss: ial exnnancial institutions and concerned State Government
st.. bed at
n^nCles also aPPrai$e some of the smaller size State
e effective
Projects in certain sectors.
NATION
at
resent
. plan
• At the
e blishr ejects
The State Planning machinery would need to
witbngtheried in.the areas where deficiencies exist
mni Jegard to their r°le in supervising project for
mations. drawing up of the Plans, and also the
^nonitorijtng and implementation of the Plan projects.
Wouldbe
________
_ that
__ the State xPlanning agencies
!
desirable
in°?'d?a?°.f formuIa'tion
withof the^PlannirrCoVS
the Five Year Plans
‘^Pect of formulation of the Five Year Plans
___
u as* the implementation of the« Til
Plans.
U aS* tllP
as
8.21 Planning at the local level has ah. important
roie to play in investment decisions ii£A agricultuie,
minor irrigation, animal husbandry, fisheries, tnarketing and processing, cottage and small scale indus
tries, local infra-structurc and social services includ
ing water supply, housing, health, education, sanitation and local transport. During the Sixth Plan,
planning at tne block level will be further strengthened. The programmes will be made area specific at
the grass root level based on local endowments and
potential for growth and fuller employment. :It is
proposed to formulate comprehensive block level
plans and identify programmes for development of
the area which aim at making full use of local en
dowments. The object of these plans will be to
integrate various programmes for optimal utilisation
of local endowments with plan objectives and local
needs.
8.22 The block level plans would need to be in
harmony with the District and State Plans. The in
vestment decisions at the local level would need to
take into account the effects of Central/State Plans
m that area and of neighbouring localities. The
block is intended to be the primary area for local
planning. As further experience is gained on the
nature of local resources and socio-economic factors,
programmes will be refined through local planning.
Area specific development programmes will help deal
with the problems of regional imbalances and intraregional variations. The area level planning project
would, however, require specific skills and manpower
i esources and considerable delegation of powers to
area planning bodies within a framework of guide
lines formulated at the State level The Central
scheme for assisting the States for strengthening their
planning machinery would be continued during the
Plan period. Other State level agencies for promoti-ng location-specific research and action plans should
include State Councils of Science and Technology
and of Environmental Protection. The State Land
Use Boards should become effective.
PEOPLE’S INVOLVEMENT IN PLANN
ING AND IMPLEMENTATION
8.23 Apart from decentralisation of the adminis
trative machinery and provision of adequate coordi
nating mechanisms at the local level, it will be neces
sary to ensure that at every stage of planning and
implementation there is full participation and involve
ment of the people. Allocations of public funds for
schemes in these sectors, whether by the Central or
the State Governments are on the basis of certain
patterns of funding designed to achieve the targets of
the Plan. The selection of the specific tasks, how
ever, is governed by local conditions and in assigning
priorities it might be necessary to involve both the
administration at the local level as well as the re
presentatives of people particularly of the beneficiary
groups.
8.24 The institutional mechanism for this purpose
will need to be adapted to changing requirements.
The Panchayati Raj institutions should be strengthened
r ■
94
StSr/nSi0?6 “Stitutions of democratic mana-
K
establishL cJ
b0th at 1116 district “d
S^tC GoVerilments have already
develo^nt ^T Wh°re at the district level the
S ff thp
entrusted to an officer of the
rank of the district magistrate and who acts as the
±efWeXeuCU,tiVe °f the
Parishad
The distact
“er E toH rePrdSentatiVe ^^^ons win, how
ever, have to give adequate voice in their affairs to
£eSis
SPnOfrogthCrammes
S°Cietyof Whdevelopment.
° are the maThe
i°r
£ SSX
f
■ Sre
should
iaa?da?cXn°nOmiC “Pa«°a
8225 Special emphasis would need to be olaccd on
STbe d y°Udh- M°re Native wK wm
Sie vmur 2
t0 Up ■the P°tential mid 'idealism
of the youth for constructive action. For instance
«iule pursumg household approach to poverty elimi-^oon, it would be possible to induce active partici
pation of the youth. Similarly it would be desirable
m encourage villagers to obtain energy (from decen--used sources) as well as plant nutrients from
bio!og“-'al sources in a sustained manner
znd partially to solve the problems of rural unemunder-emPloyment.
Involvement of
fwple for this purpose will be achieved by persuaMm mass education, consultation, demonstration and
.assisting peoples’ own organisations for develop—nt. Student organisations like NSS and NCC and
-’d'Nehn^Y0114? °rga"isations like Yuvak Mandals
i taskS S'bl^ raS Sh°Uld be assisned SPY
PERSONNEL POLICIES
Personnel policies require careful review at all
t-vels so as to brmg about a proper match between
1<» requirements and the competence and dedication
Ox me personnel employed for implementation. In
fr
lelI'P01i?eSregions
reIatinrequire
= to stafiattention
P051^
hJ,-^
llbaIte
- vn
h111 PerS
and,°IJ!
backward
F .m-h comPetentDstaff cau be attracted and retained
fb refons- Personnel policies should also pro2“
"eJ?“? specific jobs done in such areas
2224 “dividual and institutional consultations and
tmtJugh_ part-time employment of local people. For
Cf.eiopmg special institutions in neglected recons
c^.nl'CU Tt3'-’ medical, engineering" college• ° em.
_ —ortia of Universities with commitment to secondmg competent staff members for 2 or 3 years or untd
traH?d staff become available, will have to be
J3'- ’• .■ e- ailP should be to maximise the benefits
eyslLng institutions for accelerating the develoohazard areas. Another key area in personrJ policies is the need for merit promotion
which can help to retain persons doing good
orc m the same job. Considerable mobility takes
pa7',anl0ng Professionals just for the sake of salarv
Wtuvement. Conversely, those who are misfits in
gT 1*^1pons should be shifted before irrepairable
c2b2rk1S-2One 1° the Programme. While it is diffi22 F
good enterprises and organisations, they
X^em^°y n in n° ?ime by
or cirkpt
management. . Personnel policies should not be so
Ik-ibnnS20 impair project Cementation.
Decent^
hsation of powers down the line will also have
“ j to £ share of }
“listed upon if a sense of identification is
to bf r every yea
fostered m all staff members.
| directed t<
J level evali
fid 7 i.iThe Kve Ycar Plans have provided for
mvestments in the rural tribal and C04 which joii
neglected areas. There were, however la^ in°thel Efforts wc
teck5^011^ Plan °Utlays “ 1!,cse mainly because M to constan
4 evaluation
lack of adequate administrative framework A
difficulty has been the disinclination of ^^- rQajo:| projects.
employees to be posted in those areas due to Im for involvi
in such wc
and in
Those posted teod to tatve^LT^'S1’ 8.29 The
-J to leave behind theirTamOiSl
areas_ where facilities are available™^ tions at the
would dept
Th.w* . \
P?stinS; inevitably the
ini, Of the per:
U1C JO0
Thus‘-posts
areas
:i’- ■
v"oSTrT
F-“! in
“ these “
“ ceither
remain developmen
- long periods or they rnre
— manned
W htraining
willing person?wVo‘do _ gtve or them best by Tk
• ’ sta.
f
fact is
he nresent
present^Xw^H
fact
is thaf
that “tthe
npr^nnai J:r • lr , t A be impartec
present personnel
policies
vide adequate Sfrerfor
taL^
n65 do
d°
There is an
for
taking
up
postings
rural
and
tribal
areas
Whnt
•
,
U
P
postings
ir,
in
skills ne‘
nnf
ic
▼
’
o
f-i
Ot mcoetstp 'JiSUSS
#
areas.
monetary and
mg the right type of nersonn-tin tk 1 ,
?ttracl- IIon and re
,“a™1
x "d x “
from urban centres
naceS-r.
rsm5>teneSi. categories,
surrounding lack- nr inaccessibility,
unhealthy
medical educational and re^n.tial accommodation 8.30 As a
special ’™ had
entertTm;2 facilities. Ai Committee. !
tions with Dartimi-^ pZ a numbe[ of recommendi! msation has
ancI bXaPrdfi
1° * 1needs of
shoPs
«
State Government.: h^h
bave been sent to
lw0 training
mentafion
Thek Y " HTe Mmistry
“iplt! Ihe Sixth Pit
applicable to remote7u7aT“easbe
'hValuation P£
other facilities nth2 •
aS Iackm£ m housing an: the country.
XiX’XeS *r m both
=wqualitati
aLrhaS&M “
wllh ofafe. ot ehiMre»“d
wcU as in tl
““modadoa j
^•31 The tc
"““j pogramme I
’ncluding its
yores during
territories all
strengthen the
S«th Plan pe
PROGRAMME EVALUATION
8.28 The Programme
Program m.
Evaluation Organisatioi
which was set i_
r in 1952,
'
up
has been carrying $
studies particularly "of
,rlY Of programmes affecting Oar? J r^FORMA
sections of our
fw^Z.3}1013’ s110?1 as smaU nud margin1
farmers, rural artisans, agricultural labourers worn*
and children, The £eed-back from such evaluate
.
------ -ca'-'j-li bukii ev;
studies is of crucial
importance for mid-course
^inJbe-opere^^i^^S
**
R
objectives are achieved, Although, an evaluate n Equate and j
machinery exists both at the Centre and in almost
notat>tfOrraulat
I rht^en evolv
the States, the need for
I
the Sixt
as to i------- 5 tn:>i!nprove ;hc
much greater than what available r
“
resources“or^
permitCanmttee on Review an
Committee
and
d Strengthening
State Je.vel Evaluation Organisations
Organisations has
has
• j-.o ^formati.
recommendations of far-reaching importance
’__________in Je^
loping evaluation work. C
‘
111
One of its recommendatj? [■
sectors. D
is that the programmes which
h .account for a nirf iSer^^tio
^..^ntral Min.
I /3 l O Q
kx
1.
/*
<■
’
•
I
• 11
i
95
I
tion.
of pto allotment °f funds should be evaluated
2 J have tojiI
It
rSy year. During the Sixth Plan, efforts would be
Ke^2ted to strengthen the State as well as the Central
evaluation organisations and locate the areas in
o ’ led for qJ
joint evaluation studies should be conducted,
would be strengthened during the Plan period
it
and oO
sr, Aags in I- instantly and effectively use the findings of these
duly because JE -nluation studies in formulating the development
k. A majjI roiects. Full use will be made of the scope available
c governnijSI for involving appropriate consultancy organisations
is, due to hj■in such work.
ion, health
— g.29
-9 The strengthening of the evaluation organisa■
in securjj
familie^ ' fioos at the Centre and in the States to a large extent
liiaole
would depend ”upon
’ andlJ
_ 2
7— the training
formation
of the personnel for evaluation of a variety of
ntably the jo of
I
r'TV'Gooto projects.
ie.
her
rernaj ----------developmental
There
is need forSU1 table
led by
training startegy so that the right type of training may
eir best.
be imparted
imparted to
’ -7 J Th be
to improve
improve the
the quality
quality of
of t evaluation.
es do not
— pro 71’ is' ample
There
1 scope, cfor example,
’■ for improvement
in skills needed in methodological aspects such as
istings
d
packag
designing, field work, tabulation, analysis, interpretaa1
’es for attract tion and reporting which are basic to an evaluation
ural and tribi study. The evaluation personnel
have been
tr. I. All th* functionally categorised into three levels z.e., senior
t , faoilitia ‘ '_
supervisor}
7 and junior levels and there is need for
r
zill have to be suitable training programmes; for each of these
remoteness ‘ categories.
unhealth)
C(
modatiot 8.30 As a follow up of the recommendations of the
Committee, the Central Programme Evaluation Orga
facilities,
nisation has already organised four Regional Workre^ommeni
of tribij shops for the senior level evaluation personnel and
n mt to thj| two training programmes for the middle level. During
——1 i
fU
CivtK Dlnn
O T*« o
5
J
4-^
—11
4ry for imple-j the Sixth Plan period, it is proposed to train all the
uH be madej evaluation personnel numbering about a thousand in
using anci
i
anc| the country. The strategy during the Sixth Plan
>
provided would thus be to strengthen the evaluation capacity
rural anti both qualitatively and quantitatively at the Centre as
ir:-‘ posting, well as in the States.
jfi mces to
IT
dation if 8.31 The total outlay for strengtheningj of the
CT _7
_____
Organisation
at the Centre
ce combined Programme Evaluation C_
including its training and activities would be Rs. 2
crores during the Sixth Plan. In the States and Union
Territories also, some outlay has been proposed to
'IvjN
strengthen their evaluation machinery during the
Sixth
Plan period.
O inisatios
-a zing ou:
ecimg larn INFORMATION SYSTEM. DATA BASE
nd margins
FOR PLANNING
'e: womcc
aluatiou: S;32 At present the data base for planning at
different levels according to specified objectives is in
urse correc;
the desired
adequate and information systems required for appro
iluatioa
priate formulation of plans in different sectors have
i
nost al!' not been evolved in all the concerned organisations.
aenmery so ■ During the Sixth Five Year Plan, steps will be taken
to improve the data base for planning and policy
valuation i$
s
rmit. A
jnaking. The National Informatics Centre under the
o Centra
Department of Electronics is developing computer
based information systems for data storage, retrieval
has ma^e
?e m deve- ! and processing of certain Government Departments
m datiofl5
and sectors. During the Sixth Plan period. Manage’r
majof,
Information Systems would be established in all
Central Ministries and the State Governments
1 is t0-
4
. _
z-4
a
would be helped to develop similar systems for their
use.
hT "L?
8.33 Timely and reliable statistics are a basic pre
requisite for effective planning. Although, the statisti
cal system in India has made strides since the incep
tion of planning in the country, it has not always been
possible for the statistical system to keep pace with,
the ever-growing requirements in many areas. A
recent review has revealed that the data base is still
rather weak in some of the important sectors and the
information at present is not detailed enough for
undertaking purposeful action in respect of such vital
issues as price control, removal of poverty, eradica
tion of unemployment, reduction of social and
economic disparities, etc. There is also an urgent
need for greater vigilance in maintenance of accepted
standards in collection, processing and discemination
of statistics.
8-34 The development plans for the system have
generally been guided by the inadequacies in the data
base of the economy as identified by the Data Im
provement Committees, National ^Commission on
Agriculture, Committee on Regional Accounts,
seminars organised by the Indian Econometric Society,
National Seminar on Social Statistics and the Confe
rence of Central and State Statistical Organisations.
A Committee set up by the Government of India in
July 1979 to review the National Statistical System
has made a number of recommendations to strengthen
the existing statistical system and re-structure it so
that it could meet adequately the requirements of plan
ning and decision making. During the Sixth ' Plan
(1980—85) efforts will be made to implement the
recommendations of this Committee after careful
consideration.
8.35 In the Central sector, the major tasks to which
attention will be given are conduct of economic
census and follow-up surveys for collecting vital in
formation pertaining to unorganised segment of the
non-agricultural sector, survey of urban non-manual
employees, providing estimates of national sample
surveys at regional and lower levels, increasing the
sample size of sample registration system with a view
to providing reliable estimates of vital rates at the
State level, electronic processing of data collected
under various censuses and national sample surveys,
setting up a data bank etc. Programmes will also be
undertaken to develop the methodology for collection
of data on wholesale and retail trade and improve the
statistics of services sectors. The State Governments
will undertake development programmes aimed at
strengthening the statistical machinery at lower levels,
collection of data on prices and wholesale trade,
training of statistical personnel and setting up of data
banks etc.
8.36 An allocation of Rs. 95.44 crores has been
made under the head ‘Other social surveys’ for the
development of a sound date base at various levels
to provide a more scientific basis for plan formulation
and evaluation. Allocation for development of statis
tics have also been provided under the respective
sectoral heads, e.g., for Agricultural Statistics, under
’Agriculture’.
II "
K
96
TRAINING
8.37 The training programmes f__
______ 1
for personnel
engaged in developmental activities would be further
strengthened during the plan period. The Central
scheme, initiated in 1976-77
I--------- for Government and
project personnel would be continued during the Sixth
Plan period with a provision of Rs. 2.28 crores.
national efficiency
DRIVE
S.38 The Sixth Plan
— ai
aims at a higher growth rate
in all sectors of the economy. This is both possible
and essential in the national interest. Improved
management of all projects, appropriate reorganj.
tion of organisations dealing with anti-poverty
grammes and diversification of employment opportu^
tics in rural areas will have to be achieved speedfl |W'
if the social and economic objectives of the Plan
to be realised.
ai*
I
8.39 A national efficiency drive is the need of the
hour, Attention to detail in project formulation
implementation and promotion of
- a work cultUre
where there is pride in performance are the twin
truments of achieving efficiency. This
is the
- ...e
tasktask
to t*
wmeh everyone involved in implementing the Sixth
1 mn should give utmost attention.
h .
T’
LIErJuL'
)
The
Plan pdiate as
coinnwc
export,
ing the
farm yit
through
this gap
in most
thereby
accclera:
have to
velopmci
vices anc
productk
by ini pre
achieving
tention t
cash inp
9.2 Tilt
; adopted
of India
non-rene*
finite sou
manner,
energy ha
renewable
become n
support s
ment. T
protection
scts. Gem
have to t
use of gei
9-3 The
Kill place
cs to pes
also to pi
trade. Ti
gens will
blend of
| methods <
I ^Pply, o
I WH1 have >
bi.c
! supply of
| and recvcl
I
Is a'nc
, *nance of
' ^th win
L
226*
Annexure 13.9
Estimates of stock of Manpower, economically active and unemployment at the beginning of the years Iggj
and 1985 and addition to the economically active persons during 1980—85
At the begining of 1985
At the beginning of 1980
SL
No.
Manpower Educational
Category
Stock of
Man
power
(1)
(0)
(2)
Economi
cally
active
popn.
(i.e.
labour
force)
(3)
Unemployed
persons
(4)
Industria
Percentage Stock of Economi- Unemployed
persons
cally
of unManactive
employed power
popn.
persons
i.e.
in labour
labour
force
force)
(0
(7)
(8)
306-1
266-3
18-9(0-4)
(5)
SI.
Addition
to the
econo
mically
active
Popn.
during
1980^
No.
(0)
(9)
1
(in thousands)
1
Engineering degree
holders (BE)
254*5
221-4
15-7(0-5)
7-09
44’9
2 Engineering diploma
holders
378-6
329-4
65’5(1’9)
19’88
494-1
429’9
85’5(1’8)
Medica 1 G radua tes
(MBBS) .
178.5
155-3
10’1(0’3)
6’50
211-9
184-3
12’0(0’3)
29-0
4
Dental Surgeons (BDS)
11-6
10-1
0’2(0’01)
1-98
13-4
11-6
0’2(0’00)
1’5
5
Nurses (B.Sc. Nursing)
2* 2
2-2
2’8
2-8
*6
Agricultural graduates
98-8
77-1
8-8(0-3)
11-41
115-9
90-4
10’3(0’2)
13’3
*7
Veterinary graduates
22-3
19-4
0’7(0’02)
3-60
27-3
23-7
0’9(0 02)
4’3
8
Education graduates
(B.Ed.)
852-7
665’1
104’2(3’0)
15-67
1136-7
910-4
142’7(3’1)
245’3
1931-4
1506-5
337’9(9’7)
22-43
2597-6
2026-1
454-5(9- 8)
519’4
3
Aericu
Fish
2 Minin.
100-5
3
Manuf
4
Electri
0’6
5 Constr
.
9
Arts graduates (B-A-)
10
Arts Post-Graduates
(M.A.)
.
957-3
746-7
29’9(0’9)
4-00
1296-3
1011-1
40’4(0’9)
264-4
11
Science Graduates (B.Sc.)
961-9
750-3
154’3(4’4)
20-57
1226-3
956-5
196’8(4’2)
206-2
12
Science Post graduates
(M.Sc.)
.
278-9
217-5
10’6(0’3)
4-87
350-0
273-0
13-3(0-3)
55 J
Commerce Graduates
(B. Com.)
810-1
631-9
111’4(3’2)
17- 63
1126-1
878-3
154’8(3’3)
24fr<
Commerce Post graduates
(M. Com.)
I2I-9
95-1
6-2(0-2)
6-52
176-3
137-5
9-0(0-2)
1249-6
974-7
153’6(4’4)
15’76
1654-2
1290-3
203’4(4’4)
8110-3
6402-7
1009’1(29’1)
15-76
10735-0
8492-2
1342’7(28’8)
Matriculate/Hr. Seccondary passed.
26650-5
16256-8
2462’9(70’9)
15-15
35860’3
21874-8
3314’0(71’2)
Total Educated
34760-8
22659-5
3472-0(100-0)
15-32
46595-3
30367-0
4656’7(100’0)
13
14
15
Other graduates
.
Total Graduates and above
including
Diploma
holders
16
Note
315*
fijt”
6 Trade,
7 Transp
nicat
8 Financ
Busi
9 Comm
Sen-
few''/.
I
^51
■.■st.
Figures in parantheses in columns 4 & 8 indicate percentages to total.
♦Includes post-graduates.
a
HP
• ■■S
Noy
f
CHAPTER i4
i| IS
■'W K
K
K'
mimmum needs programme
out
Tept Of the -^NP Cemerged
^experience
of the
fleither gTOMhXr
61106 °
F’ and c~
crystallised
Previous plaDS
social c: 5^
—that
ed> much less nor
acceleramd*®
011
can be sustainaccelerated,
supportive.
L cd’ Without
without being
J mutually
14.2
in iIrnm/T resource develo eSSentiaUv
free or subsidised LS
'Theanj investment
provision of
expected to i~
public agencies is
ow the
ie ann
™ ,Productive
Totf
the Jk ?ls of fhose
me
productive .effiSe^'of
.
e./nd _ thereby improve
workers. This- i“coSnofl0n °f socialhc- rural and urban
grammes with
pro
is rnecessary
—
to accelerate deveIoPmeconsumption
nt
achievement-l of Plan obSt,™11 and f° programmes
’ ensure the
iiving biwXXS
IR--
If' ‘
1. Elementary Education
i *
ip
2- Rural Health
f-,R
3- Rural Wate;
•r Supply
4. Rural Roads
J R
< ‘ R‘
•5- Rural Electrification
Housin!g assistance
lo rural land,7- Environmental i.
miprovement of ur~.S. Nutrition
f Nl
■
nressurIenforth
ie„,abse
"ce
the
absence
f » 10
I h.9 T
or u„, _
For
[ grflU is
t0 be taken as a p^ benefi‘s, these 'j
fra-structure
^nr«ura a
“
d
V
n
f
7
n(s
in
'the h Pro^amme the
nnJ
~
j — ■
; ituuircd
lne develooment
•
and beneficiary oro‘ / ge anci relatedprogr .- - ’’
c and Productioi
^^anocations^/^
0" sectors
secure left
7_r. Cnt
WM i to. T
1
to
s-:Pregrammes a ZforT', A secl°rdl
relatively
I
conffic? o7aiI-b,e were the
E''en such
, . approve,
ntentafiy win no,7mu1^ __
W‘M 1 s oKnpone
outlays
anti implemem -r
.
to
Further thpPK°rJhes created
recJuced in any
develoment of i;,.-. 2 adec/uate
I
create^ bv
by
either fntlift
’ me benefits of cnresource rd£;sired distribution Tl
Or
’vCt^ 1
o?L°^°
r brin8^ c
onstraint.
con'
•
soc,aj
services
Poorest without c| 14.10 1
ratmn is esneciati, J?f beueffts.
reach
.o°lf!?
Us efforts '
iaco^'‘XThC?nS
,UmP(ione''
I
bwically
Programnii are implemenieV^ ^r0.levs; .
Disobtain
’
^em'PJfSSbebvee
“n
lni
Plemented.
j
A
total f
ween
r in the Plfracture var^JTS6, varioas social areas,
tt L7716 Ievel
-1 of
services and infras- Plan. Tai
| ^deration
14.4 n^ncv^T001 Naeds
REVIEW
h the progr
14.7 vthe
Programme
| provided
to j*
Programm
nationaHy . accented dln? social sen-ices lays down
,r Rian
1980—^
| mves tmen
tai
mentation During thP
with;n ;c«.. according
Programme.
'
year
of j:
—• Rs allocati,
'pie- ' expected
Punjab, Haryana/'
Scchs to ensure the nccesMrare ^.^arfredIjme bound
M’.-.u pas2 years’ States
other pre
as
Andhra
and
it
Pradesh
^^tra, Gujarat, /
tance
opj
‘ 0 Provision of
- '34,
made o0od
M.5 The
resources.
the rur
Rarnata,<>
Emasthan,
Ottn
Pro^me ;ntroduced ;n
B j*g the iri
Vtt^ Pradesh Year pja n will
• lclGnya 1
and the North‘d; m, BihTr
- m Eastern 1
continue durim, the cthek Fifth Five
r 7^^ j *nd State
COj^ponents are as follows.S,X,h
also ensui
14-8 The
Plan. Its
-u^ged behind
approved
c
’
i
consiraian
Programme from i's beginnf
outlays and
\d expenditure
—
1
constant i
as follows*
- -mg in the Fifth
-u Pl ar.
I
cHort will
J^gets an
the progr.
" PjorMefF?' S'!'
j
Element
1 'J4.n -ft.
Universalis
pnt taking
111 the vari
Posed thr<
*
objective I
m the age
K-Cl
j
f
r
222
;
.•
w.jlt.L .....
S23
i
.a
Table 14.1
Outlay and Expenditure on Minimum Needs Programme 1974—$0
s1
ft
(Rs. crores)
1974-75
Outlay
Item
St
No-
(I)
(0)
] Elementary Education
2 Adult Education
....
nimes have
ecific
•2 areas
•h
which
et lepart■he overall
bant‘ the
in tegw re the
-C" this
ts ipleSuch as
Kerala,
ik lave
Pi esh.
t Bengal
hind.
c the
’lan are
(4)
463
230
139
1
Outlay
Expd.
(6)
(7)
132
88
61
7
4
(5)
13
7
74
40
33
39
....
33
563
262
114
133
152
188
502
231
120
152
121
.
182
282
103
52
34
53
45
7 Ho use-si tes/Ho uses for Rural Landless labourers .
109
50
16
22
32
53
8 Environmental Improvement of Slums
105
38
11
10
16
16
287
49
26
20
21
22
2607
1038
525
540
535
9 Nutrition
slums
(3)
1979-80
Expd.
296
.....
6 Rural Electrification
33.
(2)
1978-79
3 Rural Health..............................................
5 Rural Roads
bouren
Outlay
...
4 Rural Water Supply
Ss
1974-78
Expen
diture
.
.
,
.
...
&
10 Total
14.9 The present data base of physical achieve
ments is weak and some systematic arrangements are
required to be made to build it and maintain it up to
date. The position is discussed in detail under each
component of the programme.
PROGRxUIMES
The components of the programme would
basically be the same as for the Fifth Plan 1974__ 79
A total provision of Rs. 5807 crores has been made
■a the Plan as against Rs. 2607 crores for the Fifth
f lan. Targets have been fixed after taking into consKluation financial and physical constraints so that
n2,?5OSram^ ls a.one. The outlays to be
p ovtded would continue to be earmarked so that the
MnT2m!n\Unde..r- theSe Programm« is assured. It is
nthsC 6 dlat dllS Programme coupled with various
r programmes of rural development would enance opportunities for emloyment and improved life
ot^the rural poor. A high level machinery for monitor
ed she ™Plementa[10n ot the programme at Central
and State level would need to be set up, which would
a'so ensure improvement in data base. The physical
co ™
•°f thC Pr°gramme would be kept under
effort w-nT8W 2 aCh‘eVe the stated objectives and
target
h
6 2° °vercome
'The norms,
argets and outlays for the different components of
e Programme are given in the A.nnexure 14.1.
Elementary Education
nn-',11
P®.
obJectiVe
continues
to
to
be
the
BuMakHa11-0?
Oh
.elememary
education.
iBut
u takmg mto consideration
the progress made
Posed mrl0U\Stktes ,and Umon Territories it is proobiecPvp T1?
thC fOrmal SVStCm’ to achieve this
J.,ctiVe m two stages, i.e. 9t> per cent of enrolment
. m the
...e age group 6—11 and 50 per cent in the age
607
group 11—14 by 1985 and universal enrolment in the
age group 6—14 by 1990. The availability of funds
will not be allowed to stand in the way of more rapid
umversalisation of primary education wherever it can
be achieved. The Planning Commission will keep this
matter under review. The formal system would be
supplemented by non-formal education. In achieving
cent per cent enrolment for the age group 6—11, the
constraint is predominantly the socio-economic cir
cumstances of families below the poverty line. This
aspect will hence need special attention.
14.12 The position in respect of elementary educa
tion varies from State to State and would continue
to be so at the end of the Sixth Plan even though
steady progress would be maintained in all the educalonally backward States. As against 13 States and
Union Territories, which are yet to universalise pri
mary education for boys in 1979-80, their number
would be reduced to just 4 by 1984-85, these being
o93'4 per ?'ent coveraSe expected), KamaTTHn
RaJasthan (94.3 per cent) and
Uttar Pradesh (97.0 per cent). In the case of girls
uca ion, there is a wide variation in coverage from
about 30 per cent in Rajasthan to virtually complete
coverage m States like Kerala, Meghalaya, Nagaland.
Punjab and Tamil Nadu in 1979-80. The gap would
be reduced and the lowest expected coverage is about
4J per cent in Rajasthan in 1984-85- With a view
to making up this deficiency the States lagging behind
would need to strengthen the non-formal classes for
elementary education.
2
14.13 In regard to enrolment in classes VI—VIII
the target for formal education of 50 per cent in relaa°nnt0othe population of 11—14 would be achieved
and Union Territories; those lagring
behind would be Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Madhya^Pradesh,
Orissa,
Rajasthan,
Tripura,
Uttar
<-
i
'*1
224
a backlog3^ ^cfeTred Pladesh- These States have
tion for which concerted ^iorSPeCt ?£ pnmary educathe Sixth Plan. UtuveXsadon
maQe dUnn£
cation in these States as also in*
SCh001 edu'
major task to be taken up during ms^T
"
-i J -
IKf
backwardP and remote 'area^^ d°
- with
.<d3uon
L total n
fv-poo
L> renKl
t0 reach
Mes of gvnaeco o" paediatr ^
neCeSSary ^ia Lais was
along with the pSmedi^ Ljcal pr
Lpleted
™8 340 ruralhospitals 174 new
t0 ,h' kt’S has •
(CHC) will be set up fn the
”Xd
h°Spi[al’ J? States
behind
centres. PHC^buildfnJ^f con'stru?tion works
of sub
tion, along with construction works^of31 aCCOmm°^la- .nil Eh
construction works of
'Jinits wil] |p4 In
pliable UP A ^j’Sion
“L^ces
i to the ^
extent
re
-s are 1 cover
of’ 1980-85
Rs. 577 crores
has L under t
n made f°r Rural Health for
£ criterion
Rural Water Supply
[
■ and to
the Plan
pr0Vlded
this programme £
^nl9 1110
t01aI number
.
total
L :rcs in c
of
conforming
•onforming
to the following’ ( problem yillaoes kbv f99(
criteria is estimated [-s require
to
be
1.90
lakh
as
in 'the producSage^ouff^j'111115’ P^tfu’arly
on 1-4-1980:
t per cent
0) those which do ec' ’
be part of the elements P
years would also
- -J not have an
?- electrified
assured
source
of drinking- water
the MNP The target wil?be 100'f COmponent of
,---r i.within a reasonable dis- ?’'• intensr
tance, say 1.6 kms;
of the age group 15—35 years bv
1 C,overaSe
th. HimacI
gramme is just develnninr? •* • «•
the pro■rwi. Raia
the target for 1980-85^ a’
^tfficult to lay down
f-tern State
.smnea-worms etc • and
es 1,ke ch°hra, I ng 1980has been provided fop adult pdiir^'
crores
ponent. Thus the total nm educatt°n under this comr-'T'-—Rs. ]
in the Plau 198O-85 is Rs^tm f eracntar>' education
k’Rs. 141
crores plus Rs. 128 crOres W33
Rs’ 905
f •ion preer
on :nte
Rural Health
cover all the problem ^illa^e^
Plan,’o/^t
the eff
effort
j°rt wili bc
I ’/X/’/V O- JO
of the three
14.16 Rural health
“TS/fc With tbe^nancLVp^^^^
.infrastructure
would
further strengthened
be
objective xclp n ’ '7" be possib'eprovisions made N 25 It has
order
to
achieve
in
the
objective of Health-foi
and deseTXs Xre" bd’fficuIt ' to achieve this r lahou.- h
•r-All by 2000 A.D. The norms
envisaged are:
areas in the hill ■yld be arou
niillh^i
s^nts, the programme may tak^ of physical con(i) OviLgeTTity H1ealth Voiunteer for e-longer
time.
-ued
nc
every
yinage or a population of lOnn
w-sites
the community to form
chosen by
Evaluati^ Org^isation nf tLo -bv the
‘“e Programme
dm
rn Ono
u
7
10rm the base unit
ct
_?ian?I.n^ Commission kdhes
other wX/ sltio'n/lfave nm SCh^ cas'« and
rnillion
f;
castes
of
he
{roni the facilities created fn t'ained Proportionately
Minimum Needs Programme"T*’3 ^ SUpply mder ,he a'c already t
io oo
the Sixth Plan period s^ecV t?1S • coateW durins F'^ion. jt {■
be
Paid to the location of safe d 7°n WiU need 10 rJ!.25 Per «
population1 of’one^S^0'11^6rCHC} for
E •'p’llion fami
.ud, ta ,„ese
F 'amilv js e
e lakh or one C.D. Block.
14.17
a masonr
Md the schera ^trainin^Tnd'e V,Oll;nteer scheme
r-.aPproach rc
P'^lised for
purpose workers will be coming OyTent Of
It is proposed to increase ihP
d under the MNP
a fiouse
“ly ”k™ "I
«5 >or piped water U beneficiar
Health Volunteers from 1 4C^lakh™^ °f Communitv
.;L3.,60 lakhs by 1985 40 000S aSK°nAprii T IPSO
only pipe water supply
Tn
Jab where
°r D:
added to the 50,000 centres eHsf CeDtres wi,i bc
nro\’
In Pun
Punjab
where L.;7 ffor
This would account for about 7! tlng °n 1-4-1980.
is c
umber of 122,000 sub-centres to^ Cent °f the ,ota!
of average cost
jasis of J^^-l
mid-1984
™<MS »
6f ““' pro^ramni* F wins
984 rural nomhb be ASet Up on the
crores and
Rs. 2007
UiJ
-1 j-pronslon h„ bl=n m“ around
'
accordingly.
Prionty will be
Rural Roads
A parti
’the e:,Ju.;
■cause
14.23 Under „the
ther 1,000
Fift}1
envir
Plan
the
norm
was to Jink rUP all villages with
°
by conDrhan DO)
or more with- all
—1 weather roads. a population of 1500
to constitu’
P is proposed to coO'
and economically disadvnntn
IU0re socially
children belonging to IhTdX ’ SPeC13Uv g,rls
tribes, who constitute the 9 buV^f65 and scheduled
drop-outs. At present
r k
n°D-starters and
enter Class L only Sb’ccmuTer6''^ 100 chiIdren ^t
Portion of drop-outs ha °“P te QaSs V‘
The pro
vince the begifnina of
ei“aincd almost unchanged
Therefore, efficiency“ the country,
unproved to retain sfudents ^An”
haVe t0 be
programmes will be desioneH
PProPnate incentive
sence of the students of
l° ensure re^lar pre905 crores has been r»r
bdsis’ an °utlay of Rs
I
(iv) p.™, « S T^-X"^
1"
Rs,°r,',’;.a"fto » I’ Rs.i™. S p> tots
—“*
t ils
'fl
'W
ulr di,ary fieak i I
with roads all the remaining villages with a
ration ot IdUU and above and 50 per cent of
*
“J: vi!?s7 jno lhe PoPuIation group
?*!$500
by
1990. On 1-4-80, the number of vil,ni nity
he upgrades v 1 P remaining to be linked according to the above
was about 40,000. About 50 per cent of the
ec"'sary s * 1
r^j programme i.e. 20,000 villages would be
L^eted by 1985 for Which an outlay of Rs. 1165
^rural hospi^ I ^rs has been provided in the Plan, though some of
jutes namely, Andhra Pradesh and Orissa may
f^hmd in achieving the MNP objective.
w
sub. I
11 accommock fP.riil Electrification
n^STV
’v Units win I
In
the
Fifth
Plan
the
target
was
-t
5OUrces are L? cover
40
per cent
of
the
rural popula5/ c™res ha, f
.-j
cn under electrification. It has been decided
-J to shift
-85.
e criterion
of population
f. .
- • ,
coverage to village coverand to ensure that at least 60 per ceHt of the
MVs 'ioooCh
and Vn,on Terri!nrv -- electri)k _ villages
bv I
Ul the total number o.f 1.15,165 vila is estimated
r- required. to be electrified
-------- 1 to achieve this target
t per cent i e. about 46.464 additional villas will
Ldeetnficd ourrng 1980-85. The S. te. a! wh4
ss id source
asonable <&. L f pensive MNP effort is required are Uttar Pra
Himachal Pradesh. Madhva Pradesh
Bihar
Rajasthan West Bengal. Sikkim aDa Nonh
er Jpply are
>L. - cholera,
*0e%5He J0'3’ C°St °f this
F' ' „ ,7^ has beeP estimated to be Rs 301
L i p. m'i 60 Cr0?S for comP,etini? spillover works
s ers from fr< Rs. 141 crores for new works. The rural electridl or other tn on programme would include provision of stre
alm.
l-Ms on internal village roads and in Harijan E.
-i Centres win?a
F s and w;
ry 3d medical
31 1 10n to £ I
t
U be to F-ws/tz- fo,- Landless Labour Households
■p ttegorics
’is...us made
achieve this t | ; .
,
fVfJUd
l.vvu
llr<
HUUbl
needing
housing assistance
i the hill r-Hn be around 14.5 million bv March
1985. So far
milhc a
]y al con- F'
landless
families
have
been
k
lied
r ume.
house-sites,
it is proposed
to
allot
- '1'C-sites
to
the remaining
Pr-'ramme lilies
6.8
million
the
Plan
'O nission I hc .... during
period.
Of the
■ai _s and I ^milhon tarnilies eligible for assistance for'■ conhouses/huts?
n r, of
J h
°uses/Ill'ts. about 0.56 million families
ortionately I ‘■yon
u ’er the I ■Action aTt N e" Pr°Vid;d With a^sistance fo? con-
t :\ikx5OM,;n'“'i
"™te'»”"<i-
?x durins
C
1 U(
L\)
to Provide assistance to
H
j
’ to' rmiliionf
XObvl98e?giAenhOU-S:h°Ids
about
■iter points |
ar icnefit f^in'proach
f
0nroadWeAf0rta
°f 30'40 fami'lies
F ■iiu-o;" h . ro‘ld- Ajsjstance of Rs. 500 per family
iding safe I ^' ;Ndouser
Ah «''’ding. materials for construc>e ‘-De of F'lhehnn fi "Se'- A laoour inputs will be provided
-ec vater r rN Ms h Clarles- Accordingly, an outlay of Rs. 354
0C. yhile F't.’s f','. een Pr.ov,ded for this programme—Rs 170
184
ib where he f5nTV!S,On of bouse-sites and Rs.
trmarcis construction.
ipl cent I
ra cost
igi UInnie
ol I'rbun
<s. 2007
ng'
particular
r’ hn' P
art'ci,tar
area
becomes
a
slum
of
» it,LCau-te
its structure
but
because
nrt, env,ro"mcnt
and
insanitation.
norm
Of
ti
!ed
l
‘
r(,
an
population
nearly
a frth
Df )00
esti•o constitu'e slum population. The slum popula.
t( on-
k-6 •
abom^a1!98m i?CCding attcntion
is c:;
estimated to be
duoui jj.i million. Of thi’?
-•d million have
oecn covered by March 198Q only 6.8
-"
about 40 per cent of thc r? -It is p
proposed
to cover
remaining
slum
•e. 10 mtlhon slum population
bZlOkT
population
per Capua investment c
Assuming
olf Rs. 150 the'
programme j- during the RItm would total cost of
oe Rs. |5i
Depending on the r ■
-a
10 bc
adopted in
------ 3 supply
to be provided
ramme are water
P™''"Jed under the
progwater
supply,
storm
■ng of streets, strcet-lfohL,
ter drains>
pa v’ Jtr^U(^htinS
community latruTes
Areas inhabited
y the scheduled castes are to be
given priority.
Nutriticn
14.27 The nutrition prGglu
Programme has two components— (e) Special Nutritio;
- m and (b) Mid-Day
Meals.
was I'mHJauced^n^th N‘Jlr‘!ff>n
Lrograrnme {SNP)
and subsequently was bro"'h an
dUrinS 197°-71
a part of the Minimum Nee^'™0 the FHth Plan
300 calorics and 8-12 vram- ‘0Srdmmc- k provides
group o-6 tor 3u0 days aid 500 ‘ ?rOtem tOr the aSe
o,1 Protein for the pteanam
Md 25 «rams
300 days. The eligible ta4
““rsin» mothers for
as o
n 1-4-1980
°n
1-4-1980 is 70ii^llio*.™^ m°r ' nS .pro£ranln:le
and 7 million mothers.
children »f 0-6 years
a-e me
mad
e>i-J-1^6U.
1^?0! W°URl bS exPanued [o
cover me jadmnonm^u
’
-3
ficus/
Projects^lh
ChUtl DcvcloPmem Services
...... / . I J CIS. lhe scheme would
t‘ius cover adawona?
uun m“iiJ10n chlldrcn and
oUOjUUU women
v' ■
'
• T nrn
an Period- 3he scheme
ouLiidc the iCDS
vising heai.h and^timr'wehar60-105'1'1101111’^ by pr°qume stair lor supervision ^d - mputs and also adcimbed to projects of economic momtoring. It will be
needl of ZmeU'S employment activity particularly in
so as io meet the felt
actus or me women from
poorer sections.
Programme for
............ „
provides tor mid-day mrai™ °duced m 1962-63.
to
thes
(
'
"
‘
Jays in a year and^OO cllori “e*dren for 200t
protein per child per dav lr 068 aUd 8’12 Srams of
a'lmimum Needs K-ogramme i
a part of the
continue as part of the MNP
Flfth PJan- h will
15.1 million children a/?h
th' S1Xth PIan' About
^an and 2.3 million under th?
°UtSide thc
have shown that the schem > ? P’an' Recent studies
Pact in increasing enrolmem or mUch imout ratio. It would, theretore beV
OS the dr°pmse it and link it with
i il ° necessary to reorgawater, environmental nno * ^rviceS’. safe drilA
schemes and kitchen and hn13011?1 by8Iene’ incentive
schools, from where veoemb ,CU'tU7J,garder,s in the
available for the feeding b s and fruits wouId be
Programme
crores
J®
226
Annexure 14- x
Minimum Needs Prograrnroe ; largets and Outlays
(Rs. crores)
Head
Objective
Outlay
Target by 1985
States/UTs
Plan
Elementary Education
Rural Health
100% enrolment in the age group
6—14 by 1990. It would be supp
lemented with non-formal educa
tion.
95 % enrolment in the age group
^-11 and 50% in the age group
11—14. It would be supplemented with non-formal education.
851
100 % coverage of adults in the age
group 15—35 by 1990 through
non-formal education.
Target not fixed.
68
1. One Community Health Volun
teer for a population of 1000 or a
village by 1990.
To increase the number of
Community Health Volunteers
from 1.4 Lakh as on 1st
April, 1980 to 3.60 Lakhs.
Rural Water Supply .
Rural Roads
Rural Electrification
Housing assistance to rural
landless labourers.
Environmental Improvement of
urban slums.
Nutrition
Plan
5<
(D
I Andhra Pra
2 Assam
2. Establishment of one sub-centre
for a population of 5000 in plains
and 3000 in tribal and hilly
areas by 2000 A.D.
To increase the number of sub
centres from 50,000 to 90,000
or 75% achievement of the
objective.
3. One PHC for 30.000 popula
tion in plains and 20.000 in
tribal and hilly areas by 2000
A.D.
To establish 600 additional PHCs
and 1000 SHCs over and above
5400 PHCs and 1000 SHCs
existing now for
___
_
achieving
about 45% of the number
~
required.
4. Establishment of one Commu
nity Health Centre for a popu
lation of one lakh or one C.D.
Block by 2000 A.D.
jiStes/UTs.
Centrs
To establish 174 Community
Health Centres, in addition to
converting existing 310 upgraded
PHCs into Community Health
Centres.
Coverage of all the remaining
problem villages by
1985
excepting in some difficult
areas like hilly and desert
regions.
3 Bihar
I
4 Gujarat
5 Haryana
6 Himachal P
7 Jammu & K
408
15
8 Karnataka .
9 Kerala
10 Madhya Pra
|| Maharashtra
,
5
I
Linking up of all remaining villages To cover about 50% of the iota'
with a population of 1500 and number of villages required to
above and 50%
of the
the total
total be covered to achieve the ob
of
number of villages with population
jective i.e.,
additional about
of 1000—1500 by 1990.
20,000 villages.
At least 60% of the villages in each
40% of the villages required to
State and Union Territory to
be covered to achieve the ob
be electrified by 1990.
jective i.e.3 additional 46,464
to be electrified.
Provision of housing assistance to
To cover all the remaining house
all landless labour households
holds for allotment of house
by 1990.
Assistance to include
sites and 25% of the eligible
house-site construction materials,
households i.e. about 3.6 million
drinking water well for a cluster
for provision of assistance for
of houses and approach road.
construction of houses.
100% coverage of the urban slum po40% of the remaining .slum
■
pujation by 1990. Facilities
to
population i.e. additionalI 10
include water supply, sewerage,
million slum population to be
of' streets, storm water
1paving
;
covered.
drains,
community
latrines,
Areas
inhabited by scheduled
castes particularly
scavengers
would be given prority.
SNP: 5 million children in 600
I CDS blocks and 5 lakh women
to be covered by providing in
tegrated services of feeding
health, welfare, etc.
t” v
MDM: Tlie existing level of beneficianes i.e. about 17-4 million
children to be continued ‘and
the programme to be integra
ted
with other essential J
services.
■A ‘‘U
12 Manipur
.
11 Meghalaya „
1407
6<r
14 Nagaland
15 Oriska
16 Punjab
1165
P Rajasthan
IS Sikkim
SCI
I* Tamil Nadu
Tripura
21 Uttar Pradest
354
2 West Bengal
Total—State
151
’ AnJa ma &
2 'Vunaehal Pr
J Chandigarh
< ^dra and N
5 Cklhi
* ^*1, Daman
1 h^kshadweep
219
•Mizoram
^°adicherry
s
Total
4924
227
Annexure 14- 2
.Minimum Need., Programme-^ 85 State, and Union Territories
(R5’
Outlay^*
JT?
at
(Rs. lakhs)
^■UTs.
an
Rural
Electri
fication
Rural
Roads
Elemen
tary
Educa
tion
Rural
Health
Rural
Water
supply
(2)
(3)
f4)
(5)
(6)
«51
(1)
8
9500
7675
800
3500
1100
3600
27284
5250
1200
3000
1000
75
7304
270
14000
17895
11000
3627
7500
1100
410
364
1000
13500
41941
3500
2009
6500
3085
500
1650
350
31108
2100
853
8000
990
380
40-0
3500
13073
822
500
3500
25
40
117
8 744
1950
903
4500
100
440
120
9863
3 )00
20 )3
1900
5500
1500
243
20786
1650
954
4500
1200
600
1400
11604
6460
3607
6000
2900
800
2)00
9400
30622
3300
3000
23000
3500
1400
2600
1000
46200
600
527
1750
25
110
4388
520
443
1950
30
125
3906
240
250
l Karnataka .
140
9 Kerala
4855
|| Maharashtra
' ■d
Manipur
376
I) Meghalaya 4
318
H Nagaland
13 Oriska
17 Rajasthan
297
1175
2034
130
3000
2309
2533
1600
3400
809
190
550
2000
14384
2200
1377
6800
1200
500
80
14157
6900
1743
10629
475
250
327
29631
15
125
60
229
1J Lhiar Pradesh
8879
Benge 1
1338
States : .
520
480
Tamil Nadu
X Tripura
4000
325
2810
K Sikkim
Total
4500
126
Punjab
22
1600
1300
I $ Madhya Pradesh
29293
6500
900
390
7000
1100
31500
Aadj nan eg, Nicobar Islands
i 2 '^nachal Pradesh
I 1 ^tndigarh
I
3 j\dara and
anJ NilSllr Havel i
90
568
I
j
|
)
/ ft
‘
^hadweep
^Ur^ram
P°ndicherry
"^L3'utal
‘
j
I
154
1(5 addition Rs. 6(K) crores are
2509
2500
2600
24182
1200
100
50
580
4535
7489
22000
1800
1000
883
84851
11300
1200
2700
2509
114845
84162
31676
39816
137204
35150
14115
21010
475595
405
1277
5
10
45
50
920
75
326
491
1030
60
700
170
13
SOO
82
3507
90
200
35
1030
15
50
125
20
450
40
5
50
109
864
1443
5315
638
237
5i07
795
108
2570
62.)
40846
140711^
35350
15145
116490
& Diu
5000
336
4800
30105
Danun
2182
940
2588
812
.
600
2400
12750
450
300
10
40
30
25
10
720
60
1645
l>lhi
139
3750
ftTi.
51
(10)
’ Assam
7 Jammu & Kashmir
35-
(9)
2439
$ Himachal Pradesh
Cl
(8)
3850
j Haryana
16.
(7)
1500
4 Gujarat
fit
Nutrition Total
420
j Bihar
14
Environmental
Improve
ment of
Slums
I Andhra Pradesh
*
408
Rural
Housing
434
2720
418
70
2950
380
58
520
195
7745
91907
44
400
85
37
12
55
provided for ;.ccekraied Rural Water Supply Programme under the
21874
i
i
a
I
1
I
il
168. 3
492428-.
Central!)Spons< red
6
ft
Pi
□ror«]
CHAPTER 16
b
7-88
INDUSTRY AND MINERALS
2b
I ^IfidUftriai development plays a crucial role in our
development strategy particularty with regard to the
objectives of structural diversification, modernisation
mf^lf-reliance. The overall pace and the pattern
°rl~Stn21 inv^trncnl and growth in the Sixth Plan
i have to reflect this orientation of development policy
take into account the lessons from past experience.
1-25
I'•ov
REVIEW
I-..
j-in
31-72
7-
M
1
■50
16.^The progress of industrialisation over the last
teg^years has been a striking feature of Indian ecointydevelopment. The process of industrialisation
nt launched as a conscious and deliberate policy in
N early fifties. In pursuance of this policy, large
investments have been made in building up capacity
wide spectrum of industries. Industrial pro«o.a-has gone up by about five times during this
jmwtApart from the quantitative increase in outPy™ 'naustnal structure has been widely diversified
S5.^acny 1,he en'irJe r3n8c °r consumer, interwdwte and capital goods. In most of the manupvoducts, the country has achieved a large
2SASef'SUfflc,ency’ Prodding lhe capability
“W«ain the future growth of vital sectors of the
XW Prin,ar >v through domestic effort. This is
mH,.“ .,he. commodity composition of our intertrade in which thc share of imports of manu“Wcl products has steadily declined; on the other
Wdt h^v.SiLla Products, particularly engineering
Oortt^>nC bcc,°1nic 11 growing component of our ex
,8pid s,ndc 'n industrialisation has been
3 cPg^nding growth in technologl13 skl1 s- nof on’y for efficient operaK?.y 1 c0?1f,,c?c ?nd sophisticated industrial
-sir
i
50
0
91
■*
*1
these large mvestments in the public sector, the share
of public sector in the net domestic product in organis-
11
>■
e^nlnd„l,,1OA<?^ '""’ioV35 31,0 movec’ l,n from 8 per
cent m 1960-61 fp 28.9 per cent in 1977-78
d'Pping ,o—14
I6.5 The performance of the publ'.c sector canary be
udged on thc basis of the yard-3tick normally apt ,ied
o he jirivate sector. The justification of the public
sector lies in its contribution to fulfilling ceriain
broader socioeconoinje objectives Viewed in tliis
4?rActuation. ln?i. Tbcre,a.re ntany reasons for
yea,,
ra.,e of. industrial growth. Tn
P annmg, industrial development
On import subs’itution and had the
259
■ I
16.4 A significant aspect of industrial development
during this period has been the predominant role assig
ned to the public sector in the establishment of basic industircs The public sector has taken thc initiative for
the development of such industries as steel non
ferrous metals petroleum, coal, fertilisers and heavy
engineering. It has also made investments in con
sumer industries like textiles, drugs and pharmaceuti
cals cement and sugar, partly as a result of the need
for it to assume the responsibility for nursing back
wh,Ch *erc ,:,kcn over bv ,he Government.
While the investments in the public sector in thc States
are largely confined to medium scale industries appro
priate from lhe point of view of accelerated cxnloiat.on of local resources, the major thrust for the
development of capital intensive industries has been
provides! by lhe Central Government. The total inoeStMa?,hnicnoCe',ral pU.b,ic scclor undert‘'>Ifings as
on March 1979. amounted to Rs 15,600 crores of
*nhrindustrial
nVrJTand
,m?’emining
’*
’2.80° crores were invested
undertakings Arising from
<«Wmi:S<^LilS>.lhCSC 3cbicvcmenfs are. the rate
Ieri|,d.'rAftf.? «
n0( ht00 nniform during this
S«,t 1
gr°.W,h of 3bo,,t 8 per cent
JlnL Perr,°d u °f • L4 ye3n'' there wa’ a
S’WsCh&b ^en<1 ,n ,he industrial growth rate,
^9 S*~,ar ^^v in 1966-68 climbing to a
iVfio"1 T^76 77
advantage of a captive market. A steady growth
could thus be maintained. Thereafter, the growth in
industrial production was conditioned by the general
pace of economic development in the country. Wnh
• u c^iinS,n8 International and national environment,
it has been difficult to match the sustained growth of
DurinS thc ,ast dccadc (1970 71 to
1979-80) the average growth rate has been about 4
per cent per annum. While no single factor on be
identified as having a significant bearing on the late
of industrial growth, a close relationship could be
identified between the trends in total investment (parti
cularly publ<c mvestrnent) and industrial produciion.
Other factors which have affected the growth rate from
time to time are the shortage of infrastructural and
other vital inputs (such as power, transport coal
cement), unremunerative administered prices, disturb^
ed industrial relations and to an extent inefficient
management.
i
l-i
•I
<________ .
260
light, the public sector as a whole has acquitted itself
icasonably well
But for the entry of the public
cctox in a major way in thi development of these
basic industries, the structural changes witnessed in
I'ttli i’i economy could not have been achieved. It
prov.dcd the necessary*^ountor-poise to the
■ f<>r supply management as needed from
H'uc .■ ' ■ ■ m periods of crisis in vital sectors of the
economy
Ilk public sector has also devoted com
paratively gicater attention to research and develop
ment, so essential for .ichicving
•
• goals
. of tcchnolo.
the
gieal sell reliance
16.6 In aggregate financial terms the internal
resources generated by the public sector undertakings
for financing iihe
‘
Plan have been comparatively
meagre
The major factors responsible for these
are —
1
I
i
(a) low return on investment on account of price
constraints imposed on some public sector
undertakings;
(b) considerable number of private sector sick
units (particularly in the textile and engineer
mg industries) which the Centra! Govern
ment had to take over in the interest of
maintaining employment and production*
and
'
’
(cp the technological complexity of the industries
. which bad to be promoted in the public
- scclor where a longer gestation period and
dower learning curve are inevitable
1
a
j
I
II
16 7 Notwithstanding these considerations, there is
need for substantia! improvement in the working of
the pu,.|ie s Im undertakings. The continued growth
prospects . I the pnb’ic sector, and indeed of the rcouomv. are . rmcallv dependent on its ability to
generate resources for its future gnnvth A substantial
improvement m the ethcirncy of these underfakmgs
so as to provide a reasonable rate of return on large
investments made on them is, therefore, of crucial
importance
Io tfjp extent pricing policy has inhibit
ed lhe resource raising capacity of certain under
airings, it would be necessary to review it to bring it in
inc wun prudent commercial nonns
There is also
the need t0 Improve management practices within the
underlakings so as to impart a greater concern for
optimal utilisation of capacity and higher levels of
techmeal efficiency. Inordinate delays have been a
common feature in the implementation of public sector
undertakings, these not onlv lead to loss of productum
but also Significantly contr bute to higher investment
costs Modern techniques of project monitoring and
construction management will need to be introduced
to avoid the excessive costs inherent in the serious
slippages m the construction of projects
At the same
time it is necessary that there should be adequate dele
inlt 1 <>f ai,',lor'tV ,o ,he PuH,c sector under takings
and also within the public sector undertakings at
various levels. As far as posisble. the authority and
tsc.etion of the pnMir sector management, within the
‘tomo
should not be brought into quesn. the pciform.ince of the management should be
judged on the basis of overall results achieved as dj. I
jrspc
tmet from the soundness of individual decisions take K
by it
fhe induction of professional management an! |
industrial culture m the public sector enterprises shouS I
! Suhbe steadily promoted. An intensive institutionalised I
7,capa
programme of induction and short term training
Il_>a
w
senior public sector managers should be introduced7 I
'nQi
ensure continuous availability of a body of pronerb I
dura
tfained and motivated personnel for top level positinn. I
and
in the public sector.
inter
16.K (’cHam other deheiencies in the nature and I ■ # of i
pattern of mduslnal development have also emerged I W?1' tpeec
Region .! iJuiMiauce. m industrial development have I
1
not been corrected to the extent required. The ei I ' W P<?nn
pcciaikHi ui.<t massive, investments in Central sector I J
and t
projects would have a wide ranging ‘trickle down I
E atJen
cllect m .stimulating small and ancillary industrieThw I «■/The
noj bcuu realised in many State*. Even within States. I ]
the c
industries have tended to gravitate towards existing I !
Heed
cent"^. th., backward areas remaining substantially I f
untOucaed.
I he mcentive schemes for attractin 11 If growi
fcvity.
industr es to l>ackward areas have not been able t*
B duiln
prevent this tendency to an adequate extent Schema
fe.high
for giving capi.al subs.dies to the backward districts
appear, m retrospect, to have been used to a lara
fe COOd^
extent, in fact, by the developed States.
F
E ^<lt 1
O^cr
I■f £
B Identic
16.9 The pattern of industrial development has w
been sufficiently guided by coat considerations. In i
regime of protection from mternational competition,
industries have (ended to get established at suboptimal capacities, leading to a high cost industrial
ducturc. Adequate attention ha, also not been given
>» improvements id technology and quality of pro
ducts. Some of these factor, have led to the emer
genie ol sickness in certain industries particularly
when m.ukct conditions tend to generate a measure of
competition within the economy.
I merci;
J requiu
mcnl
port r
. Mthert
In the
w'fe>chongc
WMao. <
'‘■p^4ustria,
tlLX
‘f*’ capacit
Olaugmer
SI RATEGY FOR THE SIXTH PLAN
^3/adequa
2
W.tcxport
to be :
fi; 'hC idS hcir starl,n8 p°'nt the economic situs- I (<I)Tndus^
ion m (he base year of the Plan i.e, 1979-80 Purity I
upon c
us year, the weakness of the infrastructure part** j
afethw wo ,
culaily coal, power and transport, has been an ovtrPutting
riding constrain; to industrial production, and virtually
nn
for the first time smee the beginning of planned deve
^’^nou’
lopment. a t ill m industrial output (of—1 4 per cent)
W.r. recorded, lhe capacity in a number of Industrie*
£ .and revi
remamed substantially unutilised, leading to shortage
dfHumcn
o yanous uidustnal products. A further consequent* ]
:<mj puq
of hn has been a sharp worsening in our balance <* I
, *Wad c
trade since large imports of cement, sugar, sted
i Wcign
fertilisers etc. had to be resorted to so as to'augment
■j.Wfategies
domestic supplies, accentuating an already diffic”11
Peking <
,‘ i11. ar,asc. from th<- increase in the pnc9
nJ \. '
of vrude oil m (he international market.
the s|XTi
^uire
lb. 11 In addit.on to the conventional strategies
Wdtttional
andlngim Op,‘n"'m utilisa'ion of existing capad**
>‘i«
and improvement of productivity certain
i
Afthou
^h
dements of policy wortld be necesa.vy in the
Inarch
^feosj t
I
..
...li
I
26l
(tie
a’
; perspective.
ft
These
would
j
encompass
the
!
of
ninnufacturing
ould
Substantial enhancement
capacities in
a wide i cotLm •
Pf’vidinf
d
not only
■criy | ttj5& ■ durables' hut
V 8Ol,t*s und consumer
10**e iff and lustr a ’ “w^^o^H8 agriCU!,Ura'
f* intermediate anfcani.J
U8.h ’“PP1*
« of indu,tri.l X Z
pace
and
fi’ 8rc
P'JX we.l ai,nh±,,,r/nVaPa'-^
»a I
perm" competitive niarkrt r ° l,cmand to
c I Sv ’nd lo 4voW Pwsibi ities nfX' IO °Pcrale
4or ft^ndam adv^cs with
lis**1
wn
h.
4e I'W ^c^nmics'’ m'iusu “iny p'ut^T''’1'
ting
allL
tdI
^kyity. Thc props? S±..^"!ic acliWduMhes „> uX
of these innes
high qu .lny W ,11 b mpt‘,,,,ve cos[s aaJ
ict* ' Wthal .he ptote^ him „eSCIn"ld to ensure
©fe1’d': “ '«'■"*""cST s “l"'.'1
pl'LnCed tO ** taken in (he
energyD?fflc'e"ecr®' no’"“a('“n context of the
to improve
• ng industry, bu: ’ a^‘0'X/r manufacturlurther efforts wi|| nacd, end-products.
. • —
—e to
adjust the energy conwnm
,nade
'he industrial seX
u" Pattern
f'"‘ — in
i1do^nls Thu wdi t"’„CSl—'c• Cenergy
“
relevance in sectors surt'a.^*6 P4r'icuia'r
for which alternative solutiln/0/^ ,runsPo-‘
*" terms of alternative
lw WaraP''c
ctal vehicles) W|jj ne .
f°r commerbe developed on
an urgent basis. need to **
(f) New strategies
for
bac)[.
ward regions wil/ Jcvelopmem
"
ecJ
?
Revised
'he thrust would be
'o implement a new
1 would prevent
existing nietroBackward Areas wi(| 2 Devcli
Dtshipment of
,u ^oJve a Vrable st'
^m.ned
examined so as
m
this direction
^'OI'S/'KIAL
16.12
P<they^Xes
have to ^n!^o
respondtoX?
k-'1'’00' bc T* Jni)
wenc as set out in th c,,an«e'i
the r
framework of rules and1 P^ing paragra^"^'
P’ragrarihs.
t Port P-Afial i„ X" r X'”"nk ,hc cv
jl
nascent staoe of d.v i
regulations relevant \
.’PPropriate8', the X‘h"'"'
not * nccc'to the
.-^.’Mtherto.
a targe, measure than
necessarily
since been h ih ? P 7 .,nd^tn.d .....
.
>1 ' W ♦? tbc context of thr. «..k ,
1 slructure which
|
h
?;'.
sin
.
c
c
Principles
n
f
a
p
|
’
^j
W|
thout
sacnTicint
r
^hemg the basic
Ifefosc resources rculLred‘ll1"la forii«n «would i
$ . iWWaO,
export of env.'It d ° suPP°rt the
... f flexibility
sense
of
*1
)f dynamism to mkr Ji systeni to
#*“«« pnxhKU TX,ng *°<,ds a'Rf
'''dcrable'<• eechnofo^/ h:^ a^nta,e of > , /mpart a
’Till need to be st'enn ■ i " ^rulccl exports
conand pthat have‘ been (
Vi>’ap,ci,ie'i w<’uhl hav ■ 2P M4nuf'icluring
c3pabilitjes
d °vcr the
’o make <cdicient
__
:'rnCa d:api,a1' rauci’fn order
■"
augmented
seleet.v k
s“hsI«l'"al'y
scarce
a’tent ion will l,tavUeSe'o0f^
\jMdequate domestic' sunnl,‘O generate
greater
. be paid
'-•thiiency an(|
r :
effort Suidb/J
suPPon the
°ur industry, co'npetitiveness in the*^1^ fT^er
In order to
|
to be identified
_ s(n“c.i’ics will nec(j
‘t’couragemcnt
Vj"4will
^ and
haveC smaFx^'
to be ,
of r--w^erc eHicienV -’and small
«aie wouM "JoS
UC,il)n can
production
can be
be '" 'u’SeCtors
* would contiauc
(o
be
r;
_. 'ed for ?.?. “ ■smaJ,
pansion only bv th/ ,O if* rcscr
d of per':,,cial costs of ^;„;2..
. sS'na,,
na" wale
sc‘'ic unhs u l,llJrc exare tn
‘ C‘ Pr°tection of ihr
S’ ^owcver »f
niHu Z * con.ained
c°n‘ained within
with; r h dcce,ttraliKcd sccinr
1UM
greater nl lv 'F ’n ^on^ble lim t.
I .I ^hand developn,<
g ' do",'-'s"'c' revetors W|jich
y f co,,,^tition in il
’ here
I 'TSW6* Of 'he exisXn
’"a"‘’»
industry3
^duXek
f
for bausfer 8r ’ rTd?rcs and
of scales ir.a\ . 1 ,adustries wherf» »k y r SOUilJ
^^ure orci n° .,o, 'Ortanf disners-d
FConomies
efficient M1fLIreg,onal balanced Xthf 'ndust, i^ 'o
; .
forei„2. ™ rC'Pondi,,.. to
e Fur,hcr.
^ononues of scafe exwc'se ^ifaWc HowXe^'”' ?"y
^ver. uhere
f.'
- -luence on
'"’economic si3,P re"C(J io setting up existing enternew plants of
<n?rkeK’n
ca^citi^ which''. Par'ic»''"l
fy o rhe
"’arkets. Moreover
' ticPend on
^'^hnologictu sei^e&X Wi'h ,he ' export
emphasis
be laid on kccnin »k ’ adequate stress
must
•pment would
uptomeasures
niay need
I > mercial vehicles) for J^ele^ran.d COm'
. mem fot. ^up^.r,,,,/,,.^"'™ develop.
a,
. hc donicstic
K -.gBTW^fenujnts but alto for
4
^1
gr c-i-n
®Tse a^a-^no&;I,for
■ ' ||teiP^
<‘^"£2 ,ix.
262
i
1
16.13 The directional changes in the Industrial
Policy arc reflected in the Indus^ial Policy Statement
of July, 1980. This accords particular emphasis on
improving efficiency and productivity in the industrial
sector through optimum utilisation of existing capa
city. To this end, it is proposed kbgrant recognition
to increased capacities arising from technological
improvements and labour productivity by endorsing
industrial licences selectively on the basis of such
capacities and to permit automatic growth in indus
tries in the core sectors or those which have a direct
linkage with the core sectors or with long term
exports. The Industrial Policy Statement of 1980
also provides for the induction of advanced techno
logy, introduction of processes which would aim al
optimum utilisation of energy as also for the estab
lishment of appropriate capacities to achieve econo
mie.s of scale. A special thrust is to be g’ven to the
establishment of export-oriented units.
The opera
tional elements of the industrial policy will have to
be kept constantly under icview in order to meet the
challenges arising from the shifts in the international
and national economic situation.
INVESTMENT PROGRAMMES
AND TARGETS
16.14 The Plan envisages an average annual rate of
growth o(,g per cent of industrial production during
the five year period. Against the background of the
actual rate of growth in the last decade, this may
appear to be a formidable task and determined
efforts will be required in order to achieve the substan ially higher industrial growth postulated In the
Plan. A significant improvtinent in the functioning
of the infrastructure, particularly coal, power and
railways is an essential pre-condition for the realisa
tion of the Indus rial growth target. It is expected
that with the concentrated attention being given to im
proving the operational efficiency of the infrastruc
tural sys'enf, the trend of improvement seen in the
second half of 1980-81 and the large investments
provided in the Play for these sectors, these cons
traint would be eliminated to a considerable extent
In the near future. Assuming such an improvement,
a detailed analysis suggests that capacity is not likely
to be a constraint in achieving the production targets
envisaged in the Plan Based on levels of capacity
utilisation actually achieved in the past, the existing
cunncity and the capacity currently under implemen
tation arc adequate to achieve the' production targets
envisaged. With the substantial step up in public
sector investment and the more hopeful prospects for
agricultural growth, demand Is also unlikely Io be a
constraint in achieving the postulated growth in in
dustrial production. The suggested order of increase
is in any case necessary to secure an increase of 9
per cem per annum in exports.
16.15 The capacity and production targets 1
for
in
selected industries for 1984-85 are iindicated
”^
Annexure 16.1.
16.16 The objectives of self-reliance would require
that the pattern of investment in the industrial sector
should con taue to give high: priority to the creation
of adequate capacity in basic’ industries such ns sled,
non-ferrous metals, capital goods, fertilizers and
nt
petrochemicals. The public sector will have to assunv IjS men
jjatputof
a major role in the expansion of these inckst^
\. Si
There will, however, be a substanital scope for frlgS> pu cent
expansion of the private, joint and cooperative I toll wift oe
sectors within the framework of the broad
The fields in which these sectors are expected to coil'®4' ’,ee| arc
Scment, pi^g
tribute significantly are fertilizers, cement,
textiles, chemicals, pesticides, drugs and pharmaceu-liO Strategy
finale
ticals.
ii^ tand long-t
16.17 Arising from the investment envisaged in thtlS fencompas
Plan, structural shifts in the pattern of industrial pro.IJ
duct ion are expected to emerge in the eighties. Pro-l SFfa) Remov
duction of natural gas, petroleum and coal, and h. 11M eluding
dustries based on these resources, and more paru.|.SK needs t
cularly fertilizers, plastics, synthetic fibres, syntheticrll
“
rubber and other petro-chemicals are expected to groilS|L high a:
rapidly during this period. A major expansion in thelO^‘n’ Approx
electronic industry in which the country has a com-t8Jw. coal mi.
some un
petitive advantage due to the availability of a largl A
poof of technically qualified personnel is also visi£|H
Provisio
lised. While the expansion in metal and engineeriDjI^
the esse
industries would continue, chemical and electroni;fS|
partfcu/z
industries are expected to assume the leading rokI
Rourkch
in industrial investment and production.
|
16.18 Thc^salient
The salient features
features of the industrial pro I ^B®X'^cce*cru
utilisatioi
grammes envisaged for the Plan are briefly indicated]
i
*’
® > 'fwnaces,
in the following paragraphs.
get h
Iron and Steel
W/ Speedy i
16.19. Demand and supply: The. capacity utilia■'
repl
tion of the integrated steel plants was 90 per
cent
<
r
’L
1977- 78 but due to a setback 7.
‘
enhance
in production, H
capacity utilisation dropped io 81.5 per cent H
1978- 79 and to 69 per cent during 1979-80. Tkl
shortfall In the production of saleable steel parties I TO'Speedy
larly in integrated steel plants has been primarily #1 K^hemex;
account of infrastructural constraints in terms rftlSI
availability of coal, power and rail transport. Ho*
tO Dial
ever, »hc loss of production of saleable steel from &
integrated steel plants during 1979-80 was more t^ !. ^:.of the ncx
second t
off-set by the increased vv'iat
contribution
■ iv^uiivzii i
from
>vm« the
substantial increase in imports (>*I
steel plants and at"
curtailing of exports)
i..ut the
uu. total -----•rts) so that
The ab
steel to the economy was about 5 per cent
The
1
shortages
of
pH
^the
dem
than in the previous year.
a!nt «.
ch that
that eVC
eve.^1^.^
proved io be a major constraint,
such
^f<
molten steel that was produced with the resf^
I in
supplies of coal. etc. could not be converted
saleable steel and resulted in accumulation
n 0U,Pui
million tonnes of ingot steel. Tn the Precei
also the production of saleable steel f
tr^
tegrated steel plants has shown a cdeclining
—
B ’h prly
(Million
1976- 77
*
**®^9ries of
’auri,h
1977- 78
" -
1978- 79
I.
1979- 80
than tifi OS
Ww'
up
Wyp only
The outlook for 1980-81 is not better
1 MU
WUUUXZIV
1UI
I7OU-OI
“v'1
UV» — -
- |
vious ye a t1.-Already from bemg a net
during 1976-77 and 1977-78. we have
' moereui
F itcet
M b1
'£■
an^ w*^» therefore, produce products at costs
COIH
Paic favourably with international prices,
> \vas
the time phasing for the setting up
t 1
,c?Pac*lies w*^ take into account the possibin;
jjfts of imports till there is suflicicnf^gap between
‘<4
(JjljESty tlcinand and supply to ensure that cconomi'Ugj stable units are established.
The possibility
[t^Xports will be taken into account whenever the
m jjjftrnal market is not able to absorb the total indi|^?U9 production.
I t is |
16.48 f Integrated operations can minimise investl0 JJ®^COS!S. u,u* ctfcctivcly utilise existing facilities.
/,!vn"''h^TP^^bililics *'J
in existing refineries and pelropetro•chflllical units in the public/private sector, have been
tabftt into account in formulating the programme.
tafcnfc
ipj
116.49 It is tentatively proposed to initiate steps to
establish in the Central public sector (a) one olefins
oleiins
complex using natural gas as feed-stock, (b) aroma’nLBii(g
facilities for the recovery of benzene
jttinj ■
a 5aPro,actam Plant; and (d) a
et ' DMT/rTA Plant. Furthermore, expansion of some
: s of.th© activities in IPCL and Petrofils is contcm■oned
■ l^Qr- The overall programme for petrochemicals
ng|
■ Icaveiz substantial scope for the expansion of activilanT
fl the private/joint sector also. Some of the imnited portaijt'areas in which necessary action is being initiatei arc synthetic fibres, polystyrene and detergent
vide* lfti^and Pharmacriiticali
lie
eri
drugs and pharmaceuticals industry has
p. ?IEpil$idcrahlc progress in the last two decades.
fu!h J^PKXiuctic
^asic
a,Hl pharmaceutical
- nd| ^i4-l0ns<<l)n
Was Ssl*I,k,ted to be Rs. 226 crores and
enW " iSfLcrores respectively in 1979-80. rhe conpublic sector amounted to 26 per cent
1 h. to©of ofthebulk
drugs and 6.3 per cent in the case
Jmnula lions, the organised private secforr 63.4 Pper
e> cent
cunt and 67 per cent res?ali ^^Junting *?
het* ^^IJJiwith the balance being the output of the
incut the supply gap, bulk
secl°r- To
1° meet
^s‘ 150 crores (landed cost) were im-
• -.rl
< ?
k**
i
I
Utrcnients of bulk drugs and formulations
have been estimated at Rs. 815 crores
50 crores
respectively.
The pro
tic drugs is expected to increase to Rs.
ind the balance of Rs. 150 crores would
be met by imports. The production of
in public sector is expected to increase
CTOres to Rs. 215 crores and formulations
.crores to Rs. 330 crores.
olicy on drugs aims at:
ropment of self-reliance in drug tcchnoa leadership role to the
public
(c) making drugs available at reasonable prices
and in abundance to meet the health needs
of the people; and
(d) fostering and encouraging the growth of the
Indian sector.
16.54 Keeping in view the important role assigned
to the public sector, a provision of Rs. 145 crores
has been made for Hindustan Antibiotics Ltd., Indian
Drugs and Pharmaceuticals Ltd. and the three drug
units in the Eastern region: Smith Stanstrect Phar
maceuticals Ltd., Bengal Chemical & Pharmaceutical
Works Ltd., and Bengal Immunity Co. Ltd.
16.55 The major on-going schemes which would be
completed are: the second phase expansion of
the
synthetic drugs plant; the nicotinamide project
and
expansion of the antibiotics plant of IDPL and the
expansion of the streptomycin and penicillin plant of
HAL. A number of joint sector units are proposed
to be established with the participation of State
Governments to serve local needs. Provision has also
been made lor new starts in the Plan on a selective
basis.
Other Organic and Inorganic Chemicals
16.56 rhe only public sector undertaking that
is
involved in the manufacture of basic chemicals, which
are important intermediates in the manufacture of
drugs and pharmaceuticals, dyes, rubber chemicals,
pesticides and laminates is Hindustan Organic Che
micals (HOC). One of the major projects currently
under implementation by HOC at Cochin is a 40,000
TPA phenol plant alongwith 24,000 TPA of acetone.
HOC is also expected to imdaie action cm a polytctr.illeroelhylene project and a caustic s<xla/chlorine
project during the Sixth Plan.
16.57 The overall programme for organic and in
organic chemicals will leave substantial scope for the
expansion of activities in the private/joint sector also.
Several new caustic soda and soda ash projects are
expected to be implemented during the Sixth Plan
mainly to cater to the projected
demands in
the
Seventh Plan period.
Textiles
16.58 1 he overall requirements of textiles covering
cotton, blends and man-made fabrics arc estimated at
13,300 million metres including exports of 1,400 mil
lion metres in 1984-85. The basic objective of the
textile programme is to make available textiles
in
adequate measure and at reasonable prices for
the
population and at the same time to encourage and
support the production of cloth in the handloom sector to the maximum extent possible. It is envisaged
that an addition to capacity should be permitted
in
the powcrloom sector and a series of measures by way
of disincentives will be devised to prevent powerloom
from competing with the handlooms.
I
I
1
168
•
16.59 The level of production in the decentralised
sector in 1979-80 was 6350 million metres (hand
looms 2900, and powcrlooms 3450 million metres)
which is expected to go up-to 8400 million metres in
1984-85. The share of the handloom will bc 4100
million metres and the powcrloonm 4300 million
metres. While targeting the production for handloom
the maximum level of production that could
bc
achieved in the handloom sector has been taken into
account in the context of the organisational and tech
nological problems involved in reaching the millions
of handloom weavers spread in different parts of lhe
country. It is envisaged that the production in the
mill sector would reach 4900 million metres. The
pattern of production in the three sectors projected
lor 1984-85 is as follows:—
(in
Scct< >r
Cotton
million metres)
Non-cotton
Blends
Total
MHI
3500
400
1000
4900
Powerloom
2600
1200
500
4300
Handloom
3150
200
750
4100
9250
1800
2250
13300
Tufal
To achieve the envisaged
<
production target, considerable addition jo capacity in terms of
of’spindles (2-1
(2.1
million) is needed. While creating additional spindpreference would be given |to the
existing
’
‘ *
units to bring them to an economic size. ArrangcArrange
ments will also be made to meet the requirements of
hank yarn for the handloom sector.
A provision of Rs. 90 crores has been made
in the 1’1.in for rehabilitation and modernisation, US
well as for installation of additional spl.
spindles under
the National Textile Corporation (NTC). NTC will
ncreasingly utilise institutional funds for its programme and the total investment envisaged is Rs. 220
crores.
Jute Textiles
6.61 A production target of 1.5 million tonnes of
utc manufacture is projected for 1984-85 includ
ing requirements for export estimated at 0.55 million
tonnes.
For achieving the export target, efforts will
iced to be made for improving the quality of secon
dary backing, production of specialised sack
ing constructions
and the greater use of lighter
hessian. 'Die present capacity of the jute industry is
stimated at around 1.32 million tonnes per annum,
n order to achieve the production target additional
capacity of 0.2 million tonneswould need
to
bc
reated.
It is envisaged that the two new jute mills
i Tripura and Orissa would result in creatingaddional capacity of 0.25 lakh tonnes.
With the
implementation of scheme of modemisation/renova♦ion of the existing units, and marginal expansion of
mining capacity, the addition to capacity by existing
nils is envisaged at 1.25 lakh tonnes, Tnere iwould
be need, therefore, for creation of additional
newlv
capacity of 50 thousand tonnes per annum,
; 1
Tltc main I
proposed to give preference to units coming i ,UP <M production (
coopcrativc/public sector and the units to be locJB
m North-Eastern region.
parity during re
equate infra st ru<
16.62 The Government has set up a National i,,, L^etraDspori. i
a National jJ
Manufacturers Corporation which has under j|
itsS,Co. L
I frastiuciure lac.l
trol six jute mills. A scheme for modernisation 2;Sp^cted that cap.i
rehabilitation of these mills is under way.
way. A M .IliaUy improved dui
provision of Rs. 5.60 crores is envisaged lor Jap&'lV
expect ci
PurPosc’
h<84-85 ,loln IptMUcton largei i
|i5 is envisaged,
Paper and newsprint
lias been targeted c
16.63 Demand for paper and paper board r;3 W1;|aificant improveme
is
esi?
mated to increase from 1.1 million ttonnes in
rcsu,( n
80 .to 1.54
. million tonnes by 1984-85. 1 he
demand,
he capaciiillt^
capaciij
and production targets envisaged for 1984-8?
1
JlJR*
1984-85
2.05 million
- ’lion tonnes and 1.5 mill?
million tonnes rcspal1^ In P^oniing
lively.
lhe additional capacity is exi)cctcd to
taken oi CCu!1
thr.M..,!, establishment
.... f .of
....small
:J
|toi of large size
up largelyu througli
si
mills based on t.
iv.iuxn and (hiecl®5 ^as ^Cen Poss
secondary raw materials
large units being ........
set up in •'the _public'seck)!.
’
Ij^raaatlon tech
,r
I^Mlion tonne
16.64 the present consumption of newsprint whidl^3111 during the 1
is of thee order
nni.T of 0.35 million tonnes is largely
of mim <ecu
largely mej^ber
me
through imports.
w
:
Taking 4nto
account the_0 _presec
I cdablished
which
___
1
!n
......—
r
I
trend in consumption•« of newsprint"
it
estimate
|
cement
.
^aiL,!hc.denKW1L fo,r/s.r?'rwsTr,Iul W0ll,d "^TeasetToj^^ft
million tonnes by 1984-85'.
C
Capacity
for newspria 16.70 : The public
is expected to increase to 0.23 ’.million tonnes^ rammes for utiKsaiit
production to 0.18 million tonnes in 1984 85- inr ^capacity of i.os
ports of newsprint will have to continue duriw * tag set up by U.P.
plan period.
^g,sl(ag from H<4
wa arc also set
16.65 It is expected that the Nagaland paper pro
ject and Nowgong and Cachar paper projects 3
Assmn, in the pubEc sector, with a total cap^
r/l xunriU IrWr?Thc Cement
0.233 million tonnes of paper and paper board woull|
be commissioned by 1984-85. Similarly, the Ker^i|,^Ous programme
Newsprint project with an annual installed capaon Ii
ecnR n
! BSftgentala. J
of 80 thousand tonnes per annum of newsprint
the newsprint project of Mysore Paper Mills witU ^cnvfcaged for the
capacity of 75 thousand tonnes per annum are &
peeled to go into production during the Plan pen^
16.66
l he raw materials for the paper and nW
print industry require to be planned on a more
tematic and long term basis in view of the lin^
forest resources ol the country and the long
tion period for their regeneration.
Maximum
of non-convcntional raw materials has assumed i*
portancc in the context of emerging shortage
loruigu vi
of ventionai raw materials to support ti._
,lie
expa
paper industry. Steps for encouraging their —
already been initiated and policy measures of
ter use of bagasse for lhe manufacture of I
and newsprint have been announced.
3-6°
Per eent t
'
MT.
4U '
i
Zj HlA
01 ld s
countrv
J has
of th
tk
i
“
y2 Swc)i
s"
16.67 The Outlay provided in the
Plan
takes
care of the
ongoing
for 1the
and newsprint
industry
in programmes
the public sector.
ditionally, consideration will be given to the
lity of initiating new papcr|pulp projects based L00
forest resources in the North Fast region.
W*? PCr Cen! (’f '
-^-hannomsat
jglfSh6 of "‘e
I
|
W'P® Wlc,c flue
CanX?
1?
in pCrill
■? Mein
]
s.Urner. II
'in:
Warrant
a£enis like
«. .
‘
■ W^''
,0SIike
I
IW"-
|
I
269
I /y
■•wl
is 116-68 lhe main bottlenecks which had resulted in
in [bwer production of cement and under-utilisation of
ed opacity during recent years have beefkjhc lack of
I adequate infrastructural
facilities like coal, power
I ifldMfUDsport.
Utoris are being made to improve
ite. ■jagiastruciurc facdidcs as a result of which it is
that capacity utilisation would be substan.'.ndl
TtW
improved
during the Plan period.
l he cement
hn
| ca^itv is expected io increase to 43 million tonnes
hi?
M984-85 from 24.3 million tonnes in 1979-80. A
production target of 34.5 million tonnes for 1984j
is envisaged.
A higher production than what
been targeted could be achieved if there is sig
nificant improvement in the infrastructural facilities.
*sti
79 This could result in narrowing the gap between su'p| ply and demand.
:iiy
dli
cel ■ 16.69 In planning additional capacity, advantage is
■ wing taken of economics of scale through lhe instal| latioa of large size one million tonne capacity plants.
pei J Ito has been possible because of die induction of
■ pre^alcinatlon technology. Morc than 8 plants of
million tonne capacity arc expected to go on
stream
during the Plan period. In addition, a large
lich
be
met cumber of mini cement plants are expected’to
established which may contribute around one million
IC(|I tonnes of ccmum.
OJ
riol
■mJ
;m|
the
31
16i7U > The public sector units have major prog
rammes for utiLsaiion of slag from the steel plants.
A capacity ol 1.68 million tonnes of slag cement is
‘WSCt up by U.P. Cement Corporation at Chunar,
fro,n
Besides, Steel Authority
°are a^so ‘SL’B*n8 UP ri two million tonne slag
at Chilhati using Rourkela and
Sir ^c
of India have an
~**w Cement
vvmvili Corporation
v W|
prqgrairtme
of
r"a
'^‘bag up three one-million
‘,iff
nB‘2???*
®3<5apaci:y
ccnRnt plants at Tandur, Necmuch
- .
«,
• An hiyestmcnt of Rs. 300 crores
for the Cement Corporation of India.
I ieir
iy
in I’ublic sector units will in-W tuillion to 9.30 million tonnes and
in caPacity w'11 rise from around 15 per
22 per cent during the Plan period
001
fit
ji®-
,1P«
1
: world’s
largest producer of sugar»m^Untry ,las Ct>ns‘dWi‘ble potential for the
^ent of the sugar Industry to meet domestic
cohnp” ,WC^ as exP°r‘s- ’^he rapid growth of
™atlvc sugar factories, which account for
per cent of sugar production, illustrates the
jOf. thc development of this industry, as
S^Wmonisation of the interest of the farnianufacturers of sugar.
\74>!”
tfjde fluctuations in the sugarcane proJn periodic scarcity and surplus
in
distress to the farmers, sugar industry
nwr.
This calls for a rational policy
&ixK?Uearcanc and su8ar’ as a,so
othcr
like gur and khandsari.
I /o
I
16.75 f aking into account the trend in the
con*
sumption of sugar the domesLc requirements
are
estimated al 6.64 million tonnes in 1984-85.
An
export level of one million tonnes is tentatively pro
jected. lhe level of exports,
however, would be
inllucnccd by the international demand-supply posi
tion and prices. Capacity and production targets of
8 million and 7.64 million tonnes respectively
ate
envisaged for 1984-85.
16.76 ’I he policy for licensing of new
i
sugar iaclories announced by the Government in Juiy, i‘J80
gives priority
and- r
public'sector
.
.. to the cooperatives
------ ' sector
units,
- . private
• - sector
Applications from
would also
be considered, n adequate response is not forthcoming from the preferred sectors*
i
16 77
Incentives to sugar factories established at
high cost have been revived in November, 1980, to
help in the establishment of adequate capacity to
meet the projected demand.
A dillerential price
policy of giving an additional levy price for smaller
and older units has been adopted for the first time.
The proposed development cess and assistance to
sick units for modernisation and rehabilitation are
other important features of this new policy.
lhe
present policy of constructing storage tanks for con
servation of molasses would need to be continued
for maximising the production of alcohol.
Vegetable oils and Vanas[>ali,
1(>. ZS J here is c
currently a large gap between the
demand and domestic
|
\c production
of edible oils requiring considerable imports.
” • With a view to attaining
seil-sulhcicncy the production of oilseeds is envisaged
to be stepped up from 10.20 million tonnes in 19/9<S0 to 13.10 million tonnes by 1984-85. An integrated
programme for augmenting the total supply of oils
bolb tor edible and industrial purposes is under
iormulation. The maximisation of production of
edible oils from newer sources like soyabean, riccbran, etc. will be u major element in the Sixth Plan
strategy for this sector, facilities for extraction of
these oils will be augmented. The demand for vanaspati by 1984-85 is estimated at 0.9 million tonnes.
The industry is being supplied with imported oils at
pic-determined prices in order to relieve the pressure
on indigenous oils which are commonly used for
direct consumption
A review of the existing capa
city for vanasp'uti is being carried out taking into
account such factors as the prolonged hydrogena
tion that is required because of the use of a dillerent
mix of oils, correction of regional demand-supply
imbalance etc.
16.79 1 lie outlay of Rs. 38.65 crores provided in
the Plan lor development of vegetable oils relates to
such programmes as setting up of processing facilities
lor soyabean oil, modern oil complexes, establishment
of a national level organisation for integrated manage
ment of vegetable oilseeds and oils and a coordinated
research and development programmes. In addition
there is a large project in the cooperative sector
for the inodernisation of the vegetable oil industry in-
I
I
>-
r
a
ri
i
..
4 ,
- >
7‘
If
Plan period. The outlays of the Central <u*rt
grammes arc indicated m Annexures $6 2
, ProjivcnPtoow°n ,n
CC"'r:11 P‘an f°r n,aj°r and 16.3.
where
section J
ESquircd Iti
Leather
I
skins'ru-r
,W l 'RCS 'lniJ ^.9 million raw
per annum, India is well nlan^zt
»• r
The o
ally m
Finar
pment i
361J
to exten
•1300 pedittm cntrcf
2870 raonal activ
|ail# emplxisif
2367 ptaitoctural
704 ] Mopment of
'M.contain pr
-^ as cotton
223 pSp
-l<s- ^r.jres)
1 Steel
2 Petroleum .
I
1
i9n3;/aVhclTnof i1
3 Coal
c ?“
4 Fertilizers
5 Heavy Engineering
lcather‘CJxpons.SUni’,n,ShCd ,CUthcr CXporls 10 ,inishcd
I
i
7 Non-ferrous ni< Mis
«™>1 U,k
1262
8 Petrochemicals
962
z>•?
nO1'ysly
PPll)
riatc policy
would on
be
aevolvcii
Svin < i KCX'Xdl
““PP^nienied
to incrX
leather pood
exl1ort °f leather footwear and
employment '’ h‘ThV'ir'1 t,he|«encration “f increased
Devclopinem c J? ? ,C
’ 1 lc vanous Statb leather
-
Inm orc
9 Paper and newsprint .
340 1
>
10 Cement
421
11 Drugs & phann.icciiiic.jjs
145
12 Textiles
1(12
■'
('"‘Ixslry and Mineral
165
stsCi-or j
u?' l,‘,jcUivw “"derlying the pro■»merak sector 'm ,h"C‘K
",C ,,ldustry mid
capability for wha vmi
l>l’nient ol indigenous
lion of JL-ial
f ;’Llf:MI,llt‘ency in the producthe acti? ;
"'a
S
ell“i|>nicnt needed for all
cxploi.iiion^i,,"' 'm "|lL eilr |IUcl Cycle f“,lu uri|niuni
-eJh.....og; andVwmtts'bu d
’,,n'C'“ °f
>
lion and
Ur nim
S .I?
ir=
<tC"tre' Elcctri)ni« Corporation of Ind a
<-orPoration, and Indi-an Rare Farths I td
?£,ca'Xf"'
,I1,:,S :"7
X»nd2
1 * y for the production of heavy water.
OUTLAYS
rJ'82() 407
OVer:111 0,l,"ay c,,visa8ed in the plan is
< major part o'/'tl?
od"’8 coal ‘?nd Petroleum
A
crores
‘
t r 7 amo,lnt,n8 'o
19,018
Rs 1 380
he- Cc",ral scc,or and 'be balance of
=v- - -- ~ s
P
d ^tnand in the early years of the Seventh
k
13 Eloctnmics
O'’
'W'-'
to PcdolX.^^rL^als'md'fet^^. becn “
the priorijius of the Pl m
a m i ZtI? H1 .,fle. W1‘
that approximately 26 per cent of “th
^n lndKa,“| g
the nublie
y . i I
( the °vcrall outlayul ®
III the ruril
. w‘11 1 {t1* 10 •suPlx,rt I he programmes I -g
m Is
a-Wuttural sector. In'the case J I
i n .'.
"|W S,CC| planl a‘ Vizagapatnain, Al 1
‘‘ "4"'
at Onssa aud
continuing ptv If M
Bok ro ,
e?af,ls,on1 of si<-el plants at Bhilai aix'fl
In th
‘tLUlint for lhc large investment proposed | gj
In
e case of fert.hzers, several new starts for
I
genous fertilizers based on natural gas and also I® f W
phosphatic fertilizers are envisaged.
j
1
J > 84 1 he Plan provision for the public sect® I
undertakings also includes support for R & D ac“> *
tics many of which will, besides supporting the
.'he concerned public sector units, also cater to A
overall technological needs of the industries cona»
r,a.> •ir<,VIS,On hi,s a,so bee" marie for replaced* I’®
rehabilitation and technological
improvementsf I
existing undertakings.
j
E-:'
■v7?'
1
I
16.85 However, the resource constraint for the
I
dustrm sector of the Plan has limited the flor inclusion of many essential new schemestact that these schemes are desirable and nec^'| ®£
lor maintaining the pace of growth, has been m- I
but funds would be provided for starting these ** | |
mes on the basis of a mid-term appraisal of the
and an assessment of the emerging resource p0511 3 J
at tk t time. Schemes which have been so
fl
■>
^2^'7-
■
ii®
*c >r pro.
and 16.3,
is
f
Me where investment expenditure would normally
Required in the later part of the Plan period.
-z
16.86
The outkiy in the States and Union Territories
irally meant for augmenting the share
capital
estate Financial Corporations and State Industrial
3613 pejclopment and Investment Corporations to enable
lhein to extend financial assistance to small and
4300 medium entrepreneurs and to undertake other promodonal activities in their respective States. Parti2870
emphasis has been laid on the provision of
the programme of
2367 i^Structural facilities under
development of industrial areas. 'Pho State Plans
704
ilS^pmtain provisions for projects under industries
8S cotton spinning, cement, electronics, ceramics,
223
£
'K'i. cr.»r<j$)
1262
■
962
340
421
145
102
165
ell allocated
in ,:ne wi;h
.d: .idicatn
aL utlayio
programme
\| case ot
oa |in, d*
m. i-o
ng .
Bhilai w
it
is
in-
■ul
"OpOS^
)f niin>
also
st*
sevi*
& D acti*
-ec^
the nt’1
r to
c
... ontf*
ie
■epl^*
>vements
for the
'•if
s.
d
been -
i
I '
' WR
IB:
27
tannery, light engineering and consumer products
based on the processing of local raw materials or to
cater to the local market. Under mineral develop
ment, prevision has been made for carrying out de
tailed exploration of mineral resources. Special atten
tion has been paid to exploiting the industrial poten
tial of the North Mast Region and arrangements would
be made to ensure a continued and integrated support
for quick implementation of the programmes so
identified for this region.
16.87 A statement containing the provisions made
in the Plans of Stales anti Union Territories for large
and medium industries, including mineral develop
ment, is at Anncxurc 16.4.
mi
v
I
i'l
072
I
Annomrc 16 I
C apacity Rnd Production ERtimMea for Selected Tnduwtrh
■
I
SI.
No.
Zndustiy
Unit
1
(I)
(2)
Minlnf
(1) Coal
0)BHC(in
1979-80
1984-85
Actuals/Anticipatcd
T.irgrh
Capacity
(0)
II
for I9M1R5
(3)
Production
(4) D.D.T.
Capacity
(4)
(5)
Malathk
Action
1
fr>)
Tl*mo Plasti
(I) L.D. Pol>
Pol)
M. Tonnes
1OI
165
®4PWyviny)
8
(0*1ypropy
-’1 GO
(5) Folyityren
60
(6) Sjmthetic
(2) Lignite .
L 12
(3) Crude OU
11-77
(4) I n >n Ore
2
39
Metals
? Styrene Bi
(1) Hol Metal(fnteg. Plants) .
12 20
8-47
(2) Pig Iron for sale
15-27
109
*000 T.
17-90
14-45
8-03
14-56
12-45
11-21
7- 38
14-30
11-51
8*73
6 -04
11-10
9-71
772
610
1050
920
HO
160
I Utm-made Hbn
(1) Viaanc Fila
300
(2) Viscose Stif
(8) SpHigcInm
(9) Aluminium
I
(3) Caprolactt
(4) Detergent ?
(^Methanol
19?
350
47- 50
22 45
60
50
(3) Viscose Tyn
92
52-60
98
85
(9 Nylon Filar
1,8
11-40
U)
25
(5) Nylon Tyre
(II) Zinc
(12) Lead
.1
3 Mrttll Products
I ® Polyester Sc
(I) Steel Castings
168
72
200
135
2’0
no
210
ISO
21- 10
I 7- 68
1610
850
(2) Steel Forgings
4
1
■
^•m-Metallic Mineral Products
(I) Cement
M. ronnut
(2) Refractories
5
■I
6
I
I
’(XX) T.
Petroleum Products
M. Tonne’
.u/n
18.00
1250
35-34
25X3
Hasic Chemicals
(I) Sulphuric Acid
.
’000 T.
I 0) Polyester Fi I
I $ Acrylic Fibn
I
I 0) Bulk Drugs
I ®Bonnujation
r ^Products
3830
2131
'I r))
3600
768
55()
|0'0
850
611
5 56
10))
850
I I)
87
250
200
KiCloaXM.d
MCM
121 70
S3 - SO
200
150
j ®a«h(D^n
•ooo r.
3891
2226
.59 L8
4200
i^Aer^n
1230
757
18 ’.5
1400
(2) Caustic S<xl.i
Wer
(l>AllYMn(Q,
(3) Soda Ash
(4) Calcium Carbide
i
(5) Industrial Oxygon
7
Agricultural Chemicals
(I) Nitrogenous Fertilizers
.
310
110) Copper (Blister)
■i
(3DMT
9-62
(6) Salable Steel (Intog. Plant*)
.
s PAn-cftemicai I
(Q.AwhniTi!
11-40
(5) Saleable Stool
(7) Alloy A Special Steel*
1-52
14-47
(4) Stcri Ingots (Intog. Plants)
T
Polybutad
IV 20
(3) Steel Ingots
'"Ji
Other Pc*
^Jutcmioufac
(2) Phospha tic Fertilizers
I
I its
fat
(I)
(2)
(3)
(4)
J’gp.D-T....................
43-90
4-10
4-70
9-10
10
3-50
2-10
9-20
7-50
24-9o
11-40
37-60
26-40
112
71-30
112
.30
25 40
30
27
77-90
49 90
173
128
30
13-40
30
27
23-50
12
23-50
20
30
21-60
30
27
20
8-70
20
18
24
3-70
24
20
24
27-90
66
56
20
13-50
20
18
30
13-10
37-50
35
4-1-50
43-20
12-1
100
41- 10
41-80
43
43
97-40
84-50
150
120
21
15
21
21
21
17-70
31-40
28
12- 10
II 20
13-50
13-50
30-40
23-60
58-60
55
8
9
18
18
16
3-40
16
14
® Other Pesticides
■ S*
an,i SyrtWe RubberJ
H(0 L.D. Polyethylene
.
•
’000 T.
© H.D. Polyethylene
(^Polyvinylchloride
.
^Polypropylene
I
(5) Polystyrene
...
S(6) Synthetic Rubbers
■I Styrene Butadiene Rubber
I
Polybutadienc Rubber
Intermediates
WMflylonitrik
.
Udw
’000 T.
.
OyKolactam
I (^Detergent A Ikylitre .
I
■5) Methanol
....
Fibres
0) Viscose Filament Yarn
.
fc Viscose Staple Fibtc
’000 T.
i3) VhcoscTyrcCorJ
f4) Nylon Filament Yarn
^3on Tyre Cord A Industrial Yanis
^fttyester Staple Fibre
^btasterFilament Yarn
Acrylic Fibre
^^^hartnactuticais
.
^ .
....
.
•
.
.
.
t^Drugs
Rs. crores
*)Fbrmulations
IStteu
. ...........................................................................
M. Tonnes
226
100
665
2450
6
3-90
8
7- 64
1291
626
1351
900
. ‘ooo r.
4’Xs
43
•■I
1150
..
(6)
31-80
....
£Malathion
(5)
.
(J) BHC (in terms of 13% isomer)
.'^0^On» blended and mixed)
a,(^Oth(Mil1 Sector) ■
.
Cup: Lakh looms
.WsB!*atalli*ed Sector)
................................
Gip. Mill Spindles 20-78
Prod: Mill. Kg.
Prod.i million Mirs. 2-07
1216
22-80
1423
4085 u)
2- 17
4900
Prod, i million Mirs.
6350
1325
1336
1500
1500
Mill, pairs
20-80
13
30
25
'oods
•
8400
’000 tonnes
i*
284
Annexure 16.3— Conld-
(1)
(0)
1
1-0
11 nJ
•>
® II
11
Pi
i
■■
I
I
4.7.3
New Schemes
4.7.3.1
Expansion &. Modftepisation of Catalyst Plants
4.73.2
Others
4.8.
Pyritej, Phosphates and ChemicIt l.td.
4.8 I
Continuing Scheme®
4.8.1.1
Amjhore Mining Project
4.8.1.2
Others
4.8.2
New Schemes
4.8 2.1
Mining and Beneficial ion of Pyrites at Saladipura & Phosphate at MusMxirie
4.8.2.2
Others
4.8.3.
SAT Programmes .
4.9
Hindustan Organi, Chemicals Ltd.
4.9.1
Continuing Scheme.
4.9.1.1
Phenol Project
4.9.1.2
Phase II Expansion
4.9.1.3
Nitrochlorobenzcnc Project (Expansion)
_4.9.1.4
Others
4.9.2
Replacement and Renewals
4.9.3
New Schcnirs
4.9.3.1
Caustic Soda/Chlorine Pn»jccl
4 9.3.2
P<ilytctrafluorocthylcnc Project
4.9.33
< )thcrs
4.9.4
S A T Programmes.
4^10.
Hindustan Insecticides Ltd.
4.10.1
C ontinuing Schemes
4.10.1.1
" DD F Project
4.10.1.2
Others
4.10.2
Replacement and Renewals
4.10.3
New Scheme'' .
4.10.4
S A F Programmes
4.11
Indian Hrugs & Pharmnceulicah Ltd. .
4.11.1
Continuing Schemes
4.11.1.1
Antibiotics Plant Expansion
4.11.1.2
Synthetic Drugs Plant Expansion
4 11.13
Others
4.11.2
Replacement and Renewals
4.113.
New Schemes
4.11.3.1
Vitamin Bl and B2 Projects
IO,
ft’
s
W-F
®.-fei'1
lb
•
’
' *
-SI
F*"’
I
285
Annexur* 16.3—Contd.
’•)
(I)
1
ooli
(2)
Analgin Project
Others
iool*
2-80
S & T Programmes
12-10
Hindus'an .Antibiotics Ltd.
500
09
4J2.
Continuing Schemes
32 ‘37
Streptomycin Project (Expansion)
i9i
■ -Jr
H-37
Siu- Synthetic pe iici111n Project
2-83
Form ilation Plan
2-51
Pimpri
Geitamycin Sulphate Project
14.1X1^
2-19
Others
44 ej
2 12
Replacement and Renewals
1-72
New Schemes .
1000
Streptomycin Project -AdditonaJ Capacity
-
8-00
Others
.7
4
5-00
S & F Programmes .
3-00
Smith Slanistreet Pharmaceuticals Ltd.
3-00
Continuing Schemes
Replacement and Renewals
0-48
New Schemes (Bulk Drugs)
0 50
SAT Programmes
I '■ll
>00
Bmsal Comical & Pha,m«c.ulic„l Wo,kt
T<
I td.
0 15
Replacement and Renewals
New Schemes
5 00
S & r Pirogr.immcs
<!5.
Bengal Immunity jComfian^ [j,^
I I9i| • Replacement and Renewals
‘2’00
tis.
I
New Schemes
4-00
s & T Prognmimes
>
?I
und.r Ih.
M
c
, NewSchei
Jnics
M
7-00
„/ Cll,miiall anil Ferliliclrs
.
W.l. . Nitr0genOus Fcr'iluer Plant I
'
NitrOgenou’ Fcrt| li«rPlant II
‘ ' NltrOgenOlJS Fer"lizrr Plant III
1{ji ,
0-20
^trogenous Fertilizer Plant IV
‘ ’•Pho’Ph“'icFerti,izerPl„ntI
1-00
7'9-oo
719-00
200-00
7> 00
6')-00
40- 00
3
1 kb 00
I
O ^’Phatic Ferti I izer PI ant 11
•4
Fertilizer Plant III
t:
I
J.
Wi' ■
■M
50-00
5P-00
I
T
AJjospital s
fttts set for
CHAPTER 22
2
HEALTH, FAMILY PLANNING AND NUTRITION
Sustained
etlorts
towards
promotion
of
health care services during the last 30 years have
resulted m significant improvement in the health
statu*, of the country,
I he mortality rate has de
dined from 27.4 in 1941
51 to an estimated 14.2
The life expectancy at birth has gone up
in 1978.
from about 32 years as per |95| Census to about
I he infant mortality
52 years during 19 76 81
rate has come down Irom 146 during the titties to
129 in 1976
1 he health infrastructure has been
stiengtlicned.
I he counti y has about 50,(KX) sub
health centres
including
centres, 5,400 primary
340 upgraded primary health centres with 30 bedded
hospital,
106 medical colleges
with admission
capacity of 11,000 per annum and about 5 lakh
hospital beds. The per capita expenditure
on
health incurred by the State has Igonc up from
about Rs 1.50 in 1955-56 to about Rs. 12
in
1976-77;' The doctor population ratio though satis
factory on an
average in the
country
(1977),
varies widely from 1 doctor lor 8333 in Meghalaya
to 1 doctor for LUX) in Delhi. The bed popula
tion ratio has also improved but .varies widely in
urban and rural areas.
22.2 The country was declared free from small
pox in April. 1977.
fhr National Malaria Eradi
cation Programme initiated
in |95X had brought
down the incidence of the disease to about I Inkn
cases w»th« nn deaths in 1965 although there has
been a slippage in the subsequent years. The Na
tional Programme for Control of Leprosy, Tuber
culosis, Filaria atfd Blindness have also helped to
reduce mortality I morbidity.
i.
I
22.3 National Programmes have also been initia
ted for promotion of maternity and child care such
as immunization of expectant mothers apainst Teta
nus and children against Tetanus. Whoopinc Cough.
Diphtheria Tuberculosis, Polio
etc . besides pro
phylaxis against Vitamin ‘A* and iron deficiencies.
Programmes of improving the nutrition of mothers
and children have also been taken up.
22.4 Tn the field of curative services some of the
State Hospitals have built un specialised sophist!
rated services comparable with facilities available'
in some of the advanced countries for cardiac
diseases, cancer and neurological, nephrological dis
orders.
4
imc
HEALTH
Review
Health Cci
22.5 The programmes initiated in the earlier plans
Health (
for control/eradication of major communicable
diseases and for providing curative, preventive and CentresPrinury
.
promotive health services backed by training of adequate number of medical and para-medical personnel
were strengthened further in the Filth Plan, and in
The proj,
the subsequent annual plans.
Provision of mini
jhing in
mum health services in the rural areas was integra
lilada control,
ted with family planning and nutrition lor vulnerable
-■pose health
groups of population-children, pregnant women and
; WM assigne
lactating mothers. I he programmes were aimed
iiiated in abo
at:--the country \
g
(i) Increasing the accessibility of health services
to rural areas.
(ii) Correcting regional imbalances
(iii) Further development of referral services by
removal of deficiencies in District/Subdivisional hopitals;
(iv) Intensification
of the
control/eradication
of communicable diseases especially Mahria and Smallpox;
the education
(v) Qualitative improvement in
and training of health personnel; and
(vi) Development of referral services by pr°common
viding specialist attention to common
diseases in rural areas.
••8fin accou
a Study Grouj
^wer, (19 ;
(i) Com mi
Station of
The con
'-ted in Octj
a trained
1 by the comi
Nation ot K e
■1 01 Medical
^country Was
phase
!
bias
1th care
)fl cover
Cspite of
22.6 The
care systc
The Minimum Needs Programme was 1 c
main instrument through which health infrastructure ,
w
in the rural areas wax expanded and further strcn^ ] W^Kcc/
:upat
thened to ensure primary health care to the rU^ . ^ clinical
scr v
population
The outlays earmarked for this P I
jve by a
gramme were considered almost a prior
■
the Plan budget for medical and public healthy
States. The facilities available in ?-•pensaries were expanded to provide pr.even,lVenfCt4J
promoHvc health care facilities bv adding
(;?i 'n additi
sarv health components. These
following t-i
"b'ee fPn!^ 1
sidiary health centres. The
The following
tfnS^dional
,
the numbcr of sub-centres, primary health
neai
m
to servt
and upgradi'd primary health crnlrcx with a ■
'•■City orit
^apted b
the fie
366
&
Fi-
r _
...
___________
367
hospital set up by 31st March, 1980 vis-a-vis
set for 1974—79 Plan; —
I
Table 12. i
(Nos.)
ime
■
j
tres
At the Target
Likely
beginning set for
achieve
of Fifth
1974-79
ment by
Plan
Plan (cu 31-3-1980
1973-74 mulative) (cunimulative)
33:509
43836
50000
mgfy Health ('entres
5250
5351
5400
Health Centres
mJ
bld r
J
Primary Health
nd graded
Cenirus .
Nil
Nil
hxx)
Nil
Nil
340
ie-i
Mini J^Tbe programme of conversion of health worprogramme of conversion of health
lr‘i VCn!Cal public heallh Pr°grammes like
C / pi’e ,B conlro1. smallpox etc., inly mui. health workers through reorientation traininS,glhcd a
.priori,yThis programme
m about 183 districts out of 400 districts
the countryJ was completed by 31st March. 1980.
.11-
)ld
nd’
ed
es
avoidance with the recommendations ol
S mo'A?11 Meditul hdu<ation and Support
p^wer, (U75 ) two (. cntrally Sponsored Schemes
.'"IT"?'
v‘>hmteers and (u) Rc
atation ol MediCal Education were initiated m
taid in' A<’!n'l"Un,,r. o,Ca"h Vl,lun,c“s programme
tai rn OctObe, 19/7 had the objective tf pro
R a trained community health volunteer sclec
IW the community itselt lor every village or
,
Sf M.0' T'?’.
.c otiemta
b-
>n
a-
a
^'tmn, each medical college in
I WMtry was to adopt 3 primary health centres
chjSe W" 1 "c IWI" obiec|ivcs of provid• fcAbt b‘aS IO mcdlcal Tducatmn and also cura
rtwalth care and referral facilities to the rural
‘yauon covered.
)n
•n
SjSpitC nt scvcral Sl8mlicant achievements the
kJS.1® SyMrn' l>b,alninP
the country suffers
nr> C w-ei,*nesses ;*nd deficiencies.
I'heie has
*
J
P hve hle,V,7I ,hr,,u«h
based hospitals
a"' ‘“’gc catcrcd 10 cerl;'in sections
• P^Pulathm
l he mlra-structure of subheallh ecn,rcs and rural hospitals
Intral r2m,irm‘11 “'tu touchcs only a ,rac,ion ot
IwhthP
rhe concept of he ilth in its
in
preventive and promotive health care
0Dttnf
ai«ditrnr.10 lhC tura,ive- «S still to be
pc ufional. Doctors and para-medi als
arc
WJS SCr-C *n lhc rural areas- 'I bey arc
y or,entcd and their training is not adeIn autCd tO thC nCCdS Of l,le rural areas parti
held of preventive and promo live
i 1 r>S Urh™
I
;;
hcallh. theic has been over dependence on
the
States lor health care measures and v'
voluntary and
local effort has not been able to take i_________
-- up response
bility in any significant measure
"l
I he involvement
of the people in solving then health
•> problems has
been almost non-existent.
22.10 lhe incidence ol
malaria has shown
an
upward trend since 1965.
There have also
been
reported cases of malaria _caused by Plasmodium
faliciparum parasite accounting tor sonic
5 lor sonic deaths,
this type of malaria is aho spreading Ironi
the
North Las.crn region whcie it ou^
" occurcd to
igm.dly
other Slates. Resistance oi this parasite
• to s|xxilic
drugs has been reported
I he vector
mosquitos
have also developed ici.m.iiicc to DDl and Bll( i
• - in
certain areas ol Gujarat and Maharashtra. 1 het c n.K
been incidence of Japanese Encephalitis in
certain
pockets.
—.11 O| an estimated 3.2 million 1.,...... ,
leprosy patients
>u the country, 20 per cunt are infectious and
. J ano
liter _0 per cent suffer from various deformities,
( urative and rehabilitative sei vices lor these arc
necessary.
22.12 Nearly 2 per cent of the total population m
the country ls estunated to
to suffer
sulfer from
from radiologically
' per cent a.-c
and infectious casc.i. lhe control measures adopt
ed under the I B. control progiammc do not aprscar
to have made any appreciable dent on the dimensions
of the problem and the incidence of I B continues to
t>e high.
22.13 According to the survey conducted by
the
buhun < ouncil of Medical Research, out of an estimated 9 inilli<*n blind persons in the country, about
s million could be cured by j:.
proper surgical interI erenee. I In addition, 45 million
.1 persons were re
ported to be <otherwise
*
visually impaired, ft was
..Iso observed that
— the cx'sbng backlog of 5 million
currnuu cases was likely to go „p by’ ^unhei iniihoa
new cases every year.
--.14 Maternal and infant mortality rates arc still
<>n a higher plateau compared to advanced and sonic
developing countries.
The decline in the sex ratio
fC?oT? ■|1Cr M 0 "lalcs) from 946 in |95f to 91(1
ml)/1 md.cates the need for greater attention to
m-Hurnal and child health care, there me also const
durable inter-State and regional disparties m health
and medma care standards. The general jxrsit.on of
he Schedukd Castes/ Scheduled Tribes and other
backward classes is comparatively more unsa'isfae
tory.
I’olicies and Straleny itj Health Cate
gramme
22.15 An investment on health is inve.stn.ent on
man and on improving the quality of his life
It is
therefore, well recognised that health has to be viewed
nt its totality, as a part of the strategy of human
resources development.
Horizontal and vertical
t
368
I
■s
I
1
I
I
linkages have to be established ,
....
uaiong all the intcrrelated programmes like protfeted v
-J water supply, cnvnonmental sanitation and hygiene, nutrition,' educalion, family planning and maternity <fc child welfare,
Only with such linkages cani the benefits of various
programmes be optimised
An a flack on the problem ot diseases cannot be centirely successiul unless
H is accompanied bv an attack ' on poverty itseli
which is the main cause of it. T
For this reason the
Sixth Plan assigns a high priority
to piogrammes of
promotion of gainful employment, eradication
o.
poverty, population control and ___ ___
l<cs<>"r nCCn ''i ,nlCgr''1 comPoncr’h <>' 'thcl'Hub|n-'n
as integral components ot the Human
Resources Development Programme.
22.16 f he country has
«adopted
'
the policy
oi
Health tm all by 2000 AD'■enunciated
---------- 1 m Alma
Ata Declaration ,n 1977. Alongwuh this the Ion.,
ten" ohjective of population stabilisation by reducing
Net Reproduction Rale
((NRR) to ] by 1995 is
to be achieved. The healthh care system in the counit) has to be restructured
and re-onented towards
these policy objectives,
I he strategy to be followed
over a period of 20 y_
..... opto 2()()() AD, based
years
on
the recommendation of the Working Group
on
Health, will be
-2 as follows.
(i) Emphasis would be shifted
from develop*
Ficnt of city based curative services and
super-specialities to tackling rural health
problems. A rural health care system ba.xeu
on a combination ot
t>| preventive, promotivc
and curative health care services would be
built up starting from
the village as the
base.
I
(v) /Adequate medical and
para-medical nnh
Mini
power would be trainedI for meeting the
ires at tf
requirements of a p--?
cprogramme
of this order $JopDjcnt
and all education and' training programmes
Tend of
will be given suitable
orientation towards 11W “"e
rural health care.
tide one
l'e ?C°?|C *ould be "’volved in tackhn. £1h centr
involved
in t 2.!
’ ‘ UEpas a fn
then health problems and
communitv
J community paru?
^overage
cipahon in the health programmes
and subWould
r
_y
be encouraged. They
would be
1 hey would
entitled
to supervise and manage
manage their
their own health |OP
of
programmes eventually.
in
itisfectory, n
Iflildingji an
1 he crucial indicators ;:s
as a:
at piv^ni
present and those desira- loghnnmc h:
blc by 2()()() AD urc sh()Wn bcIow.
iDgrammcs v
I successive
Table 22 a
Index
Ini.ini Mortaliiy Rule (per IO()i) | ivc birth)
Crtitk Death Rats (per KMX) population)
objective
Present
level
2000 Ab
Target
129
(I976J.
Below
60
14 2
(1978)
9.0
I mi.ik
< uhIc Birth Rate (per KMX) P »P«i|ath»n)
52.6
(I‘>76—81)
64
51 6
(1976—81)
64
33 3
21.0
J 9’8
Hi)
I he mlra diucturc for rural health care
would consist of primaiy health centics each
serving a population ol 30,000
and
S
'£i,ch servin8 a population
of
a.OUO.
I hesc —
norms would be relaxed in
hilly and tribal areas. The village or
a
population of I ()()() would form the base
unit where there will he a trained health
volunteer chosen by the community
"") !
Ire;‘""cnl
basic specialities
ould be provided at community
health
,lk; blOCk lcvcl f,’r ;1 population
‘•I I akh with a 30 bedded hospiti)
at
tached and a system of referral of cases
Irom the communitv health centre to the
district hospital medical college
hospit'iR
will be introduced
(tv) \ arious
programmes
under
education
water supply and sanitation,
»
control
of
coinniunicable diseases, tfamily planning,
maternal
.
,md
, child health
-..... 1 care, nutrition
■nid school health implemented bv different
departments/agencies would
be properly
coordinated lor optimal results
^ci Reproduction R.iL (NRR)
tuP a 3
)Ut of 4
dth centre
lakh popular
J Care servic<
d^edicinc.
i*'
/(A / K/»<-ttaut » til binh (in \ears)
Male .
i for eve
[and hill
| populati
1.51
(1981
l.o
■81)
’20 Kecpin t
NMh and oil
' financial res
I’MO addition
Fjng the num
ffojl the Inta
mfe.. 74 i
ted
cent res v
jh^xisting prii
Fy larger no[
t.
IcduU1°11
5.2 points m the death fJOver 100
•It and I 3 points in the birth rate b\ 20U0 AD l^lbcated in
"ould nc the target lor achievement Ihu rate
ol |R out of the
in ant mortality is also to be reduced by more than 1 farted into si
P»-i cent and life cxpectancv
vears. 1f promotion o
expectancy raisrj
raised in
to 6.1
64 years.
p facilities
?z
^lc
‘■xpanded immunization programme i F?^marV hen
■ mu dk progi amine ol prophylaxis against iron and ] feprimarv he
Mlamm A deficiencies would be strenethened. The 1 ♦centres G
i.irgets envisaged lor Sixth Plan are indicated
m I
avair
\nnexure 22.o.
Centrex.
All the national public health
schemes like Malan 1 '-ontrol. Hprosv control. I#
su^<cn
I?.aPd
control Ui , would be monitored
momk'rud mwards the Igg
q staff qua
pup
FMs to the
-pccilie goal of adequate health care 1for all envisag- ^Jnits
wp| h?
cd for ilk period 1‘hSo 2o00 AD
I’P^arv he al l
g<§a!th Cc
ZV/D'/r' HciiHh /- (
compk
*,s
Hk minimum med n-ur. .p . ,,, ?be State
l>^nmarv I'
Scctoi
'.ould
die
Sectui v.
ould continue to h
b<
... roui instrument
- b<
je con
h’r. development o. the rural health care delivery R™®
• ^^phashinp
•V'.leni
ft
it mH
will be supplemented bv Centrally Sps^' |
1
'
sor<;d Programme for training of medical and p‘ira* j '^ctitraUv 5
medical woikers.
Schemes
A . .
369
4a
ki9 rMinimum
...........Needs Programme*, primary health
one for
for each community
tU pntres at the rate of’ one
Eyclopmcnt
block
had
been
had
been established by
der
end of Fifth Plan. It was also proposed
ni
I; have one sub-centre for 10,000 population and
ar
Cjrade one out of every four
scldCtcd primary
Ljth centres to a 30 bedded rural hospital to
Jaye as a first link in the chain of referral services.
11
Mjcovcragc of the backlog of primary health cenir
and sub-centres buildings were also contemplat'UIQ
Hied Um the Fifth Plan. Although the progress of setpg up
primary health centres has been
?a
pjjefactory, many of them are not having necessary
Livings and other facilities. The sub-centre
IfOgrammc has been proceeding very slow.
These
logrammes would, therefore, be accelerated over
j®successive plan periods to achieve by 2000 AD
f® objective of establishing one primary
health
Erffe for every 30,000 population or 20,000
in
■ tbal and hilly areas and one sub-ccntre for every
» I,OOO population. As against the earlier policy
of
0
rget
ytfflg. up a 30 bedded rural hospital by upgrading
_ me out of 4 primary health centres, a community
faith centre will be established for a coverage of
el
llakh population with 30 beds and specialised medi11 care services in gynaecology, paediatrics, surgery
9.0 rndjOedicine.
I9|>
Keeping in view the training capacity
of
64 INMs and other para-medicals and the constraint
■ financial resources, it is proposed to establish
11000 additional sub-centres during 1980 85 Plan
fcing the number of centres to an estimated 90.000
lainst the total requirement of about 1.22.000
feres i.e.. 74 per cent coverage on the basis of Mid
Bfftttimatcd population. 600 additional primary
i
centres will be set up in areas where mostlv
existing primary health centres cater to a rclaB^Jarger population on present norms.
Out of
'
“
(.over
100
primary
health
centra
arc
expected
du. 1 1
AU | ^located in tribal and hill areas. Tn addition,
I I pO^it of the existing rural dispensaries will be
into subsidiary health centres to accelerate
1 1 I
>tion of promotive and preventive health
ye--'■
lilities. These will be eventually converted
itiary health centres. There will thus
be
an •
'primary health centres and 2000 subsidiary
1
11
centres (1000 existing-blOOO new proposed)
i iiH' ^4-85 against the total requirement of about
in
'•t ^centres.
Coverage of backlog construction
he 1
J
.'Or
sub-centres,
primary health centres build>h
® staff quarters, besides construction works of
visa?"
. <• r fo the extent possible within the available
* Will be aimed nt during the Plan period,
' 'i j ary health centres will be upgraded to ComTealth Centres with 30 bedded hospital in
to completion of construction works of up<
c ■:
ftfrnarv health centres already taken up.
W be converted into community health ecnar 11
livv.V
Jhasising the public health aspects.
spotv ’
ftfrally Sponsored Schemes'. The minimum
rammc will be supported bv the Centrally
Schemes of Community Health Volun-
■
leers, Employment and
1 raining of Multi-purpose
Workers and Re-orientation of Medical Education
which are all continuing schemes.
22.22 The community health volunteers scheme h
yet to be evaluated fully, although two quick evalua
tions have been made.
There arc about 1.40 lakh
community health volunteers in field as on 1st April,
1980.
It is proposed to extend the programme fur
ther during the 1980—85 Plan to add another esti
mated 2.20 lakh community health volunteers raising
the total number to 3.60 lakhs by 1985, with a view
to cover the whole country. The States of Jammu &
Kashmir, Kerala, Tamil Nadu and the Union Terri
tories of Arunachal Pradesh and Lakshadweep Islands
are implementing alternative schemes of health care
at the grass roots level. An in-depth evaluation of
the Centrally Sponsored Community Health Volun
teers Scheme as well as these alternative schemes will
be made to develop, if necessary, a modified scheme
to promote health consciousness among the rural
people and provide a link between them and
the
primary health centres.
Training of Multi-purpose workers is expected to
be completed by 1983.
22.23 The Re orientation of Medical Education
Scheme was initiated with the twin objective of pro
viding curative health care facilities to the rural peo
ple and giving a rural bias to medical education. The
106 medical colleges in the country were provided
each with three mobile clinics obtained from the
UK Government for the purpose. The scheme pro
vides Tor one-time assistance to the medical colleges
for meeting a part of the recurring and non- recurring
costs, the State Governments meeting the required
additional non-recurrin” and recurring costs.
The
scheme will be continued in the Plan and each medi
cal College would cover a whole district in due
course.
22.24 Schemes to train public health and para
medical workers will be taken up in the Plan since
in
at present there is dearth of trained workers
vnr’oihs fields and the present training courses and
curricula arc also not standardised in some cases. The
requirements of various categories of personnel
would be identified and training programmes moun
ted for the required number. Full advantage would
be taken of the 104-2 system and para-medical
courses would be introduced in that system to the
extent possible.
Control of CoiHWunicablr Diseases
22.25 Next to rural health, the control of communi
cable diseases will be given priority.
22.26 Diseases like TB. Gastro-intestinal infec
tions. malaria, filaria, infectious hepatitis, rabbles
and hook worm are intcr-rclatcd
inter-related to evnironmenr.
I
Bis
^■^4
370
I
1
They accounted for 17.2 per cent of morbidity and
20.X per cent of mortality in 1970. Other preventa
ble diseases like diphtheria, whooping cough, polio
and tetanus accounted for 1.0 per cent of morbidity
and 0 4 per cent of mortality^ Improvement of
environmental sanitation and expanded immuniza
tion programmes coupled with improved preventive
and promotive facilities through the network of hospi tab. communitv health centres and sub-centres
wool J be the main strategy f°r control/eradication
of the communicable diseases.
22.27
I?
!
i
The ongoing programmes of control/cradication of communicable diseases like malaria, filaria,
leprosy, TP, would be further intensified and fully
integrated with other health care programmes to ensure
effective reach of these services through a net-work of
multi-purpose health workers under the supervision of
medical ofiic.-rs at the primary health centres. FfTorts
would aiso be made for involvement and participa
tion of th • community in the programmes. Research
and training components of these programmes would
be stopped up towards the objective of developing
more efT'ctivc alternate approaches to control of
the ,c diseases.
22.2« The details of the
indicated-below: -
programmes arc hrTfly
(i)
Keeping in view the current status of
malaria as discussed earlier, the modified operational
plan of control initialed in 1077 will be implemented
vi'.’»'i uislv. 'bhe salient features of the Plan are:
'■
■
I
I
Rcorranisation of malaiia uni's to conf arm
to renor iphica! bound uics of the district for
b- 'trr supervision bv the Chief Medical
OT'.-t of the Bistricl entrust al with the re^
t'onsibilitv to implement the programme:
f inl.inc rrsulual insecticidal spray w'th inci
deuce bV^continning sprayine in areas with
an annual parasite index (APB of 2 or
more per 1000 population;
Full surveillance including focal spraying in
areas with an APT less than 2:
Proritv attention to P falciparum infection;
y
!
Assured supply of required quantity of antimalarial druns through community health
volunteers, sub-centres, primary health
centres, panchayat agencies, school teachers
etc.
Multi media publicity to amuse
awareness and participation; and
public
I
A step up in research cfTort both in the lalmratnrv and field.
il
A Iarge allocation of over Rs. 400 crores has been
made in the Plan for control of malaria. Research on
immunological and therapeutical aspects of Japanese
4
6( zero inc it
Encephalitis and P. falciparum infection would be in Qp/,Ccntrall
tensified.
toflOWiRcd
(ii) Filaria Control: Expcrimcnt-al studies have bee fr’ith .general
feSutc Pla
initiated in the selected pockets of the country
opg
of the ds
evolving an effective strategy to control the disease in
rural areas. These studies will be further intensified’ trident) lied
so as to evolve a suitable strategy by 19X5 to protect ^Vector bor
the rural population susceptible to Bancroft) filariasis' jicrin the a
Filaria and malaria control measures would he
1 integv ’ 1
rated into a composite programme for maximum utili witals a
sation of available resources and effective implemen
tation in urban areas.
19 , Excel
(iii) l eprosy: The leprosy control programme will
Mitral Cover
be intensified in the Plan towards the objective of its
eradication as early as possible. ■r1 ihe programme.............
will
be directed towards the following objectives;
ItoJaciliti
(a) To cover the entire endemic population of iistrict levels I
the country to the extent of 90 per cent by graded system
19X5 and 100 per cent by 1990 with a cor- costive scrvic
1
,
t.-’ step
- |
- ---responding
up, in disease- arrested
case*1 RBEJ®uPcr"sP*
M‘‘’ t arc c.
from present level of 20 per cent to 40 perapwes
cent in 19X5 and 60 per cent in 1990.
% d popu
01 refc
(b) To introduce newer drugs, multi-drug them- ^hospital^
py and specially supervised treatment of in-s ie
ie, region
region. NN
fcctious cases and cpidcmiolog:cal surveili jiaflagenicnt of
lance by a network of early detection mca- a^n^f^rititic
surcs1 mdfestablishnu
(c) To provide medico-surgical facilities to lep-i ^^hararnsh.'
rosy patients for rehabilitation through’: ^’uce pressure
reconstructive surgery, physiotherapy, occu*rr-s
pational therapy, jobs and tools adopthw
cxk
[^ircments and
(d) To improv^ and extend li ening facilities
leprosy through training centres, RcgionaM l^-S. The rui
InstitutciB^giincnt
1 c,pros\ Training-cum-Referral I—’
. . ----- ,ts w
-afth Care instc
and woikshops.
r,l$od
numbe
(c) Encourage the participation of voluntary! ™|ary healtl
Efia
Ptibliq
agencies through financial support.
, I pSWI
education and mass publicity will be step! “Scused under
ped up to remove the social stigma attac I
to the disease.
L
IEdm:
(iv) Control of Visual Impairment and
«««
Among the major causes responsible for visual iHip
SfUnder~ytl
meiit and blindness, cataract accounts for
..J coli<
cent followed by trachoma and other eye
if.
20-22 per cent. Tltc balance is due t0’njU%ptraIlA|
the in
nutrition and other causes. Under the rqc;|itie^E
and al.
Sponsored Scheme. Ophthalmic treatment pistf4f^’
para med
in primary health centres, rural hospitals a
not
$ or the ii
hospitals will be improved. Provision w
for mob'de units and strenethening of opnj rc2ic3^|
Wnging at
■
■■ ’ -negan
partments in selected medical
<
eye h
L'Wof
of n
medic
ophthalmic institutes. Comprehensive
C
; ther
facilities through the strengthened i
help reduce blindness in the country
K
1.4 per cent to about 1 per cent bv
by 19X5.
f
(v) Control of other diseases: Measures
and prevention of TB and Choleia. uni
■
find them'-
£-41^"
371
^Ponsorcd^sJhinte ^oncxrnii.rs'"‘“'i?'
-be ' ..
- been' ^..State Kans with cficct from lygl-g'-^, U,,X,u«l1
ry
as rl
isi 11
I0 vector
me diseases which are gaimn?
i’a'11
rotecd
ripe:- | ^.m the areas covered by major -rrigattn pr"Jec^
wt^S!^^d
in
J
l
.
^pilai> and Dispensaries
*nien*n lbc
le nallo(ni;J
$res like Chandigarh and
^PHal and selec ted
of itsIS
' W>11 Ifr
>n vt
IK kv'^ ;n lbc 1,<,spi,a,s 1,1 ,,a;
c
— ; super-speciaat'es h^ve'lJ'bXtl'up "n,"1''
/
X"?C;
22.33 Ih will, (■
‘ihcad to |. • - "t'lnedicLj6;;;^^ iu the years
•> icnncnt
qunenientv (,| • Ural areas
. ' °n Io mcet ll>c reWieme oi Re ,U'U1 -‘■ou ol Mcdieti“|l,|l
SPuu^rurf
b“ “’-“i
01 , 7' 1 ' Nation would
"ld "'e present
"“PC'incniuu,,,, ( .. IL
■'
‘he s Inmus
,'e"CiCS ,Wlcd in “re
■
. 'umus set right,
fhe Med.' S
. Prcwnbed service in
internship
in'*, |n'r)"111s as part of
°thcr direction., hk
u ,,*ui;"K‘‘don oi the
h‘i,n«ng oi medic"7
h> the pinh .lnk,C’ ^^iatcs m
l,,,t"l"bon,eie.?wouMfi
n,un,,y oiicntation
etc'^ °J i?iai j,caldl C^'
'u S'Ven adequate >, d bc nc‘:co.sury.
.dh-ntion
in i‘ S.ai), PU,,.
2234 Ue,,.,
■‘",,,l‘1"1 "Hhc
;!OClOrs
nt by]W$jd systematically
C3
.
) pcrl^®8
Kospitals would be with reference mVfchPI"C"|t
f 1 ie region.
Teil.
riiqta
Measures
will
’.,M^J,rCSSUrC °n l,OSpita'
be
taken
for
"a '
would b‘- encouraged’
bwE^.Su^r_specia,ides will be dcveloix-d
o
c'rcnt necessary to meet th.^
y °
Jiwnents and to fin
regl‘""d re
"wsl The rural dispensaries
set llP Iby
X^Ifewuncnts will be gradually orieiited
' the Slate
- -1 facilities
Inwards total
Jf^arC lnKCad °f Pr‘’v,di"« ^rative
----- - only.
p1 i,ien':,re ’ bein
g con
mnupri
.. i...........
:. .
»-w.
i'lB? tary health centres in the Sixth PIni,k,.,LU uno
under the minimum n^r^anin;
. already
ep,la
tff
ib
n
-"anon
> comes out, looks
■.<; , ±
""h a job.
j’X’- |In l.M, tu
W'th
• anionpu i
C(),,h,butcd to
to r.‘‘‘“’^^^'orsm some States giovvinr
and
;il|cady ,. sehci?V'7' J,lc ""‘“mabsed
assistance to o/// 4 ^hcnic lor T
’ P'olcssionally
am .',‘UVld,"« 'mammil
C|nployiueni iiich;
i,’":'l,yd„'inahlicd
'"cludine
.
d P^’PC l,,r ■''cli’■’Hie to ens..,'
d(^'<n.s.
'hat mleu r.i
';'lorls w°uld be
Kjadtiatvs arc
a“- enabled to • ' i “ (• o1"
'"cd,ca’
(,(,vcrnincnt
Andhra X
asS,Sla"‘ he
sc,,cine under
which sonic dl
° ""'“"cd a
niedieal p•
Pruchlionms
who ' ,n'’"7’C ‘s Plw'dcd to
whcrc their
•
•'riMiu.I.vi.,,
■.. . ‘••"’u.‘’ow m a villajjc
''' '^nenrest sub centre'
",de .1’"'Hone sc r vise
"“■'nt Iiuvc taken up th ■' \t, IC| al“"1 Nad" f’ove.n"“‘‘■t which tin '"“•al issistm" 'C'1 1,1 ^cnlre ■Scheme
""y "ig.inistiiu1'". which m m K1Tid,ed ,o vo1""
llvs nt (lie villa'be level th
> , "'cdlc"’ c'"e !•“"h
l“nt-lHlie ba.sls'' H.ised on ^[j dlKI°r.s employed on
such‘ schctite
Kleines suit ihl,-o
experience gained
n,ote the
-.. »"I Si
Education
I-SL
rw,s^
»uv’ !n7;;[
P'ovtding
lli mcentives to g<Aelu,.,eul
rural
K
’u,‘Q’>e puv.Hc
:>o that (lien
'‘wcinmcnt i
aawix.4 I
McifiealWuc',!■;";;
J..
Mc‘iical UucatMi- From th
‘£2
“ hS 7“l"e M
etl II,(XX) doctors pass out every year I,,
jP?1
mcreu.sing unemployment of > . r
SLa"d ;t'SO lh" -baJance /n the
■
tned^a, workers, the policy of the Gov
S<^
•'? L,nCreilSe tl,e """11^r ot• ntedieai
Srinoln0 u *ke cuPacily- f'l’c emphasis would
about ((uahtative improvement in nic
n? rnd. I,a,n."lg- ^P110 lh« higl y a |V
31 «radu:1,es a"d mowing uneniploy'avSn
’ 10 SCVeral Sla,es tl,ere "re no doc
Jailab e Io serve in the rural primary health ceu-
^ospPtal‘S.
Illis phenomenon can be rxnl
. i
fact that many of the young mediJai gri
Wfind?!.6^ ba1ckground. ‘raining and career am
themselves out of place in a rural set up
’p
A
PoM-grmluate
•'hmec between the
> '"‘“mahsed to. effect a
and advanced oppi, u^ ; ,Vl!U''Cnlen's of sP^h'22..3(> IheNu
K’ ,or "“'dical graduates,
win be Mrcngth'';!;!<>f Medical Sciences
"I improving the qu'ditl J '' ll> flll,i| lhe objective
education.
* y of P^-graduate level medi-
......
O r/
.SA/Z/.s Continuing education
^)wied£c,<a Win ,K' 7c,not^ b>
ol service doctors, iniP,t,vf the skills
modern ><1^
" h,,s
familiarise
"""
- -- • s /
Deficiencies in
teims of equip..,,,,! '..."Z
-If
ral<>iy sta
|[ etc ,1. 'ii, tut.h'!'k' '’-‘Is", buildings, labn‘' be
' as
assessed c7i“"g ",edic:l1 co|lege hospib'l'’ would
deficiencies> under 'U |S'C,)S. t:lkcn ,o ovcrc°ine
the available resou.ees.
pro8r:"n™ within
i-™ E Si
........ ,taS
...
h
prissy
372
Medical Research
22.39 The current health status of the country dis
cussed earlier calls for vigorous research efforts in
several problem areas. Research on Bio-medical and
public health problems, particularly communicable
diseases call for a high priority. There arc also areas
such as economic aspects of health administration and
management, contraceptive methods and family plan
ning which need attention.
■
I
I
22.40 Task oriented research programmes in the
following fields would be initiated towards the above
objectives:
(i) Promotion of research on epidemiological,
microbiological and immunological approa
ches towards control of communicable disseases accounting for major causes of mor
bidity and mortality.
(ii) Research in curative practices like rehydra
tion towards the control of diarrhoeal di
seases especially among children.
(iii) Research in the field of nutrition, metabolic
problems, food production, processing, pre
servation and distribution.
(iv) Research in the field of drugs for various
non-communicable diseases, keeping in view
’ the aspects of quality, safety, toxic effects
etc.
1
■'I
I
s|
i
(v) Close and continuous studies in the area of
information support, manpower develop
ment, appropriate technology, management
and community involvement to cnsuic the
reach of benefits of primary health care pro
grammes to the rural population.
22.4 I
Besides the Indian Council of Medical Re
search which would play a pivotal and coordinating
role in medical research, other institutions such as
the All India Institute of Medical Sciences, New Delhi;
Post-Graduate Institute, Chandigarh; National Insti
tute of Communicable Diseases, Delhi; A.I.I.H. & P.H.
Calcutta; JIPMER, Pondicherry under the control of
the Health Ministry would also continue to be engag
ed in relevant research work. Adequate funds for re
search have been earmarked for the activities of the
Indian Council of Medical Research and other institu
tions under the control of the Health Ministry.
22.42 Cancer research and treatment facilities will
continue to be developed through a net-work of early
detection centres, cobalt units and development of
selected regional research and training centres.
Traditional Systems of Medicine and
Homoeopathy
!
22.43 In recent years some attention has been paid
to development and popularisation of traditional sys
tems of medicine like Ayurveda, Siddha, Unani and
Homoeopathy. There are certain States where each
individual system enjoys prestige and popularity such
as Ayurveda in Kerala and Siddha in l ainil Nadu.
1.
B
22.44 Each of these systems has now a Central I Jaddictio
Council and an attached Research Council. Centrally I cas for
Sponsored Schemes were initiated in the past for pro- li g Plan,
viding grants-in-aid to Stales for promotion of post-1:
graduate education and establishment of pharmacies 'revenli
with Government of India providing 100 per cent
|a50 An
financial assistance. These will be continued.
ion Act h;
22.45 The Stale Governments have also schemes for |e&forccnicn
development of medical education, setting up hospitals
of •«<!
and dispensaries under these systems.
laboratory
MChincry \
22.46 There is need for coordinated clforts for fur «|re dischti
ther research for providing drugs for communicable $Cg&e States
diseases like Malaria, l .B. etc. as ;also
‘ for such other P J the Act
diseases like cancer, diabetes etc. The traditional sys lafiDts
ajftnts 1for F
tem can also contribute to the national effort for find
c
cstabh
ing effective methods of contraception
jl^ecto
iterate
—>rcd S
22.47 It
I would be necessary to take steps in the ifeing their
1
if HI V •
•
following<> /1
directions:
1■.2*4.
Imrics and
«-•<>erne
(i) Prevention of the growth of 1sub-standard
‘____ J__ 1IB
’Sector and
leaching institutions under these systems. 1 jiMgthenin^
(ii) Adequate financial support to existing recog-1llaboratoric.s,
nised institutions for improving the quality jpH etc. I
wCentral (
of teaching and research.
|WMysorc
(iii) Introducing nuxlern and scientific methods of I
investigation and equipping students with I 01 Since
adequate knowledge of subjects like physio-1 [Wlard food
for inq
logy, pathology, anatomy etc.
W Win be f;
(iv) Developing
curative
under
,
--------- facilities
--- ------these llMupcctor;
M^nspcctor;
systems through hospitals and dispensaries f&Orics Pl
and involving them in public health activi
■x! " |®UC to la
ties also.
/food in co
■Obod
Stai
(v) Co-ordinating all research clforts to ensure
^Health Ser
purposive and fruitful research.
MSdequatcly
(vi) Standardising the pharmacopoeia and pro-1
Edu
duct ion of quality drugs.
Dru^ Control and Prevention of Food
Since <,
KeSS:
22.48 Ldlcclivc
I
measures will be taken for balancing Jr school cduc
demand and
— supply
--rr-j of
— essential
—-.... * •••and
— life saving drugs..
systen
Vaccine production units will be strengthened t°
program
the requirements of the country. The pattern of
g^ucation Bure
production/import and distribution system would ^I’^yely coor
rationalised towards the objective of promoting
mary health care and to overcome the short suj*
supply
inexpensive anti-infective drugs like Sulpheninua^g^®
Sulpheninuu^l
.
anti-TB drugs, anti-leprosy drugs like Depsone eH
of sc
Measures like cheap packing, marketing by g^ntI^>M<Jeficiencie
______
__
r...... .iw U.UUVO
■brand■ names __
• • • ,
names ...
in K
preference
and1 francrcr
fran^^ Which ' F,,which
.v.v.v..vv to
F
advantage of exemption from customs/excise
JI,nutrition
-------------■
-•
rs,,^;
±eUi
W States
drugs------to the
consumers etc., would
be ""
Purs
he
■)e strengtaeD^ngT
infrastructure for testing drugs would be
Infor,
to ensure that public health is not endangered
<spurious/harmful drugs.
is Ht‘C
by UI1
22.49 The problems of drug addiction ParI^TMj
^S^chinery i
among the student community is causing cone •
SW strem
problem will be tackled through psychiatry
ments of medical colleges in the country an
j
W#Ua^°n c
373
■cntral IfKiddiction centres in problem pockets of urban
ntrally Cas for which a new scheme has been included in
>r 0- K Plan.
f
stmacies gKvention of Food Adulteration
r cent
0.50 Although the Prevention of Food Adultcra[cn Act has been on the Statute BoqJ< from 1954, its
ncs for Korccment had many shortcomings. There was
of adequate number of trained inspectors and
osoitals
^Oratory facilities for analysis. The administrative
jfchinery was weak. By and large, the municipalities
or iur- fere discharging this responsibility. In recent years,
micable some Slates have shown greater interest in implcmenth ter iijgthe Act vigorously by establishing separate Departns ys- OfeDts for Food and Drug Administration, while others
or find’ g? established a sep irate Food Wing under the
[fectoratc of Health Services. Under a Centrally
SjjpDSOred Scheme, the Slates weic assisted lor strengi
the iening their Combined Food and Drug Testing Labo.
otopes and training of Analysis .md Food inspectors.
^Scheme is now being continued in the States
ard Sedor and the Slate Plans include provision for
ta
ittSlgthening of these laboratories, setting up of new
;te
aboratories, training and appointment of additional
<» recog- fif^ctc. . i here are four regional laboratories under
I'tv
*'**’*
■
M»V- IUUI JV&IIH
( llJ -Kfcntral
Government
sl-------- ------located
------1 at (’alcutla, GhaziaMysore and Pune to serve as referral laboratories.
thods of
Since consumption of adulterated and subs with ,
lard food is a major health hazard, stringent meaI sio- J |tfor inyilementation of the Act will be taken,
grill be facilitated by the expanded testing facilities
these’ gspcctoi'atc stall provided under the States/Union
iforics Plans. 1 he Central Government would
)e ries
h livi- antinue to lay down the standards for various items
VOOd in consultation with the Central Committee
Jfood Standards headed by the Director General
SUfO
0
®alth Services. The (’cntral I aboratorics would
t|K|equatcIy st re ngl he ned.
md Pr(> W/A Education
Since education has an important role in proW.Concepts of health and prevention of diseases
$B^ucation would be included in the curriculum
batecinf
education. It would also be made part of
Sysle,llS °f educal‘on sl,c,> as workers’ eduprogramme, tanners education programme, etc.
! of dru|
Bureau in States and at the Centre would
wo’d b
coordinate health education promotion
5ti Pn
SUrx yjj
en imides
p.Thc school health progiammc lor periodical
on cU
yip of school going children and attention to
; MIC
ISnciencics and diseases is an important pro■im
0
ffiwhich has to he integrated with the program, duty «
|JWntion. These programmes have been includted d
JffC Statc Sector IV/
to 11the
extent resources permit.
IV UAlVIll
d
e°
.Lit
\C&
ry 111
J fh
is necessary that health care facilities are
W^^y an improved health information system.
^PChinery in States and at the Centre would be
J1?*/ streamlined to ensure a systematic review
1 'ia JiffSation of the on-going programmes.
2a..55 I he system of collection of statistical data on
health at the Central and Stales levels will be improv
ed so that reliable data base for proper health
’ ‘ ‘ planning is available. The States are also to strengthen
their
oflicial machinery lor
ineir omciat
tor recording and maintaining
vital statistics under the Registration of Births and
Deaths Act, 1969.
22.56 Physical targets envisaged under the rural
health programme and major schemes of control of
communicable diseases arc given in Annexures 22.3
and 22.4 respectively.
Outlays
— 57 Resources allocated lor different schemes visa-vis the corresponding outlays provided in the Fifth
Five Year Plan (1974—79) are indicated in Annexurc 22.1.
Hie outlays for the States and Union territories
Plan under the Health Sector are shown in Annexure
2-.2, which include provision for the Stales’ share of
Centrally Sponsored Schemes also.
FAMILY PLANNING
22.58 According to the estimates of the Expert
C ommittee on Population Projections, the population
of the country as on 1st March, 1980 stood at 659
intlhon recording a growth of 83 per cent over the
051 Census figures. I he growth rate of population
was 1.9 per cent during 19/8 alone, this large ad
dition to the [X.pulation has been the result of a sharp
dechne m the death rate coupled with a much slower
dcclme m the b.rth rale. The death rate in the coun
try declined from 27.4 per thousand population in
llic I on ICS lo 14.2 per thousand population in 197X
while the birth rate declined at a much slower rate
Irom 4I._ per thousand population in the sixties to
’.’.3 per thousand population in 1978. The birth
irite IS still as high as 40.4 per thousand population
Uttar Pradesh while it is 25.2 per thousand popu
lation tn Kerala which is the lowest for the Slates in
l’-s also the highest death
rate of J) per thousand population while Kerala
has a death rate ol 7 per thousand population esta
blishing the close inter-relation between fertility and
,ty J;1?’
a1na|ysis of t,le potion in respect
kV) hcr |S 11 es a
by a,ld larSe supports the nexus
between low mortality rate and low birth rates, fhc
other important socio-economic factors influencing
fertility rates are higher level of literacy and educa
tion, more particularly female education, better status
enjoyed by women and greater availability of employ
ment opportunities to them.
K* eznew
2^.59 Although the oTicial Family Planning Progiamnic was introduced in the First Five Year Plan
in 1952, it gathered momentum only in 1966-67 when
the programme was made target-oriented and time
bound. Since then, the objective of stabilising the
growth of population over a reasonable period of time
. U|
wit
aVr"-**’
r<■&
374
has been accorded a high pnoiity in the Plans.
l he
strategy proved to be success!ul as judged from the
fact that there was a reduction of 8 to 9 points in
the birtii rate between 1966 to 1978. Unfortunately
the Family Planning Programme received a set back
in recent years. Inc filth Plan objective of reducing
lhe birth rate Irom 35 per thousand-populaiion at lhe
beginning ol die Plan to 30 per thousand population
by 19 78-/9 could not be achieved. In fact, the level
ot effective family
. .planning couple
4 .
protection has
come down from 23.9 per cent in 19/6-77 to 22.3
l>ei cent in March, 1980.
1 his trend needs to be
arrested and reversed especially in the back-ground
ol an increase in lhe population in the reproductive
age-group.
i
1
22.60 lhe non-ultainmcnt of the birth i..:
ralew 1...;
targets
adopted in the Plans is largely on account of our: ...
in
ability to carry forward the programme throughout lhe
country with the active involvement of the people.
Public enthusiasm and community pai licipation in the
programme which is necessary for its success has not
been generated in adequate measure. This programme
is still viewed by the public as a routine govern
mental activity. Some voluntary organisations have
no doubt done creditable work in the Held of family
planning, but their out-rcach is mostly conlincd to
lhe urban areas, lheru is need lor projecting lhe pro
gramme as a peoples’ programme backed by support
irom governmental and non-governmental .agencies.
Inadequacy in infrastiuclure available lor implemen
tation of lhe programme has also been partly respon
sible for the slow progress of lhe programme. In some
cases, even lhe infrastructure .available had not been
put u> ellcctivc use or properly maintained. There
were shortages of trained manpower under the schemes
ol appointment of multi-purpose workers and maternal
and child health which arc so important to the piogranime.
lhe performance of lhe 1,amity planning
st.ill in motivational work on lhe basis of well-mam
laincd and updated eligible couple icgisters, lell much
lo be desired.
22.61 Apart from the constraints on lhe supply side,
the generation of necessary acceptance in favour of
the small family norm proved to be a far more elusive
problem. Quite a large segment of the population is
steeped in poverty, bound by traditional value systems.
Certain sections have no doubt adopted the small
family norm, but their number is small. A large
majority of the population has not been adequately
motivated and made aware of the benefits of a small
family.
lhe communication channels, both formal
and informal including the educational system, have
by and large not succeeded entirely in imparling the
knowledge and information which the community
needs.
for the country as a whole, lhe pre-school death rate, j
among 0—4 age group is also around 51 per thousanr I
population.
K 4
The
Bund 1.74
JpP fo 5.
Objectives vj the Sist/i Plan
The n
&S2 million
22.63
1 he Working Giuup on Population |\,iicy scJ>fentagc of>
up by the Planning Commission has recommended
is 3
adoption ol the long-term demographic goal of re iM'a tremem
duemg the net reproduction rate (NRR) t0 one bv ^Uatc infr
U96 loi the country as a whole and by 2001 in all
c
‘»rc of
care
of
the Slates Irom die present level of 1.67. 1 he im cptttext that ;
plications of this are as follows:—
Required
i
(i)
l he average size of the family would be re maintaining th
present Ic
duced from 4.2 children to 2.3 children
because the pi
(ii) The birth rate per thousand population
will be ris
would be reduced from the level of 33 ;n < held cons
1978 to 21.
in matched by v
(iii)
lhe death rate per thousand population
would be reduced from about 14 m 1978 to
9 -and the infant 1mortality
’ y -rate would be
reduced from 129 to 60 or less.
-s.
K
W*
(iv) As against 22 per cent of the eligible couples
to prom
(I)
(2)
0)
d)
(5)
(61 J-Oys and nm
?4.74l■TWcrty cradic:
|Or chit. jrcf
26.611
I^njmcs :hc I
1980- 81
J.(X)
0.80
5.50
27.21
1981- 82
4.00
1.10
5.50
29.07
1982- 83
4.50
1.50
7.00
32.51
1983- 84
5.00
2.00
9.00
36.72
1984- 85
5.50
2.50
11.00
11.20
22 00
7.’8)
high
rates
of
mortality
al
Oatlonal Rura
in
The prevalent
If
can in tin
nrolret- d with
1 miiiv planning
m.
....
protected
with lamily
at present
ife Howeve
potations car
60 per cent would be protected.
. .
j «about a c
(v ‘ lhe population ol India will be around 900
■ "7.« ' .............. V'1 *“u,“ wm oc mound yuO Mize of fami
million by the turn of century and will stabi- rifled by no
lisc at 1200 million by the year 2050 AD. ||
u.tpe present
J the younji ap
22.64 Keeping in view the long term demographic ^arfy 40 per <
goal of reducing NRR to 1 by 1995 as approved by
byfw years, de
the National Development Council, (he following: S^.fl^avy burdi
targe s have
I
been envisaged for the Sixth Plan keeping
|
/
potential
in view the past performance , present capacity andgWin future,
future potential:
one of
be ;
adopt the sin;
'Fable 22 3
■®priai e proe
^pception.
Family Planning
be made
Percentage
Expectation’/
a hetk
of
couples
levels of Achie
a massiv
protected
vement
Year
^and povcrt
(in mil lion)
Cui re- EfTec- W'towards j|
Sterili IUD liq.C.C. ntly lively
farmers
sation
ami <>r d
schedule
pill users
general and very high infant mortality in particular is
inhibiting acceptance of family planning and creating
a psychological barrier against the programme. The
estimates of infant mortality for 1976 available from
the Sample Registration Scheme (SRS) of the Regis
trar General of India shows that this rate is still as
high as J 39 in rural areas, 80 in urban areas and 129
22.62
U,I(
Total fur Sixth
Plan
|.:,. ^Ctve adequa
Spcc!aI:
emntoyni
33-^1fA^ependencc
J6.561 ’^Watus.
29.43 J
®lPamBy Pin
sWoversics nr
by a l|i
—L—
375
th rah
)U
|(
-
nH",.bcr.ofl ^nhsmions which were
< cn '°n ln ,hc base W (>979-80) will
go up to 5.50 millions m the terminal year of the
mn. The number of IUD insertions will go uW from
l)'62.^1 ■On Jn >979-80 to 2.50 million in 1985. The
x C| ^10ssKC qfAeJ!eCllV(? c0UPlc Protection envisaged
me K.I985 is 36.56 against the present 22.5. This calls
’f re- fflt a tremendous motivational effort backed bv
ii i y ffiquatc infrastructural facilities which have to be
h H laken care of in the Plan. It needs mention in this
c Im- context that a total of 15.5 million sterilisations will
K required during the Plan period 1980—85 for
be > naintammg the birth rate at the existing level assumpresent levels of IUD and CC Users. This is
lecause the proportion of women in the reproductive
latinj Ige will be rising. liven if. age-specific fertility rates
3: 1 ire held constant, the birth rates will rise unless
Ditched by vgorous family planning promotional
KL
laiionjy
71
and Programme
Id
j.2.66 It is almost axiomatic that economic dcvclopu; tal can m the long run bring about a fall in fertility
e* lialfc However, developing countries with larec
Mutations cannot afford to wait for development to
log about a change in the attitudes of couple to limit
ft-*®® °J Inniihes as the process of development itself
sta
h u
by population growth. An important facet
XI hf the prescnt demographic situation in the country
m young age structure of the present population’
pearly 40 per cent of the people arc below the age
pl4 years, denoting a high dependency ratio which
wiH BAoeavy burden on the bread winner. It also means
potential for rising, trend, in growth of pop-la
ping]
aai
future. Limit.ng the growth of population is,
Wrorc. one of the main obectivcs of the Sixth Plan’
Whas to be achieved through persuafion of people
■oadopt (he .small family norm voluntarily backed by
■Ppropnatc programmes of supplies and services for
?^TCCt?tlOn
1
Planning Programme has
<to be made a part of the to’al national effort for
gc
Wing a better life to die people I hr Plan seeks
cs
I
j niass>vc attack* on the problem of uncmplovSand poverty through specific programmes dirXsmall and
dy arS i r s tbc fnrr.ct
gifial farmers, rurai artisans. Landless labourers,
Wl, scheduled castes and scheduled tribes etc.’
/®honal Rural Fniplovmcnt Programme is being
to promote gainful employment to landless
Si
Wers and marginal farmers families Under these
fflTOcs the household will remain the bas’c unit
f Werty eradication. Economic emancipation will
.74
^Clor children from poor families to attend school
.6J
j^Pe,ve adequate nutrition and develop into useful
it
Special attention will be ‘paid to the cducaU?nd employment of women and to liberate them
^dependence and insecurity and improve their
'arsitatus.
!■
°f ir^ Mii’isfries I Dcbartiuent^
'-R family Planning Programme must rise above
ontrovcrsics and should be accepted as a national
«jmmc by all sections of the population A
is
I o
’>
national consensus on this subject has therefore to be
developed.
K-r.68 fF:1,r"|y Panning cannot be the sole responsiwh< 'e°fThy T’ nTr,T,nt but °f Government as a
whom. J he areas of useful activity in each Ministrv/
Department m relation to family planning will have io
bltv for the’. ;SPC".-Ov
prCCiSc ,crms and 4°^bildy for incsc activities squarely fixed on the Ministnes/Dcpartments concerned.
nC M nis
I ulcerated
hc I ij lilies
h
ami
('o-ordivation of
n.mr9 iA? ,"l!c>:rj:cd approach to the problems of
fifTer0 ,flca.lth ;lnd Pr,’Per coordination of activities of
d fTcrent departments having a bearing on family
planmng such as maternal and child care are nee'es
sarv. Phe Minimum Needs Programme under Health
m particular offers a good infrastructure fo! promotme the fami.y planmng work through proper co
ordination. At the District level, the Collector could
c made responsible for effecting the linkages and
ensuring co-ordination at the district and lower fiarma-
Role of Education
rl,e. r,’.lc °> education, specially female educafion. m reducing fertility is evidenced in our own
Kcr;'L‘- S,rcss b:,s- ",crcf<X to b- h
f re. to be laid in increasing the enrolment in the
big i sc.iools and minimising dropouts. At the hieh
schoo1 Stage a proper syllabus on health and reproduuive biology should be introduced.
The high
schonl curriculum has Io he suitably revised to incordone bx,MTR7,-,ldra,’,e work
b-’>
.1. I \ N( I l( | ,n t|lls rt.,..|ri[. t|]|s |);1S |o hc f()j]
,
up. I'ducalion on he.ilth and bioloev of reproduc
b'’" has to be imparted through ;d| eh.mnels of for■"id mformal education includin- technical edu
"■IPO", profess.onal eduea" ■-. adult cdutafion wo^
cis cdikation and farmers education
E^fensim, I'.dmatinn and Motivation and
Immdvemcnt o/ Officials and Voluntary
Agencies
22.71 Given its limitations the ollicial extension
machinery alone cannot be expected Io meet fully the
r qmrements of a programme of mass contact and
motivation like family planning. Besides the ollicial
avail'.b'u" inH'1rICS’ al1 5bnn"c,'i of communication
■ v.iil.ibk mcludmg youth organisations, m.ahil.a mani it' f m ary ;’rJ->rln,s;,,inil'i e,c- should be fully ex.■ .'he schemes of community health volunteers
and training of opinion leaders offers a good potcrbnl for communication, -rhe services of the village
Mat who ,s in constant touch with rural women
could .also be usefully availed of and training programvad Rai OCm COU'd bC s,rcnY'l,cned. The Pancha\ati Rat Organisations and other local bodies and
cooperatives which have a democratic base also offer
■i useful channel for motivation and for reducing the
gap between, awareness and acceptance of family
planning, as ■also the gap between acceptance end
actual services provided.
™
I
I
____
376
The role of the mass media in propagating family
planning is crucial. 'Die potential of the mass media
such as Radio, TV, Cinema an^l newspapers will be
fully exploited.
Incentives
22.72 The scheme of providing financial assistance
to acceptors of sterilisation and IUD by way of com
pensation for loss of wages will be continued during
the Plan period.
Delivery of Services
22.73 The promotion of family planning has to be
viewed as an essential component of the total package
of health delivery system which includes Health,
Family Planning and Maternity & Child Health. 'I he
Health & Family Planning infrastructure has to be
strengthened towards realisation of these objectives.
The Working Croup on Health Tor the Sixth Plan
19X0—85 has identified the infrastructure that will be
required for the purpose by 2000 AD which has been
discussed under Health, fn the past, the States have
been slow in setting up the sub-centres which are very
crucial for the Family Planning Programme, since
services like IUD and supnl’cs could be provided to
the rural population from tnese sub-centres. In order
to give an impetus to the Family Planning Pro
gramme,-new sub centres to be set up in the Sixth Plan
would bc» financed from the budget of Department of
Family Planning at the Centre. Keeping in view the
importance of rural health infrastructure for the Family
Planning, concerted efforts would be made to build
up Sub-centres, Primary Health Centres and the
Community Health C’entrcs under the Minimum Needs
Programme.
Maternity and ( hild Health ( arc
5
22.74 Hijili morbidity and moriaiiiv rates among
infants and mothers arc generally believed to be res
ponsible for the desire for more children. The aim
would be to bring down these rates through improve
ment of health and nutrition status and through vari
ous extension programmes of immunisation, prophy
laxis, supplementary nutrition and health care services.
Diarrhoeal and respiratory diseases being largely res
ponsible for infant morbidity and mortality, ensuring
protected water supply to every village and town and
also improvement of personal hygiene and environ
mental sanitation will receive high priority. The
school health programme will be strengthened to
cover all school going children in due course.
Choice of Methods
1
22.75 Facilities for all methods of family planning
will have to be made available on a wider scale and
at all levels. Apart from sterilisation, the non-terminal methods like IUD, CC and Oral Pills have to be
popularised, since a large number of young couples
will prefer these methods. While the choice of me
thods would be left to the couples avoiding any form
of coercion, it has to be ensured that facilities and
supplies under different methods arc made available
on an adequate scale. There is also need to remove
any misapprehension in the minds of the people about
safety in accepting any particular method. Proper
follow up of the women accepting different methods
like IUD and oral pills is important for timely inter
vention in case ot any complications.
Adequate
follow up of sterilisation cases also is necessary since
any accidental mishap may give a set-back to
the programme. Continuous contact of family plann
ing staff with the couples in their area is necessary.
An arrangement similar to the Training and Visit
System in agricultural extension may be usefully adopted by the family planning staff.
Research Progranunes
lays
BU Tht
i during
[Sixth P
El would
Mjovernn
Besic
ling uctiv
h Plan l<>
ttruuuon
jibing <..vi
iniug Cun
X)0 icinui
ining ccn
I and 30
h kwl h
u vehicle:
22.76 No major break-through in contraceptive
technology is expected in the immediate future. How
ay pl.Hiij!
ever, bio-medical research in family planning is im
for ahum
portant and has to be continued and intensified. In
nloris uni
identifying areas of bio-medical research, indigenous
Mtes and
methods and practices which have been and arc still
Lof volut
in vogue have to be examined and evaluated under
|and uxf
the research programmes. Socio-economic research
|14dh.
relevant to family planning promoting/fumily planning
hampering factors lias also to be undertaken. Research
*in the field of communication and development of the OBPoho.
information system for identification of weak spots in iWtinued
the programme has also to be organised.
J^ffiumsatA
will a
Oattendan
Staff Motivation
complc
22.77 The staff engaged in family planning work has
1
been generally found to be lacking in enthusiasm. ftbe biicng
i.'ic <
Their job is rather a difficult one as they have to bring
alwut almost a revolution in the thinking and outlook
of the people. Their motivation needs to be improved
< Purloin
by systematising their work and improving their
F Pl.innin
efficiency by proper training, close guidance and
jure 22.0
supervision. They could be rewarded for good work.
They should also be given the status of permanent
government servants as
their temporary position
creates a sense of insecurity. The present wastage of
trained manpower, more particularly ANMs, should
The pr<
be avoided.
FjfrOH the
W-among i
Legal provisions
Wttral latx
Mtttas an*.
22.78 The Medical Termination
of Pregnancy WU like <
(MTP) Act, which is in force now, is in the nature
of health measure and family planning is not one
are cn
its objectives. However, MTP, can be resorted to a
’M.they sub
a corrective method for failure of contraceptives. 1 ®
Children
existence of this Act and the benefits that can
intakes r
derived are-still not fully known. This needs wi
Wished
publicity.
safe d
enviro
’ .... plplannecI ’
22.79 One powerful means of achieving
iggi aval
1(
frorn'enk^
parentluxxl is delayed marriages. Apart f
M, we.i
ing the law relating to the minimum nuaiTiagcagci^^
- ---^niunny
binp an
girls and boys, social pressure of the com
Th crcf\
against early marriages should be built up by
1 ■ aPP1-0’ A
5 disold
priate means.
S
ZCnon
e:
cs and
za )le
re ve
aoout
Proper
*c ids
'
iricquate
y since
*c to
P incssary.
1 Visit
a jt-
377
\Uays
K)
7The annual financial ailo5almns and expend;.
during 1974-80 and
—J outlays by major item^ for
Sixth Plan arc k’tVvit in /Vinexurt 22.5
T»ie
& would continue
rsp,
'
Iu
bna:)ci4 -assis.aiKc horn
|Govemmcm of Indm ljn lou H
Bl
Besides continuation and strengthening ol' the
S?h,npi
P'l’vtsiou has been matte in the
‘V‘|,,1"r ' l'"n "f inci,mp,cie buildmas m.l
Km.f1
U0 '!Crt 1,l,,ld“‘KS ba Rutai I
.Is
EL,«AV" U"
Vi 51 Rumi 1 amity
Xh gt md t’ io-000 new
along w.th
S
™
K'u ‘ ^‘’C'^’ts, sot) urban laimlt
S^nl ttMi ’ '
i’-"1"111 cenrres .it dt.anm
B. .
puo paimm centres at sub-thvis,. „ ,|y
71 V t IOS|’I,,:‘ ;"lJ l""'-uiei nt ot /(X)
mm,.
cc ve
vehicles. ( ertain geograplocal mens
whc.e
How- llMy pl.inmng was lagging behind huv uicus
been idemiis ’’m- dfor mourning of special health and c.ai.my
and
lannly
In Morts undet the Area Projects’ winch will plaun-7. ...J cover
g< us .States and 46 districts, f’
New
schemes
ot involvec still M'Of voluntary organisations in
i’nz,er l^KSnd expansion ot the capacity family planning
oi Hindustan
:si :h
have also been included in the plun.
ai ig
■search
J he expanded piugianiiiie ul
liiiinunisuuon
of *he
Polio, luburculosis, 1 yphuid .
and Mc-dslus will
)c in |CpnUniicdjmd further slrcugihcncd.
Ptogiiin'ines
■Bmunisal.on and prophylaxis ul
niolhcis and
will also be continued. 1 he uaniiuji
t:...... UK U1
ui 1ULUj
local
^attendants (Dais) for ensuring safe deliveries
»Completed to have one Hamed Dm for 1000
)rk —is Bwr
.............
. ....
anon,
ihc
training ptogramnic of ANMs will
-isiasm.
be
slicngthciicd
g
'•* 1° meet the icquiicments
ot
j i ng |
Jwr lac expan.siun oi the sulxcntie progiammc.
ut k
)r< d | H^Pcrlotinane’e hf.uics and
l.i’gtb in itg.ud r
their | aity Planning .md \1( II
e ‘"d
piogianinic arc given in
Wire 22.6.
u
I
la it I
jsition j
NU lkll ION
’h°
In, sp*1®.o£ considerable expansion of public
health and medical facilities all over
the country
over the
intant mortality rate continues to be
be very
very high’
and
the
morbidity
pattern persists.
Infm
persists.
mortality rate varies
widely
between
rural arid
varies
widely
between
-e-. male and femlle childran “dlacr“s
male and female children
rent areas .md sono-economic strata.
strata. Nearly
, 1 ‘ ten-/ ‘nl:lnt dealil:> !ai“ Piuce at neo-nl al
take place at nco-natal
s age
Besides, causes peculiar to infancy fevers
o7ahl‘7' "i1
dlSO,dv,s
o.rnmy res’
Postl dc lor high inlant mortahty. Sucm-economic
miualances in the disti ibution ot incomes low
purchasing power, mal-distnbution ol essential
luod
commodities, inadequacy of calories, proteins
and
olhei micro nutrients in average diets limited
access
to medical and public health facilities’
lack of knuwledge about the balanced nutrition
’
md hygiene, lack
of safe drinking watc. .,nd sanitation
arc some of
he reasuiis responsible for high mortality
rate
and morbidih patterns that ;u u
prevailing
m
the
country.
22.86 lhe estimates of the percentage of
doduI i
ion whose calorie-intake rs below that of recommen-“
ded level vary considerably due to the differences m
methodology and the adoption of different norms for
he levels of mtakes. Some of the studies show tha
the average energy intake is less than that of the rela\?on’e"od
in Uh<’lH 50 pCr tent ol'
l’"PUJation. Others have pointed out that all those who
consume less than the suggested norms
need not
Kce.sartly be mal-nourished. The extent of malnutri
tion. according to these studies, would be in
thlanc-e ol 15 to 30 per cent. People do not get the
minitmim amount of cereals and poises that
ire
ii'AC’s-uiry to meet their normal requirements
'j he
mod seriously affected groups in this regard are pre
school children, specially 0-3 age group pregnant
a omen and nm smg mothers of the iJwer socn cconoimc strata and families belonging ;o landless agri
cuIturaI labourers small and marginal farmers panb
cukiily living m the drought prone areas.
*1
hfrIiC
1,1 ‘"alnuirition is widely picvu
Hfea! c .vanous s0v'10-economic groups, partiMramong those below the poverty line, landless
woourers, people in slum
and
remote
and those who me afleeled by constant
na Ji
like diought aic iiH’ic vulnerable (u
||]js
nture j
^genon. Children, pregnant women and nursing
ne
scri'”'.s,y tdlectcd by malnutrition and the
tc 'I
jdgjmey sustain would be irreversible. However.
1 ren b<ilow ,l’e PoverIy line with lower
n I*
^intakes and bodv weights
are necessarily
W1* , . .L?ck "f el"l’l',y|"ent opportunities,
‘'nuking water, health facilities and
nned
eilv‘ronmem> further lower the qua.iiv of
forethe '"Olbidity patterns Inequaluy
Weak public distribution system, insulliun
a'ld ht’llsmg aggravate these conditions
pfO. re hun£el’ malnutririon and the
chorders ;ue ck»scl\ linked with these
22.87 Nutritional deficiencies aic wide spread due
to social, cultural and economic imbalances
and
inadequate intake of food. Recent studies in India
have shown that the chief cause of nialnutritior
is
inadequacy of total calorie intake rather than in
adequacy of protems.
Many groups, particularly,
children, pregnant women and nursing mothers have
poor stores of Vitamin ’A’ and iron? Kwashiorkor
and marasmus are the two clinical forms of PLM
which lead to both mental and physical growth re
tardation and impairment
of immuno-competance
among children. Lack of Vitamin ‘A’ leads
to
Xetophlhalniia and severe forms of this deficiency
may cause permanent blindness.
Low levels
of
Vitamin ‘A’ among pregnant mothers lead to delivery
of babies with poor stores of this Vitamin and low
birth weight. Iron deficiency anaemia is an important
health problem. Goitre is prevalent in the hill belts
of the country. Vitamin ‘A’ and iron
deficiencies
arc widely seen amongst : school children, young
I
f
'i
378
girls, pregnant women and rfUrsing mothers. Diarrnoea is a major public health problem among infants
and young children. They arc susceptible to this due
to preparation of supplementary Foods in unclean
utensils and contaminated water. *
Kcvicw
1
i!
22.88 1 he problems of malnutrition, morbidity
muruiny have
liave been recognised since the
and murialiiy
Second Pun and a number of scliemcs have
been
introduced for comoaling them. However, during
the first three Plans nutrii.on as such was not singled
out lor specific plan programmes but formed one oi
the components of the health sector, in the Fourth
Plan an Integrated Nutrition Programme with
an
outlay of Rs. 45.18 crores was introduced. It waj
obscived that production oi ‘more loud was needed
to solve the problems oi malnutrition and to improve
the nutritional status of the population. Stress was
laid on the development of agriculture along
with
animal husbandry and fisheries as the base of
all
effort for the improvement of nutrition. The Applied
Nutrition Programme (ANP) was first introduced in
I960 in Orissa and Andhra Pradesh. It was exten
ded thereafter to Jamil Nadu in 1961 and Uttar
Pradesh in 1962.
During 1973, the programme
was extended to all the Stales. J his programme was
introduced to spread the concept of balanced diet,
production and consumption of protective foods and
proper techniques of cooking. J he Special Nutrition
Programme (SNP) was introduced in 1970-71 as a
crash scheme to provide 300 calorics with
10-12
grams of protein lor the age gioup 0-6 years fur 300
days in a year. It also provides 500 calories with
25 grams ot piotcin lor picgnant women and nurs
ing molhcis lor 300 days, lhc mid-day meals pro
gramme which was initialed in 1962-63 was extend
cd in subsequent years. It provides supplemental>
nutrition of 300 calorics with 8-12 grams of protein
to children in th(T age group of 6-11 ycais.
22.89 By the end of the f ourth Plan, the Special
Nutiition Programme covered about 3.8 million
beneficiaries. The figure rose to 8.2 million child
ren and pregnant women and nursing mothers by the
end of March, 1980 t'nder the mid-day meals pro
grammes, the coverage increased from 4.2 million in
1962-63 to 13.2 million beneficiaries by the end of
March, 1980.
22.90 r
.
. the
• Special
- Nutrition ProgramEven though
me has not been evaluated on a representative scale,
several studies were conducted in different parts of
the country on its cost effectiveness and impact on
I
<
the beneficiaries. 1 hey have pointed out that the tar
get beneficiaries were not selected on the basis
of
nutritional deficiencies. Besides, the programme lack
ed continuity and same children were not ensured
feeding for the required number of days in a year. It
was observed that community involvement was cons
picuously absent. The community had a feeling that
the beneficiaries were not selected on the basis of
the eligibility rules laid down by the scheme. In a
®5 The
majority of cases, the loud was shared by non-benefi S food, wr
ciary members oi the family. High overhead adinii)js. g for utilisa
trative expenses and pillcrage have hampci cd pro.
The |
and
gramme implementation. Besides, the food suppiJ fmilk
,
at the centres did not supplement the deficiencies of
^tfCS
the diet particularly among children oi the age grouo w,uct‘°n *o
1-3 years, lhc programme has not served the more
‘cLhaiSi
March,
impoitant target group i.e. 0-3 years due to dithciilty “tF""
L 1'
□f bringing these children to the feeding centres p Kreached
1 lakh lit
catered primarily to the 3-6 years age group.
producing
it a (arg
22.91 Several studies were conducted to assess the!
impact of mid-day meals programme as (i) the enrol
ment of children from the poorer sections and (ij) ^6 Thirty
the nutritional status.
it Up to und(
i popularise
22.92. Only one oi two studies with small juuj
jc smote suitah
sample!
sizes have shown improvement of nutritional status
ofr cr
lienee,
of children in areas whcic programmes were imple-j*
- technic
‘‘ '
mented clie-ctivcly. But most oi the studies failed Jties and to
reveal any significant increase in the levels of enroll« and san it
mcnl commensurate with the investments made on that
schemes. They have pointed out that some of thef^ Nutritk
important reasons for its low impact arc lack of conti-Td not succcc
nuity in the .supply of food materials tojhc feeding] jsely linked
centres, pilferage in lhc channels of distribution, nonl employment,
adherence to the minimum
i
number of feeding dayc
and absence ot other services
like health.rhe The
th“c
....
aw-Mid
Sday Meal, has been often noticed to replace a meal at, iameliorative
", regarded
~ ’ I as supplementary gg. on the c
home and is not generally
to what is consumed at home. 1Inadequate cooking w!e. empluyr
•
and storage Kiviliuv.t
facilities III
at me
the schools dliu
and IdLK.
lack U1
of luvoifcjiFL-A
local
’
a»i»j
•
community involvement have also contributed to its
Kitary feeding
poor performances.
t "
J
■ • imp
ln
22.93 lhc two feeding programmes in the last 10 :®ental activit
years have relied heavily on short-term stlategies based ’charily’ o.
on nariowly identified taigct groups. I his has result* tne im;
Jprovcm
cd in the neglect of initiation of <'durable
’ ' ’long term
•
•
spy
..
measures required lor solving the problem of malnu*
'tives
trition. I’argets have been laid down by the implo*
menting authorities leaving little scope for local variaj ^Nutrition
tions and experimentations. Adequate infrastructure" Wsical capafor coordination, implementation and monitoring I™ ®?-Span of w
not been developed at the field and district l^yeW wncing the
J'hcrefore, the programme lacked effective supervision
environ
In practice, they have become ineffective exercises .
of fm
offering food to selected groups as charity.
W the P(1f
<.resource d
mJ
product
22.94 Applied Nutrition Programme has also
J
evaluated. The studies show Jud
P,l’^ranlj1ctic
of tf
not generated the desired awareness for pro
ing
to
and consumption of protective foods
Com
r.and ar
kitchens and school gardens could not be taken
feS.T'*’ would
w<»uid
completed due to lack of suitable land, irrigaWj^XJUS
seber ■
imProv
facilities and low financial investments. The
• -y did 1 i'^aU levels.
for setting up of poultry uni’s and pi>cicultui^
make much headway due to inadequate health
h- ‘ co’ £
and management failure. Moreover.
Ja]s u'Mandals
Panchayati Raj institutions and Mahila Criteria ft
poor as they were not fully involved. \r,.: > ‘/•
selecting the blocks, villages and *’eIKT,c,ar•lection
ieC(ion < •' ' ' 1{cracy, lac
not taken into account at the time of sc
blocks.
JUeadi'
a;
BL
S''
379
it
1195 The production of huhiliar, a low cost proteinEgl food, was about 1.29 lakh tonnes during 1974-—
eta Vfor utilisation in the feeding programmes for chiliniJi |n. The production of miltone, a product based
?ro- Binilk and vegetable protein isolate was about 49
liei b litres during 1974—78. Another project for
Induction of a vegetable protein based beverage
bed ‘chaisalhi’ was developed at Baroda Dairy.
iora jfMarch, 1980 a target of 27251 MT of balahar
ulM Eg reached while the production of miltone was
■01 lakh litres. The tea enricher plant at Baroda
ft producing 6,000 litres of ‘chaisathi’ per day
lanst a target of 5,000 litres.
,tl
'<n
rj
36 Thirty-one mobile extension units were also
Hip to undertake intensive coverage of rural areas
(popularise local low cost indigenous foods, to
jjtnote suitable dietary habits, disseminate scientific
lanffi ethods of cooking to spread the message of home
£occ, techniques of preservation of Fruits and vege_
npie-j Si and to propagate Knowledge of nutrition, hy-d
Sfeand sanitation. They had a very limited impact.
ill
n tnej ® Nutrition programmes introduced in the past
f the tt not succeed as their implementation was not
:O!
taly Jinked with other programmes like provision
ei
[employment, health, safe drinking water and im
non- plement of environmental sanitation and hygiene,
davs hides, these programmes which -were implemented
N
I ameliorative measures did not produce any lasting
ea
pct On the community. Since the programmes to
:ntarj pyjde employment, safe drinking water, health scrvokini
clothing, housing and public distribution system
» ps’fiot integrated with nutrition schemes, suppletcK ptary feeding programmes in isolation did not make
fdent to improve the nutrition status of the compfies. Tn the absence of their linkages with devetstw phtal activities, these schemes were reduced to
bid fiU’charity’ or ‘dole’ without making,contribution
result^ [Kiinprovcmcnt of nutritional status.
iiWF
vari>
cu^rt
nj®
rvisiofl
TIS*’' ’I
O 0°
Jvl
•tm"
i up
.cl
diu ■
.A CO’
ti(
al
ta
:ti
ir.s
^Nutrition planning would aim at improving
j|ical capacity of thlTpopul ation, enhancement
ipan of working life and increased longevity
^ncing the levels of nutrition, health
and
m environmental sanitation and hveienc. Im£nt of functional efficiency of dilfcrent segci the population would contribute to
the
^Source development which would add to the
productivity of the nation. Besides, the
pine would have to be concerned with corsome of the widely prevalent nutritional defiIteadine to blindness, kwashiarkor and maras.
Mfre and anaemia. The objective of nutrition
BUS would be to reduce mortality and morbi*to improve functional cfficicncv and produc
ed ^cve’sPCt problem of malnutrition is closely linked
.01 poverty, large family size, unemploy&acy, lack of environmental sanitation and
hygiene and safe drinking water. Intervention pro
grammes wil| achieve limited results if this problem
is addressed only at individuals in the households
like children, mothers and the aged. Therefore, tho
strategy would have to be framed for the alleviation
of hunger and malnutrition in all sections of the so
ciety through family centred poverty alleviation mea
sures.
22.100 Nutritional improvement depends mainly
upon the awareness, knowledge and income of tho
family.
The nutritional status of the child or other
vulnerable members of (he family depends more upon
the productive capacity of the economically active
members of the family, their consciousness of
the
need of Nutrition and their ability to ensure it. This
consciousness certainly improves with knowledge,
education, dissemination of information and access to
State or public welfare services. But the essential
prerc<|uisitc for the improvement of nutritional status
of the family is employment and income for the per
sons of working age in the household. Employment
is the best and cheapest guarantee to enhance the
nutritional status of the families. Subsidiary occu
pations and income generating projects like
small
scale production units and the training facilities
would be expanded for the generation of additional
employment opportunities. The available evidence
indicates that children in the age of 0-6 years
are
highlv vulnerable. If children are not adequately
nourished before they grow up to enter the active
labour force, they may remain physically and mentally
so undeveloped that their productivity when in em
ployment will for ever remain below the normal
standards and there is a serious danger of long-term
biological defects. Besides nutrition, it would
be
necessary to give psycho-sockd stimulation to children
through story teaching, role play and other forms of
non-form il education.
?2.1()l Education at the formal, p.iinary and mid
dle level for the young and the functional literacy for
.idults would be given greater attention. Lessons on
nutrition, health and population education would
have
to
be
introduced through formal
and
non-fonnal education.
Mass media and other inter
personal instructions would have to be fullv utilised
for providine non-formal education. The educational
content would he focussed on the relationships bet
ween nutrition and health, pregnancy, birth rate,
immunisation, drinking water, environmental
and
personal hygiene, eradication of hqlminths and other
intcnstinal parasites.
22.102 It has been well recognised that polluted
water supply especially lor drinking purposes is the
cause of diarrhoea, dysentery, gastro enteritis and other
intestinal disorders and hepatitis. These infections
constitute the single biggest killer of infants
and
children or even adults in many regions. The pro
vision of safe potable water supply along with the pro
vision of drainage facilities would be accorded high
priority in the Plan. Improvement of environmental
sanitation could be attempted by involving families
and village communities. Families would be
en
couraged to provide in their houses soak pits and
I
t
|
‘ ‘ ~ <’
. v*.
\,-x*
’ Ji• >'
.5-.
is
3Sr>
low cost drainage system. It would be possible to
expand to other regions low cost community and pri
vate latrines, which have bccn^adopted with success in
many places.
An effort to link them with bio-gas
plants will be made. ( bnstruction of pit latrines and
compost pits would be encouraged in rural
areas.
Efforts would also have to be made to extend co
verage of immunization. One of the major causes of
infant mortality is respiratory disease. The reduction
of exposure through housing and clothing and immu
nisation would have to be given greater emphasis.
22.103 Food
production
and
its
conservation
through improved post-harvest technology including
processing and storage and rapid extension of the
rationing and fair price shops and its net work to
cover the entire country would be given higher prio
rity.
Essential consumer goods would be supplied
throu.-li the consumer
cooperatives
and
stress
would be l.iid on the expansion of decentralised public
distribution system. The agricultural policy would
be oriented to provide a balance between the produc
tion of cereals, legumes, pulses, oils and other cash
crops.
22.10 i
Ec reduce the cost of nutrition delivery
and to maximise the certainty of the delivery system,
strong local level community organisations would btdeveloped.
Development of
these
organisations
alone vyjlh arrangements for coordination of various
activities at the village level with provisions
for
adaptatioh to meet the local requirements would
alone make the programmes" successful.
Through
active involvement of community organisations and
effective coordination at various levels,
the
prog
ramme efficiency could be maximised.
In
(hi
attempt schools, dispcnsaiics and community halls
would be used is focal
points for
integration of
various schemes
Youth clubs,
mahila
m’andals
and voluntary or.’anisation.s would have .in
importaut role to play in this endeavour.
A.,
An inteerated
strategy with a package of services would have
to
be offered Io improve the nutritional status of the
families.
Thus, -several schemes would need
to
be taken up for implementation in a
coordinated
.T/anner
These include : (!) employment and income generation, creation of capital assets for the
nation through conversion of human labour;
(2)
family limitation; (3) community organisation and
its participation, (4) education with special stress on
nutrition .md health. (S) equitable food distribution
through expansion of public distribution system and
production of nutritious foods and ensuring balanc
ed production between the cereals, pulses, vegetables
and animal ’products, (6) provision of safe drinking
waler supply, (7) awareness of public
health and
personal hygiene, (8) control of communicable dis
eases and intestinal disorders and (9) provision of
housing and clothing for poorer sections would be
taken up for implementation in a co-ordinated
manner.
22.105 Since it will take quite some time before
the objectives of full employment, reasonable stan
dards of living, adequate health care etc.
arc
achieved, special attention has to be paid to those
who arc malnourished.
I he ditect nuiiition
iiKcr-I| 1109 Sb
v 'lition programme whl still, theicfurc. k nee
*
’
ssaryW tructured
to cater to ceitain specially vulnerable age. sex • ,
I building
who me prone to malnutrition and nutritional
■1 dis-H lire, mah
ord-rs.
['he governmental efforts would have
si
tolpi
be
.bMantial hut sekuivc to benefit children andliiflked
with
mothers living in the most backward rural,
tr’bai™Bly in a
and disaster-prone areas and
urban
slums,
(Mtneet the fci
going intervention programmes would have
to
itjdiscouraged/
Ittcnw.
restructured to make them effective. I.\,,
However,
is important fo reduce the costs of nutrition delivervlte
uing of
and tn improve th. certainty of the delivery systemM
’lan an(
( ''' t,!l
or--mi-ition and
coordination at
yill.i-e lew! -aInch i.m hare the success of the nut^H»^
lion > • vument uoukl haw to be strengthened
Wf> *to the
nutrii, ui fc.-ding centre> would have to he Jecatefl Srt. Ahoii
either m the schools,
drp. nwiric•« or
communitS
or com
in un it jlW tIOn- Ph. j n
•':rouPsB
halls, the schools bring perhaps th r:
’
11104; <li:>irabl«W
million.
and various ■ 'rvi« < s would have to b provided
al 2®d and tx
I'
that• 'level* ‘in an integrated manner under communiti
6 drink int»
supervision
The Government machinery
........ u«v ai
n and h
tht
at meir^®
point of delivery of services to
I
the
bcnenciarieffitfrrIhCr c:
should be made to work in a coordinated
’.. -J niannpfWWy.
through improved manai’erial systems so as to reduct®
' 5W* *
Prod,
sM;studies lu
overhead 'administrative costs.
Utilised for
22.106 ......................
I he food for work component of the new pucing tmnspo
National Rural
I
_
1-..... I
Employment
Programme
has the]
largest potential for the long term nutritional inbfwh'as balahn
faton of fo<>
nrf^Vr*ni»*nt
tt *
provement Ml
of the people rxrzMM,l.»zl
provided the main aim olfeefii
jvnenciary Jevc
rural employment ?nd higher incomes for the land
poked
food w
less working population is suitably woven with prog-lj*!'
IM ■
rammes in the priority areas mentioned above.
At®,
area-based programme with as haff of projects fo
creation of durable assets for utili ation of humai png programn
^and its furti
resources during lean months would he used as I
main strat -i’y for the impn venuct of nutritional W Of its eval
would
1’® 0e placed
22.’()7 Trnplounm’ programmes
under
vanoui pal processing
se< tors of dcvc!o|'m.-nf would be ( 'pauded to
CDiploynier
vide I.Hgci avenues of employment to the Poorj ^frfd trials fo
sections of the society.
Community organisation) proposed to
particularly mahila mandals, youth clubs and othefSjjWbution of i
would be involved in the
programme implements
W need to be
lion.
I'Diversities,
research
organisations air
voluni.iry agencies would be stimulated to assume
hire, i ioIc in the formulation ami implementation <
E^tne for imp;
Achemes.
Control of food adulter dion would
and persn
”hcn mu,-ter atluntion
1'uf • ucm. nt
of
laboj
father subject
law. for providing pcrniamnt ar.d mobile cret.^
the
M(. 11 and medic.d clinics and canteens in orgamsa
HHyn, Food
sector would be strictly implemented.
up nutrii
[W’rt will bc
Programmes
[■fE
status.
1^113 Mu tn do
The Sj
22.108 Special Nutrition Programmes:
cial Nutrition Programme which provides; SUpP
pregni
mentary nutrition to pre school children, r women and nursing mothers wo il-l be ex
j
cover 600 IC 1)S projects from ’<10 p’nJet s. ‘cOu
beginning of the Plan.
The scheme yv0? of f
about s million beneficiaries at the bcgtnni^ d01
Plan.
In the ICDS projects, integration
lion with health, sanitation, hygiene, wate
education etc., would be improved
/J;'^3BI
-1
■,
I
A■
k-.L
381
0/ SNP outside K DS
l)S projects will also
al^o be
iicluud by providing health and welfare inputs
b ding it around an actiivity like socio-enonomic
r< mahila mandals, me school
“ , a»nd by
____ I <*
etc.,
idmg supervision and monitoring.
It will be
r:d with the projects of economic activity, parti
fl in
' areas of women’* employment so as to
t e felt needs of ihr women from poorer sec
Expansion of SNP outside 1CDS will be
s.
4O*»rHged.
Tlie number of beneficiaries at the
Bn ig of Plan are about 5.73 million outside
I a and about 1.15 million under Plan.
110
Mid-day M< dPffnyanioic:
[his scheme
the school children
childr .>( the age group 6— 1 1
er o th?
n About 151 million (hildren arc covered in
flon-PI'.m and 2.3 m Ilion under Plan, i.e. a total of
4 million The exi--ting programme would be reand reorganised to provide health inputs and
inking water an<| in encourage development of
shen and horticultural ^an|( ns jn the schools, bc,® further expansion i und. rtaken.
Production urd Processing Schemes: Re
st studies have pointed out that local fotxls should
utilised for imparting nutrition education and retmnsport and administrative costs. 'I’he pro> of foods preceded by Government agcnices
£
dl as balahar, whose prr unit cost at the targetted
Mptefary level is higher than the cost of locally
rofl I food will bc reviewed
■1112
Processed and l ortified Foods: The onprogramme of nulumc units would be complc-d id its further expan.Km will bc reviewed in the
i Jf *1' evaluation |»- expansion by commercial
('WK would also h "msidered. rhe emphasis
-J* be placed on the < oroumption of local foods.
processing of foot- A||| |K encouraged to faciemployment of
n After completion of
Mdd trials for the t'-fifj/ nion of salt with iron, it
gBjposcd to promet. u commercial production.
f^RjUtion of iodisctl .di m goitre endemic areas
need to bc improved
An integrated proB.3 Nutrition Edm
'tne for impairing
rtion on health, environnutrition. child welfare
and personal h .,
Mother subjects w< ' he taken up in collabora'< Social Welafie. Health,
with the Mino*i
____
I' - I Reconstruction, instead
pttion, Food
■jj^Mng up nuirh’”'
■ (.n hi an isolated manner
make such feeding centre
p effort will be n J
J
under SNP and MDM as the
education.
nucleus of
c
nutrition
Research and Evaluation
22.114 Universities and research organisations
would be encouraged to undertake investigations with
a common research design so that their findings could
be utilised for reformulation or improvement of the
schemes. Adequate outlays tor in-built evaluation
particularly in SNP and MDM would he provided in
the Plan for this purpose. Research on production
of cereals, pulses and oil seeds, their processing and
distribution policy with the object of providing a
balanced diet and its availability would be expanded,
Research on community education, inter-personal
contacts and mass media for dissemination of infor
mation on nutritional contents of local foods, their
reinforcement or supplementation and modes of
preparation would be stepped up. The consumer
patterns and consumer acceptability would be studied
more intensively. Identification, development and
formualtion of recipes for different target groups
would be encouraged. Information on the preven
tion of nutrition leakages by augmentation of drinking
water supply, drainage and sewerage disposal is rather
scanty This area needs to bc further investigated.
Augmentation of funds for assessing socio-economic
determinants of malnutrition, specially intra-commu
nity variations, family planning and evaluation of on
going programmes would bc further acce erated. ReSearch bv specialised institutions and voluntary orga
nisations for developing materials for impartmc edu
cation through mass-media and inter-personnel com
munication would he intensified.
('oordination
115 Nutrition programmes arc being implemcnknl at the Centre and State levels under different
aucniccs
The existing mcehan sms for coordiantton
would be reviewed and remedial measures outiated
for effective functioning at beneficiary level. /
(
committee m a high level would be set up
so as to facilitate inter-Mimstenal interaction in the
process of decision making and fixing rcsnonstbilttics for programme performance.
()ulla\s
I |6 In Central Sector, the provision is Rs. 14.^3
Jnes vide \nncxure 22.7. The provision for dtred
nutrition piogiamines in the State Sector is Rs. .-3
crores vide details in Annexurc 22.8.
ute
..
*
■__________________________________________________
,7
,7<-
A. .
.. gfi
382
Annexure 22.1
Sixth Plan Outlays—Health Sector
f
/
SI. No.
i
al
I974—79
Programme
States
and
(0)
1
(1)
(2)
Centro
(3)
1980—«5
Total
(4)
States
and
UTs
Centre
Total
U Ti.
(5)
(^)
(7)
102.62
168.50
271.12
I fc Andhra Pr
305.84
I 2;' Assam
I ® Bihar
Minimum Needs Programmes for Rural Health
(a) Centrally Sponsored Schemes
.
(b) other schemes
.
.
Total
120.30
120.30
305,84
120.30
120.30
408.46
168.50
576.96
268 17
235.00*
289.00
524.00
2 Control <>f Communicable Diseases .
3
Hospitals and Dispensaries
4
Medical Education and Research
5
Traditional Systems of medicine and Homoeopathy
268 17
1 225.53
>
i M Haryana
45.00
67.66
293.19
576.59
62.00
720.09
29.00
6 Others
. Total
345.83
335.83
681.66
1220.05*
♦This includes Rs —195.30 crores toward# 50% State share f<> - Uilaria Control Prof.-amme.
| tS- Gujarat
| Himachal f
S. ■
I T . Jammu A I
J f Karnataka7.5
3
601.00
1821.05
J Kerala
.
- 'k.-'
Madhya Pm
Maharashtra
lOlanipur
.
13 Maghalaya
H ; Nagalund .
,p*‘
han .
li-fe.
Bcr^ai
™ W Total Slats
I* * N Islan,!
1. 'mmachal Prut
1 «4»4 Naga
1»
Oft.
.
’
A-
1 irr«
1 States
I* —■■
____
1 ,^^^*cluding t
11
..
.
■
■/.
383
Annexure 22.2
Sixth Plan-States/uriwlse Distribatlon of outlay
iLNo.
States
for
Health sector
Total
1
(1)
MNP
including
CHV and
MPW
Schemes
(2)
Remaining
Program
mes
(4)
Andhra Pradesh
65.00
24.39
40.61
Assam
32.00
12.00
20.00
r. Bihar
82.40
36.27
46.13
Gujarat
70.00
20.09
49 91
k Haryana
48 00
8.53
39. 47
11 Himachal Pradesh
16 18
5.00
11.18
f - Jammu A Kashmir
48 00
9 03
38.97
6v 51
20.03
45.50
16 55
9 54
27.01
Karnataka
| Kerala
Mlfadhyi Pradesh
91 0)
3b. 07
57.
||||Maharashtra-
89.46
30.00
59 46
11Minipur
9.70
5.27
4 43
.
iff Mtfhalaya
7. 10
4 43
2 67
■ il; Nagaland .
8. (X)
2.97
5.03
’ 15 Orissa
29 60
16.00
13.60
49 (X)
I I. 77
35.23
40 98
17.41
23 55
4 35
1 19
2.96
6’^y
21.82
45 98
3.36
5.20
l-w. Pradmh
134 98
74.89
60.09
Bengal
84.00
25.88
58.12
1091.19
398.16
693.03
i K Putyab
it
|1T Rgjlifhan .
Il Sttim
f
Nadu
|® Total States
x
*
N Islands .
hal Pradesh
farh
A Nagar Havel 1
1.85
8.05
6 JO
0.65
87.66
14.00
0.55
7.00
3.00
0.44
4.00
0.85
0.37
0.12
0.55
0.22
3.26
0.49
1.41
4.05
5.25
0.28
87.54
13.45
0.33
3.74
2.51
UT»
128.86*
10.30*
118.56*
States A UTi
1220.05
408.46
811.59
& Diu
iJ
i
^Excluding outlay on Centrally Sponsored Schemes borne on the budget of the Health Ministry.
3
3
B'
384
t
(2)
(I)
(0)
(4)
I 40
Community Health Volunteers
1 for every village of a popula
tion of 1000.
Lakh
2
Sub-centres .
1: 5<MM) population in plains
and j: HMX) in tribal and hilly
ureas
Nos.
1:30,(XM)
Nos.
Primary Health Centres
3
<
Upgraded Primary Health
Centres to be converted to
Community Health Centres.
r/vi
Target (Addi
tion.il)
Annual Alic.
* ■‘■'1/1' »>iiion
’I l l')85
'6,
2 20
t. 60
5,400 (m ;idd,
lion HMM) sub
sidiary health
ccnircu were
also set up).
Nos.
r.I,<X),iMX) or 1 per CD Block.
.
l?74-75
50,(XX)
f >,(X)0
s
4
Podlion obtain
ing as on I 4
l‘)M0
(3)
1
4
t
Unit
's^Norm
Programme
imlly Plannl
Targets and Achievements under Hural Health Program^
Statement ghowinr Phfstoal
SI. No.
i
Annexure 22.3
600 a<blitioiul
primary hcahi,
centres i up
gradat ion or
1000 di .pcru,,
ric» into \.ib»i
diary health
centres.
340
1/4
F5-76
r6-77
6.000
■78
^visional
514
Sr/A Plan (
1
IJ
Major
(I)
l:S
lees and
ling
roll and
Annexure 22J
^Major Schema*
under
Control
of Communicable
Disease*
Media
Procrahiop
iity am
SI. No
Index
Name of the Scheme
Present lev*.|
Lit get set for
I7K0 85 Plan
nation
37 Ma Popuiat
-’Sjg
(0)
1
(2)
(I)
Malaria Control Progra’nnie
IK
*;
2
Nation-*.
(4)
(a) Annual Parasite Index.
I r>
2.7
(b) Deaths recorded and verified
t(Xl
Nd
60 ..
90%
(a) Total No. of cases detected as % of total
estimated cases.
t rosy Control Programme
40%
(b) Disease arrested cases out of (a) above
3
Control of Blindness
4 TB Control Programme
I
5 Filaria Control Programme .
------------------ 1------------------
.
(a) % of Blindness
i
i
w '
B
I ’'’5'
1.«»
(a) Total No. of cases detected as % to total
estimated cases.
10
50
(b) Disease arrested eases.
60 .
75%
Micro-Filaria carriers.
25 million
15 indl»O‘*
kW
£■
I
-•5
1
i
1
385
Annexure 22.5
lly Planning—Annual
Allo^ition and Expenditure durin, 1974-80 and Outlay for the Sixth Plan
Annual Allocation ami Expenditure du[lnq 1974-80
(Rs. crores)
* ut loa
1985
ir
I
Allocation
Expendi
ture
(2)
(3)
54-14
62-05
63- 20
80-61
70- 14
172-98
98-61
93- 34
111-81
107- 55
116-19
118-5P
F4-75
’.00')
'5-76
1976-77
.01 .
'-78
'8-79
'-80
^visional
r
; Sixth Plan Outlay:
Fatnit p Planninf’
(Rs. crores)
to.
Ntyijor Items
Sixth
Plan Outlay
(1)
(2)
Services and Supplies
^Tniining
687- 70
8-80
J^Rcscarch and Evaluation
11 • 50
, i^Mass Mc<fta and Iuluc.ition
32-(X)
5 Maternity and Child Health
f.
PI
4)
250-30
^Organisation
19-50
India Population Project
0-20
Total
1010 00
7
51
(
T
I
I
e,.,,
I
■
■
386
Annexure 22.6
Performance of Family Planning
Methods and MCII during 1074-75
-
Plan (1080—85)
Rl
SI Vo.
I
and tarfeta
tor the Sixth
(in million)
Item
(0)
to 1979-80
1974-75
(1)
1975-76
(2)
(3)
1976-77
1977-78
1978-79
1979-80*
Sixth P|ari
targets
U
1980^85 !■ j-Ogrammc
Total
i
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
t 0)
(«)
Family Planning Method,
1.
(1) Sterilisation
■(
liral Sector
(a) Vasectomy
(b) Tubectoniy
2.67
8.26
0.95
1.48
0 61
1 44
1.74 )
8.20
0. 19
0. 39
1.21
.0.46 V
0 06
0 76
1.09
1.28 I
0 33
0.55
0.62
3.25
3.60
2.99
11.00
(1984-85)
(a) Mobile
22.8
22 5
36.56
1I 0) Mass Med
0 74
(2) IUD Insertions
4
1 35
0 43
0)XUse(ni<):,K'ni(l'k,"'l"W Or ',P'11
2.52
(4) / of couples effectively protected
15.1
MCI! Ileoefklarica
U.
0.61
3 51
17.2
0.58
3.69
23.9
22.8
^tr/t/on Pro^n
Inlet
22.00
Surye
I (fl) Diet and ?
7.90 I (b) Nutrition
kWr/r/o/f fuillc
(1) Immunisation
□toduction of?
(a) IT for
(IT Expectant mothers
0 74
(ii) ChiMrcn
(b) DPf for pre-school chihlren
(c) DC for school chddren
I
1.72
1.45
2.14
3 51
3.6|
I (a) Baluh.»r
4.16
Extru ledfoi.
25.00
2 41
4.02
7. 81
6. 77
1.28
5.94 </■>
68.50
2.72
6 54
7.24
6.47
63.00
anaemia among
\ bonification qf [
■k
! ^»^9rtification.s
fePbrtiHciti.)!.
(a) Mothers
)
(b) Childrvn
1
(J)
48.00
bl„1,I.Ks,<llie
10 VII. A deficiency
1
6.68
3.70
3 52
3.89
4.48
'U. Exp.ndttl Proun.m.ix.
of (nimiini•at ion
3.29
3.05
7.00
i*1*11 • > a < >
8. 38
9. 80
10.08
60. 00
6.85
9.03
1.1.41
OU. 00 "
10.33
(lint dose)
13.57
(hrst d<)Sc)
14.95
125.00
•«nd i;
ional ch irgc
Sub Tc
(a) P<»lio.
fl
(b) BCG
15.50
(c) Typhoid
75.00
(d) Measles 1
(c) ‘Smallpox j
56.00
* Figures provisional.
" Includes 3 doses as against
pfll- Total
H
™!|lNutriti(IIJ Pn»
f
• J''"
Not y<4 ®.
Fixed j >'
2 doses earlier
for inipar
Grand [
f
1
387
Annexare 23.7
Slxtl^ Plan Outlays Nutrition—Central Sector
(Rs. in crores)
gramme
j
Plan
Outlay
rH
(2)
Sector
Mon Programmes qf the Department qf Food (Central
4
Schemas)
Surveys and NutrMon Planning
....
Diet and Nutrition Surveys
0.05
,
Nutrition Planning
1.10
I **'ttrltlon Education and Extendon
Mobile Food and
<b) Mass Media
I
Nutrition
Extension Units
1.00
Communication and Extension
0.75
Xiuction of Nutritious Beverages
w
0.60
tMuclIon qf Nutritious Foods
Balahar
Extruded foods
3.50
,
0.20
i^Mficotion (if Foo<l\
fortifications of Sih
4.00
(^Fortiiicitioi of m Ik
■Al ...
Wrtilic dion of other fo ).ls
1.00
0.10
■^Olrch am! Development activities an<l evaluation etc
0.50
fl
Ctional ch irgcs
0.15
Sub Total
...
12.95
Sne for imparling integrated
education in
Nulr.tion, Health, Hygiene and Sanitation etc
1.00
Total
13.95
^Nutrition Programme of the Department
of Kurd
Recrmtructkrn (Centrally
Sponsored Scheme)
1.00
I
14 95
s'
Grano Toi al .
I
p
iJ
I
I
s
ft
388
Anaaur® xi.8
t
Sixth Plan Outlay*—Nutrition St*te«/UT»
(Rs. in lakhs)
SI.
No.
Sutcs/UTs
Plan Outlay
(0)
1974—79
198(M5
(2)
(3)
(D
1 Andhra Pradesh
759
2 Assam .
270
460
1000
54-1
1650
3 Bihar
4 Gujarat .
5 Haryana
17
6 Himachal Pradesh
129
7 Jammu and Kashmir
23
8 Karnataka
70<.
9 Kerala .
624
10 Madhya Pradesh
1100
11 Muharushtra .
802
12 Manipur
24
13 Mcgluilaya
65
14 Nagaland
81
15 Orissa
796
16 Punjab .
59
17 Rajasthan
107
18 Sikkim .
<
4i
19 Tamil Nadu .
»
20 Tripura .
654
56
21 Uttar Pradesh
590
22 West Bengal .
583
Total Si aim
8494
Union Territories
23 Andaman & Nicobar lilands
13.00
24 Arunachal Pradesh .
21.00
25 Chandigarh
.
11.92
26 Dadra & Nagar Havel i
.
12.69
27 Delhi
28 Goa, Daman & Diu
29 Lakshadweep .
151.00
16.21
5.20
30 Mizoram
13.00
31 Pondidierry
30.08
Total UTs
!
Grand Total
Nolp t The MNP component U Rs. 21874 lakht.
1100
178
324.10
8818.10
■ Tlie u
pfoporlior
mated io
1980. H<
242 million P^'
120 large by r
fore, requi.
225®
con
1700 ^'country .
ter, it is n;
2000 niral deve
2600 phasis; in
creation ar
110 tfevdopmet
125 tary to rut
Process of I
130 the links be
650 Urban are.
tor acricult
80 vice fnnctk
327 nianufactur
length•cnci
130 rural areas
2600 sation shop I
iCpome sten
580 competitive
883 tipn centres
^ Well as s
25( I duce.
Phe
J
to
both
21451
J their hint
I Develonmcn
15. i Moments ;
50.0g| I ^yclopment
400
212 Tlmt
yiew the pit
ffegrated rr
20I Mer supply
450.'
8 necessary
40.
^different
5.00 Wholnpics
in prr
50.i
therefore. atR
hitmHon of
1O9.<
gptation in
864-1 1 ^rce const r
hUto be hit
22319j 4 ^ Sreatcst n,
125 001
1
M®
fl
.mi
397
et street lighting
■lily latrines. Area>
^stpu or scavengers
>
iority.
■rts has been made
>r the
Centrally
te ited Develop
iu Towns. This
assistance to
the
sharing basis. It
200 crores
fl n the Central,
implementing
.10
nent of about 200
cr 1. Small and
o
ation of less
de to receive assisunder the Scheme,
it ions are forthit
Govcrnmcnts/
cities is not well understood; G
the relationship between urban and
—rural
------ 1 activities
needs to be iinvestigated
____ e,..^
further in order
to improve the links between urban
and
rural areas; the comparative costs of providing infrastfticture and services to large,
moiium and small cities need to be wor#
Finally, research is necessary to
formulate policies to strengthen local bou fk?°A thaUhey c?n pl*y a greater role
to the financing and implementation
implementation of
urban services.
Table 23.5
pment.
showi the
outlay on
Urban
Table 23.5
s. 23 crores will
j Phui Outlay On Urban Development
<) rnmcnts in urtnmes. Besides in-w
against the cen(R*. crorei)
’ of Integrated
IT
dedium Towns,
ill
Hfth Plan Sixth Plan
leant for providing
1974-79 Outlay
pavements, minor
(Outlay) 1980-35
si
amenities as
ic ing
complex,
clod that the State.
•n/
T^rritorUj
adequate pro
kr
omental
Improvement
of
commitments
ji
50-00
151-45
i TCCt
jcct Of
of
the
i® Development Programmes .
Jrban Development
156-73
422-83
.li^n Cities and
LD.A.* and State Capital Pmm rtance, which
143-92
313-25
on sored from
.............................
3Jo-6y
247 crores is be"7 53
tv
continuing
M Sector
( cutta being coct j Metropolitan
D2'el<*n>«>» =? Shni:
Medium Towns**
and aided by the
96-00
>t * sum of about
ontl Capital Region
,
509
10-00
S] it on on-going
•rch and Development .
%
. .'ojects in Bho0
21
1-60
1
Chandigarh. 1
and
jjjjd
Urban Development
s to improv®
4ie
M9.5|
ids, traffic and &
also being f
lopment of Displaced Persons
don is
in
these
0-05
nent, etc.
lyal of cittle in Calcutta
2-35
around S
d Region
has
been
10 crores
of
which
te etails <
, de-€°n' ®
r ed to
itv «rum the cor® jir’
towns-located
hi .
sf
ly Sponsored Scheme on a sharing basis.
totted from the Central Sector with effect from
in K
i.
„
is uv
bein£-. nr.
Oif
development m
WATER SUPPLY AND
urban development
•
•
i Total ; States/ Union
Territories & Centre
Plan, and progressively
larger aUocatiorK 1VC
;ng Fiv°er
the provision of safe water sunolv anjI J? 1
tion can hardly be called satisfactory
The
stabstics relating to the status ofran/Jnd
water supply in India present a dCuraJ?.
“■i”""r '.ppiyUfa "n.’SX’J
urban areas is relative!v better hut
the
lady in the hundreds of smaller towns watersunnl1”
and sanitation arrange men ts ar* fm*
j
PPty
The statistic, in f3ct £ no^
and tnconvenfc/tcc that is experiencedY hv th dshiP
particularly the women and Th? children in
where water
u-aro.
j
cn«*uren, in areas
term. Z 1
i ^arce, inadequate or pointed In
terms of mandays lost due tn
ln
£ oX“'.^8!5 ss ■a «4» £ s
% water supply and sanitation facilities wq« nf
lower
funds.
™
priority to water supply in the allocation
3,7”
rro-oo
505‘ 46
■“
especially in the rural areas.
By March
two lakh villages in the country ^ithToo^;^
some 160 million were yet to be
• u
°f
997 53
m all the previous Plans.
^Metropolitan
SANITATION
f*vyiucu
Development Authority (CMDA).
23.39
?»<i
nie Sixth Five Year
Plan is being launched
in<? water supply in sustaining the processes of cSL'
o*
398
mic and human resource development and improving
the quality of our environment. The drought
of
1979-80, which was accompanied by an acute scar
city of drinking water in many phrts of the country
where wells, tanks and ether sources dried up in large
numbers, has added urgency to the search for a last
ing solution to the problem.
Fhfi global concern
with the need to provide drinking w^Tfcr and elemen
tary sanitation to the people in developing coun
tries led the United Nations Water Conference
at
Mar del Plata (Argentina) in’ 1977 to call for a ten
Year campaign by member-countries and international
agencies to provide access to safe water and sani
tation for all people. The ten years 1981—90
have been designated as the International Drinking
Water Supply and Sanitation Decade. India as a
signatory to the Resolution, has pledged its full sup
port to the action plan under the International Dec
ade.
23.40 Considering the magnitude of the problem in
a vast country like India and the constraints on
resources it is obvious that we cannot afford expen
sive or sophisticated water supply services. Nor is
it possible to have a uniform mode of water supply
everywhere. The wide variety of climatic conditions
and of the sources of water, surface and under
ground, should permit the adoption of a variety
of
solutions which arc economical, in keeping with local
needs and conditions and capable of speedy imple
mentation.. Simple, even austere, standards will be
necessary so that maximum population coverage,
specially of the poor and the under-privileged sections
of the community, can be achieved within the limi
ted funds available.
Rural Water Supply and Sanitation
I
23 41 Until the Third Five Year Plan drinking
water supply in the rural areas was a component of
the amenities scheme of the Community Develop
ment
Besides, the local development
me
nt Programme.
works programme, taken up through voluntary labour
participation, and the programme of welfare of backback
ward classes also included schemes relating to water
Thcsc
supply.
These efforts were supplemented by the
National Water Supply and Sanitation Programme of
the Ministry of Health. It is estimated that by the
end of 1968-69 about 1.2 million sanitary wells and
hand-pumps had been constructed and piped water
supply provided to some 17,000 villages.
During
the Third Five Year Plan, under a Central scheme,
Special Investigation Divisions were estabilished in
most States to make an assessment of the water supply
situation especially in areas of acute scarcity and
those endemic to water borne
diseases.
In the
Fourth Five Year Plan 1969—74, the bulk of the
provision for rural water supply was allocated for
these areas.
For this purpose, a new centrally
sponsored scheme was also launched in 1972-73 to
accelerate the efforts of the State Governments in
meeting the needs of such areas.
The programme
gained further momentum during the Fifth Five Year
Plan which made an allocation of Rs. 381 crores in
the State Plans including Rs. 329 crores under the |
Minimum Needs Programme mentioned earlier. in is. provided
addition, a provision of Rs. 100 crores was made iD
the Central Sector under the Accelerated
Rural [.45 It is wor
Water Supply Scheme.
Available information based
on
reports from Stale Governments indicates that lent only the
by the end of 1979-80 about 1.84 lakh villages hac blem. The r
benefited from water supply schemes of one type oi ies from State
another.
llher within a
23.42 The Special Investigation Divisions cstablishei irernments to
during the Third Five Year Plan period were ftheU11 for covering
first step in identifying villages which could be re-FT
t at least one
garded as problem villages from the point of view
the quality and accessibility of drinking water sour-j pughout the y
ces.
Preliminary data collected by these Divisions ^requirement
in 1964-65 indicated that about two-thirds of the
rural population lived in areas where it was relatively | and maintet
easy to provide safe drinking water from local sour tied out and
ces like wells.
The remaining one-third lived in frammc envis
villages which suffered from water scarcity and where
engineering skills, extra financial outlays, and time red in the per
consuming works would be called for.
These villa fplan period
ges were categorised as follows: —
iring water su
(a) Those which do not have an assured source b and inex
of drinking water within a reasonable dis fe sanitary v
tance of say 1.6 kms.;
ling and disir
(b) those which arc endemic to diseases likel adequate soy.
cholera, guinea-worm etc.; and
I or where th
(c) those where the available water has an ex-| to be given c
Gtherf^
pumps or
cess of salinity, iron, fluorides or c’ .
toxic elements.
W be the last al
IfI
The first category was defined as scarcity and difficultly
villages and the other two as health problem villages.®w During th
|JC to cover a
23.43 In 1971-72 a total of 1.52 lakh villages in the®
country were identified as being without a safe and®“Jorici mention
assured source of drinking water. Of these, 90,000®w made in th^
villages were classified as scarcity and difficult villag^WObjective cxcc
and 62,000 as health problem villages. In addlt,?“« id desert reg
it was estimated that there were 185 lakh villages witl^byS*®" i, the pr
a population of 160 millions which were served
s
>ach in :
simple wells.
source <
23.44 Since 1972-73, as a result of the larger-iM
Cd as a scar
vestments made in the rural water supply sector a
inal sources
95.000 problem villages have been Prov’d<jd
3
drinkine water supply facilities by March 198 .
LWith large
some 57.000 villages (including those in St
J
jcular, the r
which had been identified as scarcity or he
P
®
the rural a
blem villages in the earlier survey remam to
vidcd with safe water supnlv. Howt‘VC,L.'the earlid
Governments have recently reported ,h‘-t "jtude ofi
Apart fron
stirvev did not adequately represen
onl'niete sna Ijfctcd under
the problem partly because >t
nOt j subseaue^
other vill
partly because the drought conditions in,^
t
p^Pply may r
years had brought to light fre^h a <•
vulnerable to water scarcity. The la .s
a( pre,
Plan prov
from the State Governments show that
'
Pri)v
sent about 1.90 lakh villages in the count y
kMa is Re. 2-
I
nder the
be provided
water supply facilities on a priority
ir'
In]
i Jo in
I
Rural] L45 It is worth ei
mphasising that these figures relion based
bent only the first step in the
ic; s that
. ...J evaluation of the
The type
water supply system required
a|
had bblem. The
type of
of water
»c -ypc or pcs from State to State
and often from one area to
Ipthcr within a State- It is r—necessary for the State
JS
'lished Wemments to work out suitable
-----1 engineering soluthe M for covering all the needy villages
d be re"
no as to ensure
of ew of | at least one source of potable water is
available
sour-j toghout the year in every such village
’a
Details
—./isiond Requirement of funds, materials and
• of
the]
equipment,
------• ’ i lively | and maintenance r
arrangements will have to be
o>
sour- fed out and annual action plans r- J prepared.
The
li.^J in
gramme envisaged in the Sixth Plan
and where £
- —1 has to be
I time Sred in the perspective of a r\
10 year plan but during
villa- ifrplan period itself it will have i
h
to be limited to
string water suppliCs in the rural
areas through
and inexpensive devices. In
rc source
1 nxany areas a
n c dissanitary well with p----parapet and with regular
suing and disinfection will be
—
considered a safe
;e s Tike 4,ddequatc source of water supply.
In hard rock
or where the water table is low,
emphasis will
■ be given on deep tube wells with haLd-pumps
las an exlump, or piped watcr supply schcmcs
othei
o
If be the lastI alternative.
nd difficult
^During thc Sixth l ive
m llagcs.
Year Plan the effort
Mj! to cover all the |
’
problem villages of thc (bree
in the;
■. safe andj Nfttea mentioned earlier. TWith the financial pro,e 0,000? Wmadc in the Plan, it will be possible
Jl i,!a^l p’yFCtive except in certain difficult -- to achieve
1 MwditKXW
ureas in the
desert regions where,
ilagcs v/ith^
because of physical
;ei 3 kyl FftinU, the programme may take a
longer time,
r approach in all the areas will be
to provide at
larger iw nW source of drinking water in
every village
:t( about S'u a scarcity or health ]
problem
village,
i 5 i safe
®
ourc
es
may,
however,
be
)8v. Thus*
-w necessary in
huge populations or <"
, Sikkiml;
dispersed hamlets.
the needs of the scheduled
es
caste habitapriority.
o pr01 .gU* rural area., will have to be Jgiven
. iou> State
he earlt^
Mpart from the problem villages which will
zr.
WothUnder.1'he M'nunum Nceds ^“gramme,
potter villages where the existing SOurces of
iich
may neCd ‘mProvc,"en( or augm-nta-ion
provides RS. 128 crores for these areas.'
hv.n
I
a
prOVISIOn for rural water supply jn the
i K*. 2135 crores, Rs. 600 crores in the
’ ^***8MI
399
Central Sector and Rs. 1535
crores in the Statej Union
lerntory Plans.
syttms m?; mjinilcnancc °f l'xis‘ing water
supply
^stunts m the rural areas continues to be - a source of
concern in most States. 1 k L
•
i
loc.i
■
* Of ,Ilvolvcmcnt
—I of tfjc
local community ln the maintenance arr-.no
shortage of snff thJ
i
arrangcmcnts,
*>c Ot staff and madequate funds for maintr
»« «isu«g „U‘‘Z
‘
clear that the operation of small rural water sun.
honTT
8 T **
Only W“h thc Part‘^
the village community and institutions. Lvery large systems covering many villages and
'earing skilled supervisory staff, m most cases
-ibould be possible for the block and village level
luncnonartes
to
take care of the relatively .jmple
opermmn and maintenance requirements cf rural wafer
PPy schemes. A three-tier maintenance set up
WHh a care-taker at the village level, a mechanic at the
level
hTb
a mOblle rtPair team at the dislrict
vel has been successfully tried in Tamil Nadu and
-n be adopted m other States with suitable variations.
If has been
noticed that wherever the maintenance
ur rangemen is arc adequate, the beneficiaries are not
P.y . uo«,.al Cl,^ ta
waler
I "cd to them. I he effort should ln un cas„ h. ?
" ' over at least thc operating expenses.
So far little attention has been gi"
given
, sanila(Jon cxccp( for
p-ioiio the
prol"r cent** f*.8'3105' " ls cstimat«i that almost
98
<*nt of the rural housc-holds do not have
Utrinrs
v
7™V’11UIUS uo not ffavc any
Keeping
in v,cw
view 'he
the present position
"
.K
,CCp,ng ln
o{
_ '
«mofr
s mtation and the limitation of budgetary re
-nxs sanitation facilities can be provided ^oniy
------ j can be provided
O'^de
M t,
fUraI POPUlatiOn by
C“d uf
4(r
■ MkUch more can. however, be done in tins
irough self-help schemes organised
-
by
the
^"tmunity. Simple low cost designs of waterla,ones have already been developed m many
|U/ ’ , E*tCnS10n effOrts wiU need to be made on a
adomi C C ? dSS‘St the V'l,a8e orSanisations in the
T on .and use of these designs, with such local
ations as may b(. necessary. The UN ResoluSJ,,1°,n lhe ’nternati°naJ Drinkil,g Water Supply and
» <i ion Decade calls for basic sanitation facilities
bur>rK made available to all citizens by 1990,
This
-;ive can be attained only through large scale
n'"'>ihsation of voluntary effort at the village "level
t
i
I
400
23.50
The effort in the Sixth Five Year Plan is to
23.51 According to information supplied
tl
State Governments, the number of towns and
P^pulj
lion provided with piped water supply systems
3 are j
shown in the following table:—
in the rural areas to the type of latrines to be provided
and the nature of sanitation facilites needed.
Table 23.6
Class of urban area
lira, Rajr
aims at
Id be p
t project'
ide low
I of hum
Urban Water Supply and Sanitation
make a modest beginning in this direction by under
taking pilot , projects in all Stites which would help
in making an assessment of the community attitudes
Total
number
of towns
Number
served
Total
popula
tion
(inlaklks)
Popula
tion ser
ved (in
jak^
.56 Durin
the com pic
ycrage sc he
j systems jt
)irt 930 ur
ran sewcrar
ted during
t new schc
about 550
ns.
1337
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
CUu 1 (over 100,000)
151
149
533-80
Cliujj 11 (50,000 to 99,999)
219
206
147-12
Cl am 111 (20,000 to 49,999)
652
542
199-47
987
649
>139-61
820
423
61-97
31-
290
123
8-96
3-
3119
2092
1090-93
903-.
ClAM IV (10,000 to 19,999)
ClAM V (5,030 to 9,999)
Claw VI (Mow ?,000)
Tural
23.52 Some icaluies of the present coverage of water
supply services in the urban areas may be mentioned.
While towns with ncaily 84 per cent ol the urban popu
lation have been provided with drinking water facili
ties, the population coverage is partial and uneven.
Even in the larger cities many ol the newer settlements
and areas inhamted by the economically weaker sec
tions continue to be without adequate water supply.
Further, out of the 1027 towns still lacking drinking
waler supply facilities, as many as 902 belong to the
group of towns which have a population of less than
20,000. It is in these smaller towns that the popula
tion served by drinking water facilities is 50 per cent
or even less. In the past, the bulk of plan investments
in urban water supply has gone to the larger cities and
the smaller towns have in consequence continued to
suffer.
23.53 The poJ’Jon in regard to urban sewerage and
sanitation is evc-ti less satislactory. Out of the 3,119
towns, only 198 have been provided with sewerage
facilities. Even in respect of class I cities having a
population of one lakh and above, only 46 per cent
have arrangements for sewerage and sewage treatment.
The overall population coverage in the urban areas
is about 20 per cent.
As in
J urban water si
(5) Iffinicipalities.
Imaintenancc re
he local bodic
506| if the State Gof°r rn‘HI
124uly and scwcrai
151-9: [and there is
WMjeficiarics at
85fWntenancc ch;
Sector in the Si*
23.54 Water supply and sewerage programmes ini
the urban areas should be considered an integral panlfr
of urban development. While the pressing need oiS
providing adequate water supply and sewerage facinW
ties in the larger cities, especially in the high densinW
areas populated by the low income groups and
mically weaker sections, must continue to receive
rify» greater attention needs to be given in the Sixt
Five Year Plan to the needs of smaller and media
size towns which have been neglected in the
lhe Sixth Plan lays considerable emphasis on the ijw^
tegrated development of small and medium size to\v
and the environmental improvement of slums. Wat
supply and sewerage schemes have to be dovetailed
this programme. The Town and G'unlry PlannJi
the States which have the rcsP^D^W,
cOrganisations
v
:in_______
bility of preparing master plans for these areas W|.
~*TKi
to ensure that adequate provision is made for
supply and sewerage facilities in the formulation
implementation of these plans.
23.55 Some effort has recently been made toS®
low cost techniques for urban sanitation
•e
Global Project in India is intended to assist and P y
mote the installation of water-seal lathnes m
towns in 7 States, viz., Assam, Bihar, Gujarat, - -
4oi
™by
(jhtra, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu and U.P- The Pro;t aims at adopting appropriate technologies which
>uld be particularly helpful in the smaller towns,
lot projects arc to be takerf up in these States to
Dvide low cost water-seal latrines with on-site dissal of human waste.
t
and popu
ti
s are
|a-
=kl
)
2
—\1
Popular
tion set
ved (in
iakhs)
1.56 During the Sixth Plan, priority would be given
the completion of on-going urban water supply and
werage schemes, including augmentation of the existt systems in the larger cities. It is expected that
p’jt 930 urban water supply schemes and 120
ban sewerage and drainage schemes will be com
ited during this period. 1In addition, it is proposed
jted
itit new schemes of water supply will be taken up
|about 550 towns and sewerage schemes in 110
Table 23 7
(Rs. crores)
Scheme
Fifth
Sixth
Plan
Plan
(1974 79) (1980 85)
I State/ U. 1IPhms
(i) Rural Water Supply & Sanitation
of which M N P.
3X1-24
(329-27)
1554-24
(1407-1! )
(ii) Urban Water Supply & Sani
tation
....
539-17
1753-56
920-41
.3 307- RO
0-K0
12-00
Total: Stale Plan
2 Central Plan
KJ7 As in the rural areas, the maintenance of
Lfban water supply schemes, particularly in the small
Hie poor quality of
(5) Bfaicipalitics, is unsatisfactory.
gtcnancc results mainly from the unwillingness of
JbftUocal bodies to levy water rates and the inability
506irfthe State Governments to provide adequate non-plan
124- grants for maintenance purposes. Urban water supafend sewerage schemes are highly capital intensive
15V.9w there. Is a strong case for recovery from the
Beneficiaries at least the interest and operation and
85-1'Maintenance charges to start with*
(a) Central Sector:
(i) Prevention an<! (Control of Water
& Air pollutin')
(ii) Other programmes
n-9t
(b) ('entrally Sputiwretl Schemes
(i) Accelerated Rural Water Supplv
Programme
l()l)-00*
600-00
(ii) Other programmes
3- 54
Total.- Central Plan
110-27
614-22
1030-63
3922-02
3196
3’i
mays
158
93
903-1
1$ imines 1
In integral pl
^<sing need
JBragc faC
dens
Lp^nd ecol
(»o receive P
■flL the Sii
■-;d medf
51 m the p
josis on the
r
The outlays for Water Supply and Sanitation
in the Sixth Five Year Plan arc as under-
f
I
L'.'A a
Ji‘ ns.sUewL
vv Ji:
rj
,e dov^SI
.intry
e e reS^
-.)£
area5
made for «
^rmulauoc
I»
IW"
ih
made to e
,n 1-he
a ad
; <
atmieS
Gujara1-
ClRANt’ TOTAF
111 11 •
♦Outlay provided subsequent to the finali.' at ion of the Fifth
Plan.
Position: 58 (63 views)